This is a modern-English version of Vitus Bering: the Discoverer of Bering Strait, originally written by Lauridsen, Peter. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

RUSSIAN EXPLORATIONS, 1725-1743.
VITUS BERING:
The discoverer of Bering Strait.

BY

BY

PETER LAURIDSEN,

PETER LAURIDSEN,

Member of the Council of the Royal Danish Geographical Society,
Editor of Jens Munk's "Navigatio Septentrionalis."

Member of the Council of the Royal Danish Geographical Society,
Editor of Jens Munk's "Navigatio Septentrionalis."

Revised by the Author, and Translated from the Danish by

Updated by the Author, and Translated from the Danish by

JULIUS E. OLSON,

Julius E. Olson,

Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Languages in the University of Wisconsin.

Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Languages at the University of Wisconsin.

WITH AN INTRODUCTION TO THE AMERICAN EDITION BY

WITH AN INTRODUCTION TO THE AMERICAN EDITION BY

FREDERICK SCHWATKA,

FREDERICK SCHWATKA,

Medallist of the Paris Geographical Society, and of the Imperial Geographical Society of Russia: Honorary Member of the Bremen Geographical Society, and the Swiss Geographical Society of Geneva; Corresponding Member of the Italian Geographical Society, etc., etc.; Author of "Along Alaska's Great River," etc., etc.

Medalist of the Paris Geographical Society and the Imperial Geographical Society of Russia; Honorary Member of the Bremen Geographical Society and the Swiss Geographical Society of Geneva; Corresponding Member of the Italian Geographical Society, etc.; Author of "Along Alaska's Great River," etc.


CHICAGO:
S. C. GRIGGS & COMPANY,
1889.

CHICAGO:
S. C. Griggs & Company,
1889.

COPYRIGHT, 1889,
BY S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.

COPYRIGHT, 1889,
BY S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.


PRESS OF KNIGHT & LEONARD CO.
CHICAGO.

PRESS OF KNIGHT & LEONARD CO.
CHICAGO.


CONTENTS.

Lieut. Schwatka's Introduction vii
Translator's Note xii
Author's Introduction xv
PART I.
BERING'S FIRST EXPEDITION.
Chapter 1.
Russia and England in the work of Arctic exploration.—Vitus Bering's rank as an explorer 3
Chapter 2.
Bering's nativity.—Norwegians and Danes in the service of Peter the Great.—Founding of the Russian navy 6
Chapter 3.
Plans for Bering's First Expedition.—Peter the Great's desire to know the extent of his empire.—The Northeast passage 12
Chapter 4.
Bering's knowledge of Siberian geography.—Terrors of traveling in Siberia.—The expedition starts out.—The journey from St. Petersburg to the Pacific 19[Pg iv]
Chapter 5.
The building of the Gabriel.—The discovery of Bering Strait 29
Chapter 6.
The task assigned by Peter the Great accomplished.—History of the cartography of East Siberia.—Captain Cook's defense of Bering 35
Chapter 7.
Bering's winter at the fort.—Indications of an adjacent continent.—Unsuccessful search for this continent.—Return to St. Petersburg.—General review of the results of the First Expedition 50
PART II.
THE GREAT NORTHERN EXPEDITION.
Chapter 8.
Bering's plans for a second expedition.—The greatest geographical enterprise ever undertaken 61
Chapter 9.
The Great Northern Expedition on its way through Siberia.—Difficulties and dangers encountered and overcome 77
Chapter X.
Delay of the expedition caused by the death of Lassenius and his command in the Arctic regions.—Dissatisfaction of the Senate and Admiralty with Bering's work 91
Chapter 11.
Final Preparations for the Pacific expeditions 99[Pg v]
PART III.
THE VARIOUS EXPEDITIONS.
Chapter 12.
The Arctic expeditions.—The Northeast passage.—Severe criticisms on Nordenskjöld 107
Chapter 13.
The discovery of the Kurile Islands and Japan from the north 117
Chapter 14.
Preparations for Bering's voyage of discovery to America.—Founding of Petropavlovsk.—The brothers De l'Isle 127
Chapter 15.
The discovery of America from the east.—Steller induced to join the expedition.—The separation of the St. Peter and the St. Paul 135
Chapter 16.
Bering's place of landing on the American coast.—Captain Cook's uncertainty.—The question discussed and definitely settled 143
Chapter 17.
Explorations along the American coast.—Steller's censure of Bering for undue haste.—Bering defended.—Dall, the American writer, reprimanded.—The return voyage 150
Chapter 18.
The discovery of the Aleutian Islands.—Terrible hardships of the voyage.—Steller's fault-finding.—Bering confined to his cabin.—Deaths on board from exhaustion and disease.—Bering Island discovered.—A narrow escape 164[Pg vi]
Chapter 19.
The stay on Bering Island.—Fauna of the island.—A rich field for Steller.—His descriptions immortalize the expedition.—The sea-cow.—Its extermination.—Nordenskjöld refuted.—Preparations for wintering.—Sad death of Bering.—An estimate of his work.—Chirikoff's return.—The crew of the St. Peter leave the Island.—The Great Northern Expedition discontinued.—Bering's reports buried in Russian archives.—Bering honored by Cook 174
APPENDIX.
Bering's Report to the Admiralty from Okhotsk 195
Notes 202
Table of Contents 217
Maps.

INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN EDITION.

A biography of the great Bering is of especial interest to American readers desiring an accurate history of a country that has recently come into our possession, and the adjoining regions where most of the geographical investigations of the intrepid Danish-Russian explorer were made. The thorough, concise, and patient work done by Mr. Lauridsen is deserving of world-wide commendation, while the translation into the language of our land by Professor Olson of the University of Wisconsin puts students of American historical geography under a debt for this labor of love rather than remuneration that cannot be easily paid, and which is not common in our country. It is a matter of no small national pride that the translation into the English language of a work so near American geographical interests should have been done by an American, rather than emanate from the Hakluyt Society or other British sources, from which we usually derive such valuable translations and compilations of old explorations and the doings of the first explorers.

A biography of the great Bering is particularly interesting to American readers looking for an accurate history of a country that has recently come under our control, along with the nearby areas where most of the geographical research of the brave Danish-Russian explorer was conducted. The thorough, concise, and diligent work done by Mr. Lauridsen deserves worldwide praise, while the translation into our language by Professor Olson from the University of Wisconsin puts students of American historical geography in debt for this labor of love rather than a monetary reward that is hard to repay, and which is rare in our country. It is a source of significant national pride that the English translation of a work so closely tied to American geographical interests was done by an American, rather than coming from the Hakluyt Society or other British sources, from which we typically obtain such valuable translations and collections of early explorations and the activities of the first explorers.

The general American opinion regarding Bering is probably somewhat different from that on the continent which gave him birth and a patron government to carry out his gigantic and immortal plans; or, better speaking, it was different during the controversy in the past over the value and authenticity of the great explorer's works, for European opinion of Bering has slowly been more and more favorable to him, until it has reached the maximum and complete vindication in the admirable labors of Lauridsen, whose painstaking researches in the only archives where authentic data of the doings of the daring Dane could be found, has left no ground for those critics to stand upon, who have[Pg viii] censured Peter the Great's selection of an oriental explorer. In short, America has always respected Bering as a great explorer, and oftentimes heralded him as one of the highest of heroes, whatever may have been the varying phases of European thought on the subject; and the reasons therefor, I think, are two-fold. In the first place, the continent which Bering first separated from the old world is yet a new country. Since its discovery, not only exploration, but commercial exploration, or pioneering as we call it, has been going on, and in this every one has taken his part or mingled often with those who have. Presidents who were pioneers, have been contemporaries with our times, while those who have struggled on the selvage of civilization are numerous among us, and their adventures as narrated in books are familiar stories to our ears. Such a people, I believe, am much less liable to listen to the labored logic of a critic against a man who carried his expedition six thousand miles across a wilderness and launched it on the inhospitable shores of an unknown sea, to solve a problem that has borne them fruit, than others not similarly situated would be. While the invariable rule has been that where the path-finder and critic—unless the critic has been an explorer in the same field—have come in collision, the latter has always gone to the wall, it is easy to see that with a jury that have themselves lived amidst similar, though possibly slighter, frontier fortunes, such a verdict is more readily reached.

The general American view of Bering is probably a bit different from that in the continent that gave him life and a supportive government to execute his huge and timeless plans. More accurately, it differed during past debates over the value and authenticity of the great explorer's contributions. European perspectives on Bering have gradually become more positive, culminating in the thorough validation of his work by Lauridsen, whose meticulous research in the only archives containing reliable information about the bold Dane has left little room for critics who have condemned Peter the Great's choice of an eastern explorer. In short, America has always regarded Bering as a remarkable explorer and frequently celebrated him as one of our greatest heroes, regardless of the changing opinions across Europe. I believe there are two main reasons for this. First, the continent Bering first separated from the old world is still a relatively new country. Since its discovery, not just exploration but also commercial exploration—or pioneering, as we call it—has been underway, and everyone has had a role in that or has interacted with those who have. Pioneering presidents have coexisted with our own era, and many who have pushed the boundaries of civilization are among us, with their adventures becoming familiar stories in our culture. Such a society is much less likely to heed a critic's complex arguments against someone who led an expedition six thousand miles through wilderness and set out on the unwelcoming shores of an unknown ocean to tackle a problem that has proven beneficial to them, compared to others in different circumstances. Generally, when a pathfinder and a critic clash—unless the critic has also explored the same territory—the critic tends to lose. It's clear that among a jury of people who have experienced similar, albeit possibly less intense, frontier challenges, such a judgment is reached more easily.

The other reason, which is not so commendable, is that few Americans at large have interested themselves in the discussion, or in fact knew much about it. True, the criticisms on the Eastern continent have been re-echoed on this side of the water, and even added to, but, they have created no general impression worth recording as such in a book that will undoubtedly have far wider circulation than the discussion has ever had, unless I have misjudged the temper of the American people to desire information on just such work as Bering has done, and which for the first time is presented to them in anything like an authentic way by Professor Olson's translation of Mr. Lauridsen's work. I do not wish to be understood that we as a nation have been wholly[Pg ix] indifferent to Bering and the discussion of his claims. Far from it. It has rather been that in invading the Bering world their disposition has led them to view the solid ground on which he made his mark, rather than the clouds hovering above, and which this work dissipates. It is rather of that character of ignorance—if so strong a word is justifiable—that is found here in the persistent misspelling of the great explorer's name and the bodies of water which have transmitted it to posterity so well, although the authority—really the absolute demand, if correctness is desired—for the change from Behring to Bering has been well known to exist for a number of years, and is now adopted in even our best elementary geographies. While the animalish axiom that "ignorance is bliss" is probably never true, there may be cases where it is apparently fortunate, and this may be so in that Americans in being seemingly apathetic have really escaped a discussion which after all has ended in placing the man considered in about the same status that they always assumed he had filled. One might argue that it would have been better for Americans, therefore, if they had been presented with a simple and authentic biography of the immortal Danish-Russian, rather than with a book that is both a biography and a defense, but Lauridsen's work after all is the best, I think all will agree, as no biography of Bering could be complete without some account of that part in which he had no making and no share, as well as that better part which he chronicled with his own brain and brawn.

The other reason, which isn’t as admirable, is that most Americans haven't really engaged in the discussion or even knew much about it. It's true that criticisms from the Eastern continent have been echoed here, and even expanded upon, but they haven't made a significant impression worth recording in a book that will surely reach a much larger audience than the discussion ever did, unless I’ve misjudged the American people's desire for information on the kind of work Bering did, which for the first time is being presented to them in a somewhat authentic way through Professor Olson’s translation of Mr. Lauridsen's work. I don’t want it to be understood that we as a nation have been completely indifferent to Bering and the discussion of his claims. Not at all. It’s more that when Americans explore Bering’s world, they tend to focus on the solid ground where he made his mark, rather than the clouds above, which this work clears up. The kind of ignorance—if that strong a word is warranted—that we find here is evident in the ongoing misspelling of the great explorer’s name and the bodies of water that have so accurately passed it down through history, even though the correct spelling, shifting from Behring to Bering, has been known and accepted for several years now, even in our best elementary geographies. While the saying that "ignorance is bliss" may never hold entirely true, there are situations where it seems fortunate, and this might be the case here, as Americans, by appearing apathetic, have actually avoided a discussion that ultimately has confirmed the status they always believed he held. One might argue that it would have been better for Americans if they had been presented with a straightforward and genuine biography of the immortal Danish-Russian instead of a book that serves as both a biography and a defense. But Lauridsen's work is, after all, the best; I think everyone would agree that no biography of Bering could be complete without some account of the elements in which he had no part, as well as the significant achievements he documented with his own intellect and effort.

I doubt yet if Americans will take very much interest in the dispute over Bering's simple claims in which he could take no part; but that this book, which settles them so clearly, will be welcomed by the reading classes of a nation that by acquisition in Alaska has brought them so near the field of the labor of Bering, I think there need not be the slightest fear. It is one of the most important links yet welded by the wisdom of man which can be made into a chain of history for our new acquisition whose history is yet so imperfect, and will remain so, until Russian archives are placed in the hands of those they consider fair-minded judges, as in the present work.

I’m not sure if Americans will care much about the dispute over Bering's straightforward claims that he couldn't be involved in; however, I believe this book, which clarifies those claims so well, will be appreciated by the educated readers of a nation that, through its acquisition in Alaska, has brought them closer to the work of Bering. There’s absolutely no need for concern about this. It’s one of the most significant connections created by human wisdom, which can become a part of the historical narrative for our new acquisition, whose history is still so incomplete. It will remain so until Russian archives are made available to those they view as fair-minded judges, as is the case in this work.

On still broader grounds, it is to be hoped that this work will meet with American success, that it may be an entering wedge to that valuable literature of geographical research and exploration, which from incompatibility of language and other causes has never been fully or even comprehensively opened to English speaking people. It has been well said by one who has opportunities to fairly judge that "it has been known by scientists for some time that more valuable investigation was buried from sight in the Russian language than in any or all others. Few can imagine what activity in geographical, statistical, astronomical, and other research has gone on in the empire of the Czar. It is predicted that within ten years more students will take up the Russian language than those of other nations of Eastern Europe, simply as a necessity. This youngest family of the Aryans is moving westward with its ideas and literature, as well as its population and empire. There are no better explorers and no better recorders of investigations." It is undoubtedly a field in which Americans can reap a rich reward of geographical investigation. There is an idea among some, and even friends of Russia, that their travelers and explorers have not done themselves justice in recording their doings, but this in the broad sense is not true. Rather they have been poor chroniclers for the public; but their official reports, hidden away in government archives, are rich in their thorough investigations, oftentimes more nearly perfect and complete than the equivalents in our own language, where it takes no long argument to prove that great attention given to the public and popular account, has been at the expense of the similar qualities in the official report; while many expeditions, American and British, have not been under official patronage at all, which has seldom been the case with Russian research. As already noted, the bulk of similar volumes from other languages and other archives into the English has come from Great Britain; but probably from the unfortunate bitter antagonism between the two countries which has created an apathy in one and a suspicion in the other that they will not be judged in an unprejudiced way, Russia has not got a fair share of what she has really accomplished geographically translated into[Pg xi] our tongue. It is through America, an unprejudiced nation, that this could be remedied, if a proper interest is shown, and which will probably be determined, in a greater or less degree, by the reception of this book here, although it comes to us in the roundabout way of the Danish language.

On broader grounds, it’s hoped that this work will achieve success in America and serve as a stepping stone to the valuable literature of geographical research and exploration that, due to language barriers and other reasons, has never been fully or even comprehensively available to English-speaking people. As someone who has the opportunity to judge fairly has noted, "Scientists have known for some time that more valuable investigations are hidden away in the Russian language than in any other language. Few can imagine the amount of activity in geographical, statistical, astronomical, and other research happening in the empire of the Czar. It's predicted that within ten years, more students will study the Russian language than those of any other Eastern European nation, simply out of necessity. This youngest branch of the Aryans is moving westward, bringing its ideas and literature along with its population and empire. There are no better explorers and no better recorders of investigations." Undoubtedly, this is a field where Americans can gain a rich reward from geographical investigation. Some people, even Russia's supporters, believe that their travelers and explorers haven’t done a good job in documenting their activities, but that's not entirely true. They've often been poor chroniclers for the public; however, their official reports, tucked away in government archives, are rich in thorough investigations, often more complete than the equivalents in our own language. It's clear that the attention given to public and popular accounts often comes at the expense of the depth found in official reports, while many American and British expeditions haven’t received official sponsorship at all—something that’s rarely the case with Russian research. As mentioned earlier, most similar volumes from other languages and archives translated into English have come from Great Britain. However, due to the unfortunate bitter antagonism between the two countries, which has led to apathy in one and suspicion in the other over unbiased judgment, Russia hasn’t received a fair share of its geographical accomplishments translated into [Pg xi] our language. Through America, an impartial nation, this could be fixed if the right interest is shown, which will likely depend to some degree on how this book is received here, even though it reaches us through the roundabout pathway of the Danish language.

Frederick Schwatka.

Frederick Schwatka.


TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE.

In placing before the American public this book on Vitus Bering, I desire to express my cordial thanks to those who by word and deed have assisted me. I am especially grateful to Lieutenant Frederick Schwatka, who, in the midst of pressing literary labors consequent on his recent explorations among the cave and cliff dwellers of the Sierra Madre Mountains, has been so exceedingly kind as to write an introduction to the American edition of this work. I feel confident that the introductory words of this doughty explorer will secure for Bering that consideration from the American people to which he is fairly entitled.

In presenting this book about Vitus Bering to the American public, I want to sincerely thank everyone who has helped me both verbally and with their actions. I'm especially thankful to Lieutenant Frederick Schwatka, who, despite being busy with his recent literary work on his explorations of the cave and cliff dwellers in the Sierra Madre Mountains, has generously written an introduction for the American edition of this book. I believe that his insightful words as an experienced explorer will ensure that Bering receives the acknowledgment from the American people that he truly deserves.

I find it a pleasant day to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. Leonhard Stejneger of the Smithsonian Institution, who has sent me some valuable and interesting notes to the chapter on "The Stay on Bering Island" (Chapter XIX). Dr. Stejneger's notes are of especial interest, for in the years 1882-'84 he spent eighteen months on Bering Island in the service of the United States government, the object of his expedition being to study the general natural history of the island, to collect specimens of all kinds, but especially to search for remains of the sea-cow. He wished also to identify the places mentioned by Steller, the famous naturalist of the Bering expedition, in order to compare his description with the localities as they present themselves to-day, and to visit the places where Bering's vessel was wrecked, where the ill-fated expedition wintered, and where Steller made his observations on the sea-cow. The results of Dr. Stejneger's investigations have been published in "Proceedings of the United States National Museum" and in various American and European scientific journals.

I want to take a moment to express my gratitude to Dr. Leonhard Stejneger of the Smithsonian Institution, who has provided me with some valuable and fascinating notes for the chapter on "The Stay on Bering Island" (Chapter XIX). Dr. Stejneger's notes are particularly noteworthy because, during the years 1882-1884, he spent eighteen months on Bering Island working for the United States government. The goal of his expedition was to study the island's natural history and collect various specimens, especially looking for remains of the sea-cow. He also aimed to pinpoint the locations mentioned by Steller, the famous naturalist from the Bering expedition, so he could compare his descriptions with how these sites look today, as well as visit the spots where Bering's ship was wrecked, where the unfortunate expedition spent the winter, and where Steller conducted his sea-cow observations. The findings of Dr. Stejneger's work have been published in the "Proceedings of the United States National Museum" and in various scientific journals in both America and Europe.

I am also under obligation to Prof. Rasmus B. Anderson, Ex-United States Minister to Denmark, through whom I have been enabled to make this an authorized edition, and to Reuben G. Thwaites, Secretary of the Wisconsin State Historical Society, and Frederick J. Turner, Assistant Professor of American History in the University of Wisconsin, for valuable criticism and suggestions.

I also owe thanks to Prof. Rasmus B. Anderson, former U.S. Minister to Denmark, for helping me make this an authorized edition, and to Reuben G. Thwaites, Secretary of the Wisconsin State Historical Society, and Frederick J. Turner, Assistant Professor of American History at the University of Wisconsin, for their helpful critiques and suggestions.

In regard to the orthography of Russian and Siberian names, I wish to say that I have endeavored to follow American writers that advocate a rational simplification. W. H. Dall, author of "Alaska and its Resources," says on this point: "From ignorance of the true phonetic value of the Russian compound consonants, and from literal transcription, instead of phonetic translation, of the German rendering of Russian and native names, much confusion has arisen. Many writers persistently represent the third letter of the Russian alphabet by w, writing Romanow instead of Romanoff, etc. The twenty-fifth letter is also frequently rendered tsch instead of ch soft, as in church, which fully represents it in English. It is as gross an error to spell Kamchatka for instance, Kamtschatka, as it would be for a foreigner to represent the English word church by tschurtsch, and so on." From this it would seem that the Germanized forms of these names are incorrect, as well as needlessly forbidding in appearance. It is, moreover, due to German writers that Bering's name has been burdened with a superfluous letter. Facsimiles of his autograph, one of which may be seen by referring to Map I. in the Appendix, prove incontestably that he spelled his name without an h.

Concerning the spelling of Russian and Siberian names, I want to mention that I've tried to follow American authors who support a sensible simplification. W. H. Dall, the author of "Alaska and its Resources," notes: "Due to a lack of understanding of the true phonetic value of Russian compound consonants, and because of literal transcription instead of phonetic translation from the German version of Russian and native names, there’s been a lot of confusion. Many writers consistently represent the third letter of the Russian alphabet with w, writing Romanow instead of Romanoff, for example. The twenty-fifth letter is also often represented as tsch instead of the soft ch, like in ‘church,’ which accurately reflects it in English. It’s just as big a mistake to spell Kamchatka as Kamtschatka as it would be for someone foreign to spell the English word church as tschurtsch, and so on." From this, it appears that the Germanized versions of these names are not only incorrect but also unnecessarily complex in their appearance. Additionally, because of German writers, Bering's name has been burdened with an extra letter. Examples of his autograph, one of which can be seen by looking at Map I. in the Appendix, clearly show that he spelled his name without an h.

Although Mr. Lauridsen's book is essentially a defense of Vitus Bering, written especially for the student of history and historical geography, it nevertheless contains several chapters of thrilling interest to the general reader. The closing chapters, for instance, give, not only a reliable account of the results of Bering's voyage of discovery in the North Pacific, and valuable scientific information concerning the remarkable animal life on Bering Island, where, before Bering's frail ship was dashed upon its shores, no human foot had trod, but they also portray in vivid colors the tragic events that brought this greatest of geographical enterprises to a close.

Although Mr. Lauridsen's book is mainly a defense of Vitus Bering, aimed especially at students of history and historical geography, it also includes several chapters that are really exciting for the general reader. The final chapters, for example, provide not only a trustworthy account of the outcomes of Bering's voyage of discovery in the North Pacific and important scientific insights about the amazing wildlife on Bering Island, where no human foot had stepped before Bering's fragile ship was wrecked on its shores, but they also vividly illustrate the tragic events that brought this greatest of geographical undertakings to an end.

The regions to which Bering's last labors gave Russia the first title are at the present time the object of much newspaper comment. His last expedition, the few survivors of which brought home costly skins that evinced the great wealth of the newly discovered lands, opened up to the Russian fur-hunter an El Dorado that still continues to be a most profitable field of pursuit, now vigilantly watched by the jealous eyes of rival nations.

The areas that Bering's final efforts claimed for Russia are currently the subject of a lot of media attention. His last expedition, which returned with a handful of survivors and valuable furs showcasing the immense wealth of the newly discovered lands, revealed an El Dorado for Russian fur hunters that remains a highly lucrative area of pursuit, now closely monitored by the envious gaze of competing nations.

Julius E. Olson.

Julius E. Olson.

Madison, Wis.

Madison, WI


AUTHOR'S PREFACE.

Through the patronage of the Hielmstierne-Rosencrone Institution, obtained in the summer of 1883, I was enabled to spend some time among the archives and libraries in St. Petersburg, to prepare myself for undertaking this work on Vitus Bering. I very soon, however, encountered obstacles which unassisted I should not have been able to surmount; for, contrary to my expectations, all the original manuscripts and archives pertaining to the history of Bering were written in Russian, and the latter in such difficult language that none but native palæographers could read them.

Thanks to the support of the Hielmstierne-Rosencrone Institution, which I received in the summer of 1883, I was able to spend some time in the archives and libraries in St. Petersburg to prepare for my work on Vitus Bering. However, I soon faced challenges that I wouldn't have been able to overcome on my own; contrary to my expectations, all the original manuscripts and archives related to Bering's history were written in Russian, and the language was so complex that only native paleographers could read them.

I should for this reason have been compelled to return without having accomplished anything, had I not in two gentlemen, Admiral Th. Wessalgo and Mr. August Thornam of the telegraph department, found all the assistance that I needed. The Admiral is director of the department of hydrography, and has charge of the magnificent archives of the Admiralty. He is very familiar with the history of the Russian fleet, and he gave me, not only excellent and exhaustive bibliographical information, besides putting at my disposal the library of the department, but also had made for me copies of various things that were not easily accessible. He has, moreover, since my return been unwearied in furnishing me such information from the Russian archives as I have desired. For all of this kindness, enhanced by the Admiral's flattering remarks about Denmark and the Danes, I find it a pleasant duty to express my warmest thanks. To Mr. Thornam I am no less indebted. Notwithstanding his laborious duties in the central telegraph office of St. Petersburg, he found it possible week after week, often eight or ten hours out of the twenty-four, to assist me in translating the vast materials.

I would have had to go back without achieving anything if it weren't for two gentlemen, Admiral Th. Wessalgo and Mr. August Thornam from the telegraph department, who provided all the help I needed. The Admiral is the head of the hydrography department and oversees the impressive archives of the Admiralty. He is very knowledgeable about the history of the Russian fleet and provided me not only with excellent and thorough bibliographical information, but also granted me access to the department's library. He even prepared copies of various documents that were hard to find. Furthermore, since my return, he has tirelessly provided me with information from the Russian archives that I've requested. For all of this generosity, along with the Admiral's kind words about Denmark and the Danes, I feel it is my duty to express my heartfelt gratitude. I am equally indebted to Mr. Thornam. Despite his demanding responsibilities at the central telegraph office in St. Petersburg, he managed to help me on a weekly basis, often dedicating eight to ten hours out of each day to assist with translating the extensive materials.

Besides this, I derived much benefit from his comprehensive knowledge of Siberia, obtained on travels in the same regions where Bering had been. He has had the kindness to examine the collection of charts and maps in both the Admiralty and Imperial libraries, and secure for me some valuable copies. He has also, at my request, examined a series of articles in periodicals containing notices of Bering's geographical enterprise.

Besides this, I gained a lot from his extensive knowledge of Siberia, gathered from travels in the same areas where Bering explored. He kindly took the time to look through the collection of charts and maps in both the Admiralty and Imperial libraries, and got me some valuable copies. He also, at my request, reviewed a series of articles in magazines that included information about Bering's geographical work.

It is only by means of this valuable assistance that I have succeeded in basing this biographical sketch on Russian literature, and putting it, as I hope, on a par with what has been written on this subject by Russian authors.

It’s only through this invaluable help that I’ve managed to create this biographical sketch on Russian literature and, as I hope, match what has been written by Russian authors on this topic.

Of the many others that in one way or another have seconded my efforts in giving as valuable a biography of my renowned fellow-countryman as possible, I owe special thanks—not to mention the Hielmstierne-Rosencrone Institution—to Mr. Hegel, the veteran publisher, Col. Hoskier, Dr. Karl Verner, instructor in Sclavonic languages at the University of Copenhagen, who has examined some very difficult archival matter for me, Professor Alexander Vasilievich Grigorieff, Secretary of the Imperial Russian Geographical Society, and to Mr. E. W. Dahlgren, Secretary of the Swedish Society for Anthropology and Geography. P. L.

Of the many people who have helped me in my efforts to provide a valuable biography of my famous fellow-countryman, I want to give special thanks—not to mention the Hielmstierne-Rosencrone Institution—to Mr. Hegel, the seasoned publisher, Col. Hoskier, Dr. Karl Verner, who teaches Slavic languages at the University of Copenhagen and has looked into some very challenging archival materials for me, Professor Alexander Vasilievich Grigorieff, Secretary of the Imperial Russian Geographical Society, and Mr. E. W. Dahlgren, Secretary of the Swedish Society for Anthropology and Geography. P. L.


PART I.
BERING'S FIRST EXPEDITION.


CHAPTER I.
RUSSIA AND ENGLAND IN THE WORK OF ARCTIC EXPLORATION.—VITUS BERING'S RANK AS AN EXPLORER.

In the great work of Arctic exploration done during the last two centuries, it was first Russia and later England that took the lead, and to these two nations we are principally indebted for our knowledge of Arctic continental coast-lines. The English expeditions were undertaken with better support, and under circumstances better designed to attract public attention. They have, moreover, been excellently described, and are consequently well known. But in the greatness of the tasks undertaken, in the perseverance of their leaders, in difficulties, dangers, and tragic fates, Russian explorations stand worthily at their side. The geographical position of the Russians, their dispersion throughout the coldest regions of the earth, their frugal habits, remarkable power of foresight, and their adventurous spirit, make them especially fitted for Arctic explorations. Hence, as early as the first half of the eighteenth century, they accomplished for Asia what the English not until a hundred years later succeeded in doing for the other side of the earth,—namely, the charting of the polar coasts.

In the significant work of Arctic exploration carried out over the last two centuries, it was initially Russia and later England that took the lead, and we owe our understanding of Arctic continental coastlines mainly to these two nations. The English expeditions were launched with better backing and under conditions that captured public interest more effectively. Additionally, they have been well documented and are therefore widely recognized. However, in terms of the magnitude of the challenges undertaken, the perseverance of their leaders, and the difficulties, dangers, and tragic outcomes faced, Russian explorations deserve equal recognition. The geographical position of the Russians, their presence in the coldest parts of the earth, their simple lifestyles, keen foresight, and adventurous nature make them particularly suited for Arctic explorations. Consequently, as early as the first half of the eighteenth century, they achieved what the English only managed a hundred years later on the other side of the world—namely, mapping the polar coasts.

In this work the Russians introduced the system of coasting and sledging into the service of Arctic expeditions,[Pg 4] and it is only through a systematic development of these means that western Europe has been enabled to celebrate its most brilliant triumphs in the Arctic regions, and to succeed in getting farther than did the navigators of the seventeenth century. The history of Russian polar explorations has a series of proud names, which lack only the pen of a Sherard Osborn to shine by the side of Franklin and McClure, and it redounds to the honor of Denmark that one of the first and greatest of these men was a Dane,—that the most brilliant chapter in the history of Russian explorations is due to the initiative and indefatigable energy of Vitus Bering. In the service of Peter the Great he successfully doubled the northeastern peninsula of Asia, and after his return he made a plan for the exploration of the whole Northeast passage from the White Sea to Japan. Although he succumbed in this undertaking, he lived long enough to see his gigantic plans approach realization.

In this work, the Russians brought the system of coasting and sledging into the service of Arctic expeditions,[Pg 4] and it is only through a systematic advancement of these methods that Western Europe has been able to celebrate its most significant achievements in the Arctic regions, and to succeed in going further than the navigators of the seventeenth century. The history of Russian polar explorations features a series of notable figures, which only need the writing of a Sherard Osborn to shine alongside Franklin and McClure. It is a point of pride for Denmark that one of the first and greatest of these explorers was Danish—that the brightest chapter in the history of Russian explorations is attributed to the initiative and tireless energy of Vitus Bering. During the service of Peter the Great, he successfully navigated around the northeastern peninsula of Asia, and after his return, he created a plan for exploring the entire Northeast Passage from the White Sea to Japan. Although he did not survive this endeavor, he lived long enough to see his grand plans come to fruition.

Bering was buried on an island in the Pacific, amid the scenes of his labors, under that sand-barrow which had been his death-bed. For many generations only a plain wooden cross marked his resting-place, and as for his fame, it has been as humble and modest as his head-board. His labors belonged to a strange people who had but little sympathy for the man. His own countrymen, among whom he might have found this sympathetic interest, knew his work but very imperfectly. Not until after the lapse of a century did he find a careful biographer, and even within comparatively recent years the great scientist Von Baer has found it necessary to defend him against misunderstandings and petty attacks.

Bering was buried on an island in the Pacific, right where he worked, under the sand dune that had been his deathbed. For many generations, a simple wooden cross marked his grave, and his fame has been as unassuming and modest as that grave marker. His efforts were linked to a distant people who didn't feel much connection to him. His fellow countrymen, who might have shown more interest, were only vaguely aware of his contributions. It wasn't until a century later that he got a detailed biography, and even in more recent times, the great scientist Von Baer has found it necessary to defend him against misunderstandings and trivial criticisms.

Danish literature contains nothing of moment concerning him, for the two treatises which several generations ago were published by M. Hallager and Odin Wolff, are merely scanty extracts from G. F. Müller's historical works. In the following pages, therefore, relying not only upon Russian, but also upon West European literature for information, we desire to erect to him a monument by giving a short account of his life and work, sketching at the same time a chapter of geographical history which is lacking neither in importance nor in interest.

Danish literature doesn't have much to say about him, as the two treatises published years ago by M. Hallager and Odin Wolff are just brief excerpts from G. F. Müller's historical works. In the following pages, then, drawing from both Russian and Western European literature for information, we aim to create a tribute to him by providing a brief account of his life and work, while also outlining a chapter of geographical history that is both significant and interesting.


CHAPTER II.
BERING'S NATIVITY.—NORWEGIANS AND DANES IN THE SERVICE OF PETER THE GREAT.—FOUNDING OF THE RUSSIAN NAVY.

Vitus Bering was a son of Jonas Svendsen and his second wife, Anna Bering of Horsens, at which place he was born in the summer of 1681. On the maternal side he descended from the distinguished Bering family, which during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries flourished in various parts of Denmark, and included a very respectable number of ministers and judicial officers.[1]

Vitus Bering was the son of Jonas Svendsen and his second wife, Anna Bering from Horsens, where he was born in the summer of 1681. On his mother's side, he came from the notable Bering family, which thrived in various regions of Denmark during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and included a significant number of ministers and judicial officials.[1]

Our hero passed his childhood in a Christian family of culture in the Jutland seaport town of his birth. Here for a series of years his father filled several positions of trust, and was closely associated with the leading men of the place, as his wife's sister, Margaret Bering, had married two consecutive mayors. He was, however, far from being considered well-to-do. He had many children. One of his sons had caused him much trouble and expense, and was finally sent to the East Indies. In the probate record of his estate, made in 1719, there is a deed of conveyance from himself and wife in which the following [Pg 7]appears: "We are old, miserable, and decrepit people, in no way able to help ourselves. Our property consists of the old dilapidated home and the furniture thereto belonging, which is of but little value." It was his share of this inheritance, with accrued interest, all amounting to 140 rigsdaler, that Vitus Bering later presented to his native town to be used for the benefit of the poor.

Our hero grew up in a cultured Christian family in the Jutland seaport town where he was born. For several years, his father held various trusted positions and was closely connected with the influential people in the area, as his wife's sister, Margaret Bering, was married to two consecutive mayors. However, he was far from being wealthy. He had many children. One of his sons caused him a lot of trouble and expense and was eventually sent to the East Indies. In the probate record of his estate, created in 1719, there is a deed of conveyance from him and his wife that includes the following [Pg 7]: "We are old, miserable, and decrepit people, in no way able to help ourselves. Our property consists of the old dilapidated home and the furniture belonging to it, which holds very little value." It was his portion of this inheritance, along with accrued interest, totaling 140 rigsdaler, that Vitus Bering later donated to his hometown to benefit the poor.

From inclination, and forced by the circumstances of his humble home, Bering went to sea, and on the long expeditions that he made, he developed into an able seaman. From an East India expedition in 1703 he came to Amsterdam, where he made the acquaintance of Admiral Cruys, a native of Norway. Soon afterwards, at the age of twenty-two, he joined a Russian fleet as a sub-lieutenant. What Norwegian and Danish seamen accomplished at this period in the service of Russia, has been almost entirely forgotten. In the company of intelligent foreigners that Czar Peter employed for the transformation of his kingdom, the Danish-Norse contingent occupies a prominent place. This is due principally to Peter himself, and was a result of his experiences in Holland. After having, on his first extensive foreign trip, learned the art of ship-building,—not in Zaandam, as it is usually stated, but at the docks of the East India Company in Amsterdam,—he was much dissatisfied with the empirical method which the Hollanders used, and he wrote to Voronetz, his own ship-yard, that the Dutch ship-builders there should no longer be permitted to work independently, but be placed under the supervision of Danes or Englishmen.

Driven by his interests and the challenges of his modest upbringing, Bering set out to sea, and through his lengthy expeditions, he became a skilled sailor. After returning from an East India voyage in 1703, he arrived in Amsterdam, where he met Admiral Cruys, who was from Norway. Shortly after, at just twenty-two, he joined a Russian fleet as a sub-lieutenant. The contributions of Norwegian and Danish sailors during this time in Russia's service have largely been forgotten. Among the intelligent foreigners that Czar Peter employed to transform his empire, the Danish-Norse group played a significant role. This was primarily due to Peter himself and stemmed from his experiences in Holland. During his first major trip abroad, he learned ship-building—not in Zaandam, as commonly stated, but at the East India Company docks in Amsterdam. He was quite dissatisfied with the practical methods used by the Dutch, so he wrote to Voronetz, his own shipyard, stating that the Dutch shipbuilders there should no longer work independently, but instead be overseen by Danes or Englishmen.

Peter retained his high regard for Danish-Norse ship-building during his whole life, and it was on this account that Danes and Norwegians were enabled to exert so great an influence in St. Petersburg. This is the reason, too, that Danish-Norse[2] seamen were received so kindly in Russia even long after the death of the great Czar.

Peter maintained his deep respect for Danish-Norse shipbuilding throughout his life, and because of this, the Danes and Norwegians were able to have a significant impact in St. Petersburg. This is also why Danish-Norse[2] sailors were welcomed warmly in Russia even long after the passing of the great Czar.

Next to Peter, Norwegians and Danes had the greatest share in the founding of the Russian fleet, and among them the place of honor belongs to the Norseman Cornelius Cruys, who in 1697 was assistant master of ordnance in the Dutch navy, where he was held in high regard as a ship-builder, a cartographer, and as a man well versed in everything pertaining to the equipment of a fleet. Peter made him his vice-admiral, and assigned to him the technical control of the fleet, the building of new vessels, their equipment, and, above all, the task of supplying them with West European officers.

Next to Peter, Norwegians and Danes contributed the most to the founding of the Russian fleet, and among them, the most distinguished was the Norseman Cornelius Cruys. In 1697, he was the assistant master of ordnance in the Dutch navy, where he was highly regarded as a shipbuilder, cartographer, and an expert in all aspects of fleet equipment. Peter appointed him as vice-admiral and put him in charge of the technical management of the fleet, including the construction of new ships, their outfitting, and, most importantly, the recruitment of West European officers.

Weber assigns Cruys a place in the first rank among those foreigners to whom Russia owes much of her development, and remarks that it was he, "the incomparable master of ordnance, who put the Russian fleet upon its keel and upon the sea." He belonged to the fashionable circles of St. Petersburg, owned a large and beautiful palace on the Neva, where now tower the Winter Palace and the Hermitage, and was one of the few among the wealthy that enjoyed the privilege of entertaining the Czar on festive occasions. He became vice-president of the council of the Admiralty, was promoted, after the peace of Nystad, to the position of admiral of the Blue [Pg 9]Flag, and made a knight of the order of Alexander Nevsky.

Weber places Cruys among the top foreigners who contributed significantly to Russia's development, noting that it was he, "the unmatched expert in artillery, who set the Russian fleet on its course and into the waters." He was part of the elite social circles in St. Petersburg, owned an impressive palace on the Neva River, where the Winter Palace and the Hermitage now stand, and was one of the few wealthy individuals who had the honor of hosting the Czar on celebratory occasions. He rose to the role of vice-president of the Admiralty Council and, after the peace of Nystad, was promoted to admiral of the Blue Flag and became a knight of the Order of Alexander Nevsky.

In Peter the Great's remarkable house in St. Petersburg there is preserved, among many other relics, a yawl which is called the grandfather of the fleet. With this, Peter had begun his nautical experiments, and in 1723, when he celebrated the founding of his fleet, he rowed down the Neva in it. Peter himself was at the rudder, Apraxin was cockswain, and Admiral Cruys, Vice-Admiral Gordon, Sievers and Menshikoff were at the oars. On this occasion the Czar embraced Cruys and called him his father.

In Peter the Great's impressive house in St. Petersburg, there’s a preserved yawl, known as the grandfather of the fleet, along with many other artifacts. Peter used this boat to start his maritime experiments, and in 1723, during the celebration of his fleet's founding, he rowed down the Neva River in it. Peter himself was at the helm, Apraxin was the coxswain, and Admiral Cruys, Vice-Admiral Gordon, Sievers, and Menshikoff were rowing. On this occasion, the Czar embraced Cruys and referred to him as his father.

During his whole life Cruys preserved a warm affection for his native land; hence it was natural that the Scandinavian colony in St. Petersburg gathered about him. His successor as vice-president of the council of the Admiralty, and as master of ordnance, was the former Danish naval lieutenant Peter Sievers, who likewise elevated himself to most important positions, and exerted a highly beneficial influence upon the development of the Russian fleet. At the side of these two heroes, moreover, there were others, as Admirals Daniel Wilster and Peter Bredal, Commander Thure Trane, and also Skeving, Herzenberg, Peder Grib, "Tordenskjold's[3] brave comrade in arms," and many others.

During his entire life, Cruys maintained a deep affection for his homeland; so it was natural for the Scandinavian community in St. Petersburg to gather around him. His successor as vice-president of the Admiralty Council and as master of ordnance was the former Danish naval lieutenant Peter Sievers, who also rose to significant positions and had a very positive impact on the development of the Russian fleet. Alongside these two figures, there were others, such as Admirals Daniel Wilster and Peter Bredal, Commander Thure Trane, as well as Skeving, Herzenberg, Peder Grib, "Tordenskjold's[3] brave comrade in arms," and many more.

For a long time Vitus Bering was one of Cruys's most intimate associates, and these two, with Admiral Sievers, form an honorable trio in that foreign navy. Bering was soon appointed to a position in the Baltic fleet, and [Pg 10]during Russia's protracted struggles, his energy found that scope which he before had sought on the ocean, and at the same time he had the satisfaction of fighting the foes of his native land. He was a bold and able commander. During the whole war he cruised about in the Sea of Azov and the Black Sea, and in the Baltic and other northern waters. Some of the most important transport expeditions were entrusted to him. The Czar prized his services very highly, and when, after the misfortune at Pruth in 1711, he laid a plan to rescue three of the best ships of his Black Sea fleet by a bold run through the Bosporus, Vitus Bering, Peder Bredal, and Simon Skop were chosen for the task. Whether the plan was carried out, it is difficult to determine. Berch says that it was not, and adds, "I cite the incident simply to show that even at that time Bering was looked upon as an excellent commander." In various West European authorities, however, it is distinctly stated that Sievers conducted the ships to England, and in a review of Bering's life published by the Admiralty in 1882, it is stated that Bering was in 1711 appointed to conduct the ship Munker from the Sea of Azov to the Baltic, and as the Admiralty would hardly in a condensed report have taken notice of plans which had never been carried out, it seems most probable that Berch has been incorrectly informed.

For a long time, Vitus Bering was one of Cruys's closest associates, and together with Admiral Sievers, they made an honorable trio in that foreign navy. Bering was soon given a position in the Baltic fleet, and during Russia's long struggles, he found the opportunity he had been seeking on the ocean, while also having the satisfaction of fighting for his homeland. He was a bold and skilled commander. Throughout the entire war, he cruised in the Sea of Azov and the Black Sea, as well as in the Baltic and other northern waters. Some of the most significant transport missions were assigned to him. The Czar valued his services highly, and when, after the setback at Pruth in 1711, he devised a plan to save three of the best ships of his Black Sea fleet with a daring run through the Bosporus, Vitus Bering, Peder Bredal, and Simon Skop were selected for the mission. It's hard to determine if the plan was carried out. Berch claims that it wasn't and notes, "I mention the incident simply to illustrate that even at that time, Bering was regarded as an excellent commander." However, various West European sources clearly state that Sievers took the ships to England, and in a review of Bering's life published by the Admiralty in 1882, it's mentioned that Bering was appointed in 1711 to lead the ship Munker from the Sea of Azov to the Baltic. Since the Admiralty's summary report would likely not include plans that were never executed, it seems most probable that Berch was misinformed.

In 1707 Bering was promoted to the position of lieutenant, in 1710 to that of lieutenant-captain, and in 1715 to that of captain of the fourth rank, when he assumed command of the new ship Selafail in Archangel to sail it to Copenhagen and Kronstadt. In 1716 he participated[Pg 11] in an expedition of the united fleets to Bornholm under the command of Sievers. In 1717 he was made captain of the third, and in 1720 of the second rank, and took part, until peace was concluded, in the various manœuvers in the Baltic under the command of Gordon and Apraxin.[4]

In 1707, Bering was promoted to lieutenant, in 1710 to lieutenant-captain, and in 1715 to captain of the fourth rank, when he took command of the new ship Selafail in Archangel to sail it to Copenhagen and Kronstadt. In 1716, he participated[Pg 11] in an expedition of the united fleets to Bornholm under Sievers' command. In 1717, he was made captain of the third rank, and in 1720 of the second rank, and he took part, until peace was reached, in various maneuvers in the Baltic under Gordon and Apraxin.[4]

After the peace of Nystad in 1721, however, his position became somewhat unpleasant. Although he was a brother-in-law of Vice-Admiral Saunders, he had, according to Berch, powerful enemies in the Admiralty. The numerous promotions made after the conclusion of peace, in no way applied to him. In the following year younger comrades were advanced beyond him, and hence in 1724 he demanded promotion to a captaincy of the first rank, or his discharge. After protracted negotiations, and in spite of the fact that Apraxin repeatedly refused to sign his discharge, he finally obtained it, and then withdrew to his home in Viborg, Finland, where he owned an estate, and where, no doubt on account of the Scandinavian character of the city, he preferred to stay. During the negotiations for his discharge, the Czar was in Olonetz, but some time afterwards he informed Apraxin that Bering was again to enter the navy, and with the desired promotion. This occurred in August, 1724, and a few months later Bering was appointed chief of the First Kamchatkan Expedition, the object of which was to determine whether Asia and America were connected by land.

After the Treaty of Nystad in 1721, his situation became a bit difficult. Even though he was related to Vice-Admiral Saunders, he had, according to Berch, strong enemies in the Admiralty. The many promotions that came after the peace didn’t apply to him at all. The next year, younger colleagues got promoted ahead of him, so in 1724 he requested a promotion to a first-rank captaincy, or he would resign. After lengthy negotiations, and despite Apraxin repeatedly refusing to sign his resignation, he eventually got it and returned to his home in Viborg, Finland, where he owned a estate and preferred to stay, likely due to the city's Scandinavian character. During the talks about his resignation, the Czar was in Olonetz, but later he told Apraxin that Bering would be rejoining the navy with the promotion he wanted. This happened in August 1724, and a few months later Bering was appointed head of the First Kamchatkan Expedition, aimed at determining whether Asia and America were connected by land.

FOOTNOTES:

[1] Some details of Bering's genealogy, which can be of no interest to the American reader, the translator has taken the liberty to omit.

[1] Some details about Bering's family background, which are unlikely to interest the American reader, have been omitted by the translator.

[2] Norway and Denmark were at this time united.—Tr.

[2] Norway and Denmark were united at this time.—Tr.

[3] Peter Tordenskjold (1691-1720), a Norwegian in the Danish Norse service,—the greatest naval hero Scandinavia has ever produced.—Tr.

[3] Peter Tordenskjold (1691-1720), a Norwegian serving in the Danish Navy, is the greatest naval hero Scandinavia has ever produced.—Tr.

[4] See Appendix, Note 1.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Appendix, Note 1.


CHAPTER III.
PLANS FOR BERING'S FIRST EXPEDITION.—PETER THE GREAT'S DESIRE TO KNOW THE EXTENT OF HIS EMPIRE.—THE NORTHEAST PASSAGE.

The equipment of Bering's first expedition was one of Peter the Great's last administrative acts. From his death-bed his energy set in motion those forces which in the generation succeeding him were to conquer a new world for human knowledge. It was not until his mighty spirit was about to depart this world that the work was begun, but the impetus given by him was destined to be effective for half a century; and the results achieved still excite our admiration.

The gear for Bering's first expedition was one of Peter the Great's final administrative moves. From his deathbed, his drive set in motion the forces that would, in the following generation, discover new territories for human understanding. It wasn't until his powerful spirit was ready to leave this world that the work began, but the momentum he provided lasted for half a century, and the outcomes still inspire our admiration.

Peter was incited to undertake this work by a desire for booty, by a keen, somewhat barbaric curiosity, and by a just desire to know the natural boundaries of his dominion. He was no doubt less influenced by the flattery of the French Academy and other institutions than is generally supposed. His great enterprise suddenly brought Russia into the front rank of those nations which at that time were doing geographical exploration. Just before his death three great enterprises were planned: the establishment of a mart at the mouth of the river Kur for the oriental trade, the building up of a maritime trade with India, and an expedition to search for[Pg 13] the boundary between Asia and America. The first two projects did not survive the Czar, but Bering clung to the plan proposed for him, and accomplished his task.

Peter was driven to take on this work by a desire for wealth, a strong, somewhat wild curiosity, and a genuine wish to understand the natural borders of his territory. He was likely less swayed by the praise from the French Academy and other institutions than people generally think. His major endeavor suddenly placed Russia among the leading nations involved in geographical exploration at that time. Just before his death, three big projects were planned: creating a trading post at the mouth of the Kur River for Eastern trade, establishing maritime trade with India, and an expedition to find the boundary between Asia and America. The first two projects didn’t last after the Czar’s death, but Bering held on to the plan assigned to him and successfully completed it.

Peter the Great gave no heed to obstacles, and never weighed the possibilities for the success of an enterprise. Consequently his plans were on a grand scale, but the means set aside for carrying them out were often entirely inadequate, and sometimes even wholly inapplicable. His instructions were usually imperious and laconic. To his commander-in-chief in Astrakhan he once wrote: "When fifteen boats arrive from Kazan, you will sail them to Baku and sack the town." His instructions to Bering are characteristic of his condensed and irregular style. They were written by himself, in December, 1724, five weeks before his death, and are substantially as follows: "I. At Kamchatka or somewhere else two decked boats are to be built. II. With these you are to sail northward along the coast, and as the end of the coast is not known this land is undoubtedly America. III. For this reason you are to inquire where the American coast begins, and go to some European colony; and when European ships are seen you are to ask what the coast is called, note it down, make a landing, obtain reliable information, and then, after having charted the coast, return."

Peter the Great didn’t pay attention to obstacles and never considered the chances of success for his projects. As a result, his plans were ambitious, but the resources allocated to execute them were often completely insufficient and sometimes even completely unsuitable. His instructions were typically commanding and concise. To his commander-in-chief in Astrakhan, he once wrote: "When fifteen boats arrive from Kazan, you will sail them to Baku and loot the town." His instructions to Bering exemplify his brief and unpredictable style. They were written by him in December 1724, five weeks before his death, and essentially said: "I. At Kamchatka or somewhere else, two decked boats are to be built. II. With these, you are to sail north along the coast, and since the end of the coast is unknown, this land is definitely America. III. For this reason, you are to find out where the American coast begins, and go to some European colony; when you see European ships, you are to ask what the coast is called, write it down, make a landing, gather reliable information, and then, after charting the coast, return."

After West Europe for two centuries had wearied itself with the question of a Northeast passage and made strenuous efforts to navigate the famed Strait of Anian, Russia undertook the task in a practical manner and went in search of the strait, before it started out on a voyage around the northern part of the old world.

After Western Europe had spent two centuries exhausting itself with the question of a Northeast passage and made intense efforts to navigate the famous Strait of Anian, Russia took a practical approach and set out to find the strait before embarking on a journey around the northern part of the old world.

Were Asia and America connected, or was there a strait between the two countries? Was there a Northwest and a Northeast passage? It was these great and interesting questions that were to be settled by Bering's first expedition. Peter himself had no faith in a strait. He had, however, no means of knowing anything about it, for at his death the east coast of Asia was known only as far as the island of Yezo. The Pacific coast of America had been explored and charted no farther than Cape Blanco, 43° north latitude, while all of the northern portion of the Pacific, its eastern and western coast-lines, its northern termination, and its relation to the polar sea, still awaited its discoverer.

Were Asia and America connected, or was there a strait between the two? Were there a Northwest Passage and a Northeast Passage? These big and intriguing questions were to be answered by Bering's first expedition. Peter himself didn’t believe in a strait. However, he had no way of knowing anything about it, as at his death the east coast of Asia was known only as far as the island of Yezo. The Pacific coast of America had been explored and mapped only as far north as Cape Blanco, at 43° latitude, while all of the northern part of the Pacific, its eastern and western coastlines, its northern edge, and its connection to the polar sea, still needed to be discovered.

The above-mentioned ukase shows that the Czar's inquisitive mind was dwelling on the possibility of being able, through northeastern Asia, to open a way to the rich European colonies in Central America. He knew neither the enormous extent of the far East nor the vastness of the ocean that separated it from the Spanish colonies. Yet even at that time, various representatives of the great empire living in northeastern Siberia had some knowledge of the relative situation of the two continents and could have given Bering's expedition valuable directions.

The aforementioned decree shows that the Czar was curious about the possibility of finding a route through northeastern Asia to access the wealthy European colonies in Central America. He was unaware of the immense size of the Far East or the vast ocean that stood between it and the Spanish colonies. However, even back then, several representatives of the great empire living in northeastern Siberia had some understanding of the geographical relationship between the two continents and could have provided Bering's expedition with helpful guidance.

Rumors of the proximity of the American continent to the northeastern corner of Asia must very early have been transmitted through Siberia, for the geographers of the sixteenth century have the relative position of the two continents approximately correct. Thus on the Barents map of 1598, republished by J. J. Pontanus in 1611, a large continent towers above northeastern Asia with the superscription, "America Pars," the two countries[Pg 15] being separated by the Strait of Anian[5] (Fretum Anian). On a map by Joducus Hondius, who died in 1611, East Siberia is drawn as a parallelogram projecting toward the northeast, and directly opposite and quite near the northeast corner of this figure a country is represented with the same superscription. This is found again in the map by Gerhard Mercator which accompanies Nicolai Witsen's "Noord en Ost Tartarye," 1705, and in several other sixteenth century atlases. It is quite impossible to determine how much of this apparent knowledge is due to vague reports combined with happy guessing, and how much to a practical desire for such a passage on the part of European navigators, whose expensive polar expeditions otherwise would be folly. This much is certain, however: Witsen and other leading geographers based their views on information received from Siberia and Russia.[6]

Rumors about how close the American continent is to the northeastern corner of Asia must have been spread early through Siberia, because 16th-century geographers had the relative positions of both continents mostly right. For example, on the Barents map from 1598, reprinted by J. J. Pontanus in 1611, a large continent is shown above northeastern Asia labeled "America Pars," with the two regions[Pg 15] separated by the Strait of Anian[5]. On a map by Joducus Hondius, who died in 1611, East Siberia is depicted as a parallelogram extending toward the northeast, and directly opposite, quite close to the northeast corner of this shape, is a country labeled with the same name. This is also seen in the map by Gerhard Mercator that accompanies Nicolai Witsen's "Noord en Ost Tartarye," 1705, and in several other maps from the 16th century. It’s hard to tell how much of this apparent knowledge came from vague reports mixed with educated guesses, and how much was driven by a real desire for such a passage among European navigators, whose costly polar expeditions would otherwise make no sense. However, one thing is clear: Witsen and other prominent geographers based their opinions on information they received from Siberia and Russia.[6]

In the history of discoveries the spirit of human enterprise has fought its way through an incalculable number of mirages. These have aroused the imagination, caused agitations, debates, and discussions, but have usually veiled an earlier period's knowledge of the question. There are many re-discovered countries on our globe. So [Pg 16]in this case. The northwestern part of America wholly disappeared from the cartography of the seventeenth century, and through the influence of Witsen's and Homann's later maps it became customary to represent the eastern coast of Asia by a meridian passing a little east of Yakutsk, without any suggestions whatever in regard to its strongly marked peninsulas or to an adjacent western continent. But even these representations were originally Russian, and are undoubtedly due to the first original Russian atlas, published by Remesoff. They finally gave way to the geographical explorations of the eighteenth century, which began shortly after the accession of Peter the Great, having been provoked by political events and conditions.

In the history of discoveries, the spirit of human endeavor has navigated through countless illusions. These have sparked imagination, incited unrest, and led to debates and discussions, but they often obscured earlier knowledge on the subject. There are many rediscovered places on our planet. So [Pg 16] in this instance. The northwestern part of America completely vanished from maps in the seventeenth century, and due to the influence of Witsen's and Homann's later maps, it became common to depict the eastern coast of Asia with a meridian slightly east of Yakutsk, without any reference to its prominent peninsulas or a neighboring western continent. Yet even these representations originated from Russia, and are undoubtedly attributed to the first original Russian atlas published by Remesoff. They ultimately gave way to the geographical explorations of the eighteenth century, which began shortly after Peter the Great came to power, prompted by political events and circumstances.

By the treaty of Nertchinsk in 1689 the Yablonoi Mountains were established as the boundary line between Russia and China. By this means the way to the fertile lands of Amoor was barred to that indurate caste of Russian hussars and Cossacks who had conquered for the White Czar the vast tracts of Siberia. A second time they fell upon northeastern Siberia, pressing their way, as before, across uninhabited tundras along the northern ocean, and thence conquered the inhabited districts toward the south. They discovered the island of Liakhov, penetrated the country of the Chukchees, Koriaks, and Kamshadales, and at the Anadyr River, in Deshneff's old palisaded fort, they found that point of support from which they maintained Russia's power in the extreme northeast. In this way the Russians learned the enormous extent of the country; but as they had no exact locations, they formed a very incorrect opinion of its outlines, and[Pg 17] estimated its length from west to east too small by forty degrees.

By the treaty of Nertchinsk in 1689, the Yablonoi Mountains were set as the border between Russia and China. This blocked access to the fertile lands of Amoor for the tough group of Russian hussars and Cossacks who had conquered vast areas of Siberia for the White Czar. They launched another invasion into northeastern Siberia, moving across uninhabited tundras along the northern ocean, and then took control of the populated areas further south. They discovered the island of Liakhov, ventured into the territories of the Chukchees, Koriaks, and Kamshadales, and at the Anadyr River, in Deshneff's old fortified fort, they found a base to uphold Russia's influence in the far northeast. This way, the Russians realized the vast size of the land; however, without precise locations, they formed a very inaccurate view of its boundaries and estimated its length from west to east to be forty degrees too short.

From the fort on the Anadyr, Kamchatka was conquered in the first years of the eighteenth century, and from here came the first information concerning America. In 1711 the Cossack Popoff visited the Chukchee peninsula, and here he heard that from either side of the peninsula, both from the "Kolymaic" Sea and the Gulf of Anadyr, an island could be seen in the distance, which the Chukchees called "the great land." This land they said they could reach in baidars (boats rowed by women) in one day. Here were found large forests of pine, cedar, and other trees, and also many different kinds of animals not found in their country. This reliable information concerning America seems at the time to have been known in other parts of Siberia only in the way of vague reports, and was soon confused with descriptions of islands in the Arctic.

From the fort on the Anadyr, Kamchatka was taken over in the early years of the 18th century, and from there came the first details about America. In 1711, the Cossack Popoff visited the Chukchee peninsula, where he learned that from both sides of the peninsula, from the "Kolymaic" Sea and the Gulf of Anadyr, an island could be seen in the distance, which the Chukchees referred to as "the great land." They claimed they could reach this land in baidars (boats rowed by women) in just one day. Large forests of pine, cedar, and other trees were found here, along with many kinds of animals not seen in their own country. This credible information about America seemed to be known in other parts of Siberia at the time only through vague reports, and it was soon mixed up with descriptions of islands in the Arctic.

Czar Peter, however, soon laid his adjusting hand upon these groping efforts. By the aid of Swedish prisoners of war, he opened the navigation from Okhotsk to Kamchatka, and thus avoided the circuitous route by way of the Anadyr. A Cossack by the name of Ivan Kosyrefski (the son of a Polish officer in Russian captivity) was ordered to explore the peninsula to its southern extremity, and also some of the Kurile Islands. In 1719 he officially despatched the surveyors Yevrinoff and Lushin to ascertain whether Asia and America were connected, but secretly he instructed them to go to the Kurile Islands to search for precious metals, especially a white mineral which the Japanese were said to obtain in[Pg 18] large quantities from the fifth or sixth island. Through these various expeditions there was collected vast, although unscientific, materials for the more correct understanding of the geography of eastern Asia, the Sea of Okhotsk, Kamchatka, the Kuriles, and Yezo. Even concerning the Island of Nipon (Hondo), shipwrecked Japanese had given valuable information. Simultaneously, the northern coast about the mouth of the Kolyma, had been explored by the Cossacks Viligin and Amossoff. Through them the first information concerning the Bear Islands and Wrangell Island found its way to Yakutsk. The Cossack chief Shestakoff, who had traveled into the northeastern regions toward the land of the Chukchees, accepted the accounts of the former for his map, but as he could neither read nor write, matters were most bewilderingly confused. Yet his representations were later accepted by Strahlenberg and Joseph de l'Isle in their maps.

Czar Peter, however, quickly got involved in these uncertain efforts. With the help of Swedish prisoners of war, he opened up the navigation route from Okhotsk to Kamchatka, avoiding the long detour through the Anadyr. A Cossack named Ivan Kosyrefski (the son of a Polish officer captured by the Russians) was tasked with exploring the peninsula all the way to its southern tip, as well as some of the Kurile Islands. In 1719, he officially sent the surveyors Yevrinoff and Lushin to find out if Asia and America were connected, but secretly instructed them to go to the Kurile Islands to look for valuable metals, particularly a white mineral that the Japanese were reportedly collecting in large amounts from the fifth or sixth island. Through these various expeditions, a wealth of unscientific information was gathered, contributing to a better understanding of the geography of eastern Asia, the Sea of Okhotsk, Kamchatka, the Kuriles, and Yezo. Even regarding the Island of Nipon (Hondo), shipwrecked Japanese provided valuable insights. At the same time, the northern coast near the mouth of the Kolyma was explored by Cossacks Viligin and Amossoff. They brought the first information about the Bear Islands and Wrangell Island back to Yakutsk. The Cossack chief Shestakoff, who traveled into the northeastern regions toward the land of the Chukchees, accepted the accounts from the former for his maps, but since he couldn’t read or write, things got quite confusing. Nevertheless, his representations were later accepted by Strahlenberg and Joseph de l'Isle in their maps.

FOOTNOTES:

[5] In Baron A. E. Nordenskjöld's review of the Danish edition of this work on Bering in the Journal of the American Geographical Society, Vol. XVII., p. 290, he says: "In Barents' map of 1598 there is not, as Mr. Lauridsen seems to suppose, anything original as to the delineation of the northern coast of Asia and the relative situation of Asia and America. In this respect Barents' map is only a reproduction of older maps, which, with regard to the delineation of the northern coast of Asia, are based upon pre-Columbian suppositions; and these again rest upon the story told by Pliny the Elder in the 'Historia Naturalis,' L. VII., 13, 17, about the northern limit of the world known to him," etc. The judicious reader can not fail to see that the renowned author here shoots far beyond the mark, for Pliny the Elder can hardly be supposed to have had any knowledge of "America Pars."—Author's Note to American Edition.

[5] In Baron A. E. Nordenskjöld's review of the Danish edition of this work on Bering in the Journal of the American Geographical Society, Vol. XVII., p. 290, he says: "In Barents' map of 1598, there's nothing original about the layout of the northern coast of Asia and the relative positions of Asia and America, despite what Mr. Lauridsen seems to think. Barents' map is just a copy of older maps, which, when it comes to the outline of the northern coast of Asia, are based on pre-Columbian ideas; and these, in turn, are grounded in the account by Pliny the Elder in the 'Historia Naturalis,' L. VII., 13, 17, about the northern limit of the world known to him," etc. The thoughtful reader cannot help but notice that the esteemed author here misses the point entirely, as Pliny the Elder could hardly be expected to have knowledge of "America Pars."—Author's Note to American Edition.

[6] Note 2.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Footnote 2.


CHAPTER IV.
BERING'S KNOWLEDGE OF SIBERIAN GEOGRAPHY.—TERRORS OF TRAVELING IN SIBERIA.—THE EXPEDITION STARTS OUT.—THE JOURNEY FROM ST. PETERSBURG TO THE PACIFIC.

And now the question is, what did Bering know of these efforts which had been made during the decades preceding his expedition, and which in spite of their unscientific character, were nevertheless of such great importance in order to be able to initiate one's self in the geography of eastern Asia? In the first place, the surveyor Lushin, was a member of the Bering expedition, and when Bering, in the summer of 1726, was sojourning in Yakutsk, Shestakoff's nephew, who had accompanied his uncle on his expedition against the Chukchees, became an attaché of Bering's expedition, while the elder Shestakoff had gone to Russia to collect means for the contemplated military expedition. Furthermore, Ivan Kosyrefski, who in the meantime had become a monk, was also staying in Yakutsk, and his valuable report preserved in the voivode's (governor's) office was now surrendered to Bering. Thus we see that Bering was in personal contact with the men, who, in the decade preceding, were the chief possessors of geographical knowledge concerning those northeastern regions.

And now the question is, what did Bering know about the efforts made during the decades before his expedition? These efforts, despite being unscientific, were still very important for getting to know the geography of eastern Asia. First of all, the surveyor Lushin was part of the Bering expedition. When Bering was in Yakutsk during the summer of 1726, Shestakoff's nephew, who had gone with his uncle on the expedition against the Chukchees, joined Bering's team, while the elder Shestakoff went to Russia to gather resources for the planned military expedition. Additionally, Ivan Kosyrefski, who had since become a monk, was also in Yakutsk, and his valuable report, kept in the governor's office, was handed over to Bering. Thus, we see that Bering was in direct contact with the individuals who, in the decade before, held the main geographical knowledge about those northeastern areas.

In the second place, he received in Yakutsk information concerning Deshneff's journey in 1648 from the Kolyma to the Anadyr River. Although this journey was first critically discussed by G. F. Müller,[7] its main features were nevertheless well known in Siberia, and are referred to, among other places, in Strahlenberg's book, whence the results appear in Bellini's map in Peter Charlesvoix's "Histoire du Japan," published in 1735. Unfortunately, however, Bering seems to have had no knowledge of Popoff's expedition to the Chukchees peninsula and his information concerning the adjacent American continent, or of Strahlenberg's outline maps, which were not published until after his departure from St. Petersburg.

In the second place, he received information in Yakutsk about Deshneff's journey in 1648 from the Kolyma to the Anadyr River. Although G. F. Müller was the first to critically discuss this journey,[7] its main features were still well known in Siberia and are mentioned in several places, including Strahlenberg's book, from which the results appear on Bellini's map in Peter Charlesvoix's "Histoire du Japan," published in 1735. Unfortunately, though, Bering seems to have had no knowledge of Popoff's expedition to the Chukchees peninsula and the information regarding the nearby American continent, nor did he have access to Strahlenberg's outline maps, which weren’t published until after he left St. Petersburg.

Bering's two expeditions are unique in the history of Arctic explorations. His real starting point was on the extremest outskirts of the earth, where only the hunter and yassak-collector had preceded him. Kamchatka was at that time just as wild a region as Boothia or the coasts of Smith's Sound are in our day, and, practically viewed, it was far more distant from St. Petersburg than any known point now is from us. One hundred and thirty degrees—several thousand miles—the earth's most inhospitable tracts, the coldest regions on the globe, mountains, endless steppes, impenetrable forests, morasses, and fields of trackless snow were still between him and the mouth of the Kamchatka River, and thither he was to lead, not a small expedition, but an enormous provision train and large quantities of material for ship-building. On the journey, [Pg 21]river-boats had to be built by the score, and also two ships. Now his course was up the swift streams of Siberia, and now on horseback or in sledges drawn by dogs through the dreary and desolate forests of the Yakuts and Tunguses. He employed several hundred laborers and twice as many horses to do work which modern ships can accomplish in a few weeks. Franklin, Mackenzie, Schwatka, and many others have traversed vast tracts of the Arctic regions, but their expeditions in light sledges can not be compared with those burdensome transports which Bering and his men dragged from the Gulf of Finland to the shores of the Pacific.

Bering's two expeditions are unique in the history of Arctic explorations. His real starting point was on the furthest edges of the earth, where only hunters and collectors of yassak had gone before him. At that time, Kamchatka was just as wild a place as Boothia or the coasts of Smith's Sound are today, and realistically, it was much farther from St. Petersburg than any known location is from us now. One hundred and thirty degrees—several thousand miles—the harshest parts of the earth, the coldest regions on the globe, mountains, endless steppes, dense forests, swamps, and fields of unmarked snow still lay between him and the mouth of the Kamchatka River, and to this place, he was to lead not a small expedition, but a massive supply train and large amounts of materials for shipbuilding. Along the way, [Pg 21] they had to build many river boats and also two ships. His journey took him up the fast rivers of Siberia and then on horseback or in sledges pulled by dogs through the bleak and desolate forests of the Yakuts and Tunguses. He employed several hundred workers and twice as many horses to accomplish tasks that modern ships can complete in just a few weeks. Franklin, Mackenzie, Schwatka, and many others have crossed vast areas of the Arctic, but their expeditions in lightweight sledges can't compare to the heavy transports that Bering and his men dragged from the Gulf of Finland to the shores of the Pacific.

In the early part of the year 1725 the expedition was ready to start out from St. Petersburg. The officers were the two Danes, Vitus Bering, captain and chief, and Martin Spangberg, lieutenant and second in command, and also the following: Lieut. Alexei Chirikoff, Second Lieut. Peter Chaplin, the cartographers Luskin and Patiloff, the mates, Richard Engel and George Morison, Dr. Niemann, and Rev. Ilarion.[8] The subordinates were principally sailors, carpenters, sailmakers, blacksmiths, and other mechanics.

In early 1725, the expedition was set to depart from St. Petersburg. The officers included two Danes, Vitus Bering, the captain and leader, and Martin Spangberg, the lieutenant and second-in-command, along with Lieut. Alexei Chirikoff, Second Lieut. Peter Chaplin, cartographers Luskin and Patiloff, mates Richard Engel and George Morison, Dr. Niemann, and Rev. Ilarion.[8] The crew mainly consisted of sailors, carpenters, sailmakers, blacksmiths, and other skilled workers.

Peter the Great died Jan. 28, 1725;[9] but a part of the expedition under the command of Lieut. Chirikoff had already started on the 24th; Bering followed Feb. 5. They passed the whole of the first summer in toilsome expeditions overland and on rivers in western Siberia. March 16, they arrived at Tobolsk, whence, in May, the journey was continued with four rafts and seven boats by way of the rivers Irtish, Obi, [Pg 22]Ket, Yenisei, Tunguska, and Ilim, through regions where there was scarcely a Russian isba, on rivers which were dangerous on account of hidden rocks and skerries, and where progress was constantly interrupted by the transporting that had to be done between the streams. September 29, the expedition arrived at the town of Ilimsk and had to pass the winter there. Meanwhile, however, Lieut. Chaplin had, in the spring, been sent in advance to Yakutsk, in order, at the voivode's (governor's) to hasten the preparations for transportation in the direction of Okhotsk, whither he was to send a small command who were to fell trees and begin the work of ship-building. Bering[10] himself went to Irkutsk to obtain from the governor there information concerning the climate and physical features of Eastern Siberia, the modes of travel, and means of transportation in that distant and little known country. Spangberg was sent with mechanics and soldiers to the Kut, a tributary of the Lena, for the purpose of cutting timber and building vessels for the voyages to be made in the spring. At Ustkutsk there were built in all fifteen barges (about 45 feet long, 12 feet wide and 15 inches deep) and fourteen boats. On May 8, 1726, Spangberg sailed for Yakutsk, and somewhat later Chirikoff started off with the rear. By the middle of June, the expedition was gathered at the capital of East Siberia, which at that time had three hundred houses. Here Bering remained until the 16th of August, busily engaged in making preparations for the difficult journey eastward. He had made two thousand leathern sacks for transporting [Pg 23]flour to Okhotsk, and gave the voivode orders to keep in readiness six hundred horses to forward other necessaries for the expedition.

Peter the Great died on January 28, 1725; [9] but part of the expedition led by Lieutenant Chirikoff had already set out on the 24th, and Bering followed on February 5. They spent the entire first summer undertaking strenuous expeditions overland and on rivers in western Siberia. On March 16, they arrived in Tobolsk, from where they continued their journey in May using four rafts and seven boats along the Irtish, Obi, [Pg 22]Ket, Yenisei, Tunguska, and Ilim rivers, through areas where there were hardly any Russian isba, on rivers that were perilous due to hidden rocks and obstacles, and where their progress was frequently interrupted by the need to transport goods between the streams. On September 29, the expedition reached the town of Ilimsk and had to spend the winter there. Meanwhile, Lieutenant Chaplin had been sent ahead in the spring to Yakutsk to expedite the preparations for transportation towards Okhotsk, where he was to send a small team to cut down trees and begin shipbuilding. Bering[10] himself traveled to Irkutsk to gather information from the local governor about the climate and geography of Eastern Siberia, as well as travel routes and transportation methods in that remote and little-known region. Spangberg was dispatched with mechanics and soldiers to the Kut, a tributary of the Lena, to cut timber and build vessels for the upcoming spring voyages. In Ustkutsk, they built a total of fifteen barges (about 45 feet long, 12 feet wide, and 15 inches deep) and fourteen boats. On May 8, 1726, Spangberg set sail for Yakutsk, and shortly after, Chirikoff followed with the rear. By mid-June, the expedition had gathered in the capital of East Siberia, which at that time consisted of three hundred houses. Bering stayed there until August 16, busy preparing for the challenging journey east. He had made two thousand leather sacks for transporting [Pg 23]flour to Okhotsk and instructed the voivode to have six hundred horses ready to transport other necessities for the expedition.

From this point the expedition traveled an entirely untrodden path, and the 1026 versts (685 miles) to Okhotsk were a severe test of its endurance. Even in our day, this journey can be made only under the greatest difficulties. The region is rough and mountainous, and intersected by deep streams without bridges or other means of crossing. The traveler must traverse dangerous swamps and tundras, or cut his way through dense forests. In the winter the difficulties are doubled. Horses, reindeer, and dogs soon become exhausted on these unbroken roads. A space cleared in the snow, when the cooking, eating, and sleeping are done, is the only shelter. The temperature falls to -46° R. (-71° Fahrenheit). Clothing must be changed daily to avoid dampness, and when the poorgas (blizzards) sweep over the snowy wastes, a few steps from camp are often fatal. This is a description of that region in our day, and it was hardly any more inviting over a hundred and fifty years ago.

From this point, the expedition took an entirely uncharted route, and the 1026 versts (685 miles) to Okhotsk were a serious test of endurance. Even today, this journey can only be made under the greatest challenges. The area is rough and mountainous, crisscrossed by deep rivers without bridges or other means of crossing. Travelers must navigate hazardous swamps and tundras or cut their way through dense forests. In the winter, the challenges double. Horses, reindeer, and dogs quickly become tired in these unmarked paths. The only shelter is a space cleared in the snow, where cooking, eating, and sleeping happen. The temperature drops to -46° R. (-71° Fahrenheit). Clothing must be changed daily to prevent dampness, and when the poorgas (blizzards) sweep across the snowy landscapes, just a few steps from camp can be deadly. This is a description of that region today, and it was hardly any more inviting over a hundred and fifty years ago.

It was found necessary to divide the expedition. The branching tributaries of the Lena offered possibilities for transportation which had to be taken advantage of. Hence, as early as July 7, Lieut. Spangberg was sent by river with thirteen rafts loaded with materials, and a force of 204 workmen to reach Yudomskaya Krest by way of the tributaries Aldan, Maya, and Yudoma, and thence across a ridge down to the river Urak, which flows into the Sea of Okhotsk. The overland[Pg 24] expeditions, consisting of 800 horses, were sent in various directions. Bering himself started out on August 16, with 200 horses, and after a journey of forty-five days, reached Okhotsk. The journey was a very difficult one. The horses sought in vain for food under the deep snow. Scores of them were overcome by hunger and exhaustion. The severe cold caused the forces much suffering and hardship, nor did they find but few comforts when they reached Okhotsk in the latter part of October. The town consisted of only eleven huts, with ten Russian families, who supported themselves by fishing. Here, too, many of the horses died for lack of food, and a herd of heifers sent there by Shestakoff was lost from the same cause. Only one survived the winter. It was now necessary to build huts for the winter. The whole of November was spent in felling trees, and not until December 2, could Bering take shelter under a roof of his own. On the other hand, the ship for the expedition was on the stocks, and in spite of all troubles and privations, Bering found time to push forward vigorously its construction.

The expedition needed to be split up. The various tributaries of the Lena provided transport options that had to be utilized. So, on July 7, Lieutenant Spangberg was sent by river with thirteen rafts loaded with supplies and 204 workers to reach Yudomskaya Krest via the tributaries Aldan, Maya, and Yudoma, and then across a ridge down to the Urak River, which flows into the Sea of Okhotsk. The overland expeditions, which consisted of 800 horses, were sent in different directions. Bering himself set out on August 16 with 200 horses, and after a grueling journey of forty-five days, he reached Okhotsk. The trip was very challenging. The horses struggled to find food beneath the deep snow. Many of them succumbed to hunger and fatigue. The extreme cold brought considerable suffering and hardship to the crew, and they found little comfort when they arrived in Okhotsk in late October. The town had only eleven huts, home to ten Russian families who survived by fishing. Here, too, many horses died from starvation, and a herd of heifers sent by Shestakoff was lost for the same reason, with only one surviving the winter. It was now essential to construct huts for the winter. The entire month of November was spent cutting down trees, and it wasn't until December 2 that Bering could finally find shelter under a roof of his own. Meanwhile, the ship for the expedition was being built, and despite all the difficulties and hardships, Bering made sure to push its construction forward vigorously.

Spangberg, however, fared worst of all. Winter took him by surprise two hundred and seventy-five miles from Yudomskaya Krest, the nearest inhabited place, in an entirely barren and swampy region where he could not obtain the slightest assistance. His boats and the bulk of their provisions had to be left at the confluence of the Yorbovaya and the Yudoma, while he and his men, with what provisions they could take with them on the hand-sleds, started out for Okhotsk on foot.[Pg 25] Meanwhile, the severity of the winter increased, the mercury congealed, and the snow was soon six feet deep. This forced them to leave their sleds, and for eight full weeks after November 4, these travelers sought shelter every night in the snows of Siberia, wrapped in all the furs they could possibly get hold of. Their provisions were soon exhausted, famine soon became a companion to cold, and matters even came to such a pass that they were compelled to try to maintain life by gnawing "straps, leathern bags, and shoes." They would surely have starved to death, had they not accidentally happened to strike Bering's route, where they found dead horses and a few hundred-weights of flour. December 21, Bering received from Spangberg a message, relating that he had started for Yudomskaya Krest with ninety-six sledges, and that he had left the boats in charge of a mate and six guards. Bering immediately dispatched ten sledges with provisions for his relief, and on the succeeding day, thirty-seven sledges with thirty-nine men. January 6, 1727, Spangberg reached Okhotsk, and a few days later his whole command had arrived, eighteen of whom were now sick. Twice during the course of the winter, Spangberg and Chaplin were obliged to repeat this journey to rescue the materials at the Yudoma. Not until midsummer, 1727, did the rear under the command of Chirikoff arrive from Yakutsk.

Spangberg, however, had the worst experience of all. Winter caught him off guard two hundred seventy-five miles from Yudomskaya Krest, the closest inhabited area, in a completely desolate and swampy location where he couldn’t get any help. He had to leave his boats and most of their supplies at the point where the Yorbovaya and the Yudoma meet, while he and his men started their journey on foot to Okhotsk with only the supplies they could carry on hand sleds.[Pg 25] Meanwhile, the harshness of winter intensified, the mercury froze, and soon there were six feet of snow. This forced them to abandon their sleds, and for eight full weeks after November 4, these travelers sought shelter every night in the Siberian snow, wrapped in as many furs as they could find. Their supplies quickly ran out, and hunger became a constant companion to the cold, eventually leading them to resort to gnawing on "straps, leather bags, and shoes" to survive. They would have surely starved if they hadn’t unexpectedly found Bering's route, where they discovered dead horses and a few hundredweights of flour. On December 21, Bering received a message from Spangberg stating he had set out for Yudomskaya Krest with ninety-six sledges and had left the boats under the watch of a mate and six guards. Bering immediately sent ten sledges with supplies for him, and the next day, dispatched thirty-seven sledges with thirty-nine men. On January 6, 1727, Spangberg arrived in Okhotsk, and a few days later, his entire command showed up, with eighteen of them now sick. Twice during that winter, Spangberg and Chaplin had to make the journey again to retrieve the materials at the Yudoma. Not until the middle of summer in 1727 did the rear guard led by Chirikoff reach them from Yakutsk.

And yet Bering was far from the place where his work of discovery could begin. On June 8, the new ship Fortuna was launched and equipped for the prospective voyage. Moreover, the ship that had been[Pg 26] used in exploring the Sea of Okhotsk in 1716 arrived, and after thorough repairs was put into the service.

And yet Bering was still far from where his discovery work could start. On June 8, the new ship Fortuna was launched and prepared for the upcoming voyage. Additionally, the ship that had been[Pg 26] used to explore the Sea of Okhotsk in 1716 arrived, and after extensive repairs, it was put into service.

Bering's next objective point was the mouth of the river Bolshoya in southwestern Kamchatka. From the mouth of this river, which is navigable for small vessels, he took the Cossack route to the interior, first up the Bolshoya to the tributary Byistraya, then up this to within forty versts of its source, thence across a portage to the Kamchatka, the mouth of which was his real objective point. From this position he would be able to fall back upon the Russian colony, which comprised a number of unimportant stockaded forts on the Bolshoya and Kamchatka rivers, and could also gain support from that control of the natives which was exercised from this point. This change of base could have been much more easily and quickly accomplished by sailing around the Kamchatka Peninsula, but this was something that had never been done. No accurate information was to be had in regard to the waters, or to the location of any place. Possibly Bering had not as yet been able to disabuse his mind of the prevalent delusions concerning the great extent of Kamchatka. In the second place, he was no doubt unwilling to trust his invaluable stores in the inferior vessels built at Okhotsk. Hence he took the old route.

Bering's next goal was the mouth of the Bolshoya River in southwestern Kamchatka. From this navigable river, which accommodates small vessels, he followed the Cossack route inland, first traveling up the Bolshoya to the tributary Byistraya, then continuing up this river to within forty versts of its source. After that, he crossed a portage to the Kamchatka River, which was his true destination. From this location, he could retreat to the Russian colony, which included several minor stockaded forts along the Bolshoya and Kamchatka Rivers, and could also count on support from the control of the local natives exerted from this point. It would have been much easier and faster to sail around the Kamchatka Peninsula for this shift in base, but that had never been attempted. There wasn't reliable information available regarding the waters or the placement of any locations. Bering may not have yet managed to shake off the common misconceptions about Kamchatka's vastness. Additionally, he likely didn't want to risk his valuable supplies in the lesser ships constructed at Okhotsk. So, he opted for the traditional route.

July 1, Spangberg sailed with the Fortuna for Bolsheretsk, accompanied by thirteen Siberian traders. Two days later Chirikoff brought up the rear from Yakutsk. Somewhat later, the quartermaster arrived with 110 horses and 200 sacks of flour. A week later 63 horses more arrived, on July 20, one soldier with[Pg 27] 80 horses, and by the 30th over 150 horses more, and also 50 oxen.

July 1, Spangberg set sail on the Fortuna for Bolsheretsk, joined by thirteen Siberian traders. Two days later, Chirikoff arrived last from Yakutsk. Soon after, the quartermaster showed up with 110 horses and 200 bags of flour. A week later, on July 20, another soldier came with 80 horses, and by the 30th, over 150 more horses arrived, along with 50 oxen.

August 11, Spangberg returned from his voyage to the Bolshoya River, and on the 19th the whole command went on board,—some on the Fortuna and others on the old vessel. Their destination was the Bolshoya, situated 650 miles from Okhotsk, where they arrived September 4. Here the cargoes were transferred to boats and, in the course of the month of September, brought to the fort, a simple log fortress with seventeen Russian dwellings and a chapel, twenty miles from the sea. It took the whole winter to traverse, first with boats and later with sledges, the 585 miles across Kamchatka, from Bolsheretsk to the lower Kamchatka fort. Under the greatest difficulties, the expedition now followed the course of the Kamchatka River, camping at night in the snow, and enduring many a fierce struggle with the inclement weather. The natives were summoned from far and near to assist in transporting their goods, but the undertaking proved fatal to many of them. Finally on March 11, 1728, Bering reached his destination, the lower Kamchatka Ostrog,[11] where he found forty huts scattered along the banks of the river, a fort, and a church. A handful of Cossacks lived here. They occupied huts built above the surface of the ground. They did not always eat their fish raw, but in other respects lived like the natives, and were in no regard much more civilized than they. The fort was located twenty miles from the sea, surrounded by forests of larch, which yielded excellent [Pg 28]material for ship-building. From this point the exploring party proper was to start out.[12]

August 11, Spangberg came back from his trip to the Bolshoya River, and on the 19th the entire crew boarded—some on the Fortuna and others on the old ship. Their destination was the Bolshoya, located 650 miles from Okhotsk, where they arrived on September 4. Here, the cargoes were moved to boats and throughout September brought to the fort, a simple log fortress with seventeen Russian homes and a chapel, twenty miles from the sea. It took the entire winter to cross the 585 miles of Kamchatka, first with boats and later with sledges, from Bolsheretsk to the lower Kamchatka fort. Enduring great hardships, the expedition now followed the Kamchatka River, camping in the snow at night and facing many fierce struggles with the harsh weather. Natives were called from far and wide to help transport their goods, but the effort proved deadly for many of them. Finally, on March 11, 1728, Bering reached his destination, the lower Kamchatka Ostrog,[11] where he found forty huts scattered along the riverbank, a fort, and a church. A small group of Cossacks lived here. They stayed in huts built above ground. They didn't always eat their fish raw, but in many ways lived like the natives and were not much more civilized than them. The fort was twenty miles from the sea, surrounded by larch forests that provided excellent[Pg 28]material for shipbuilding. From this point, the main exploring party was set to leave.[12]

FOOTNOTES:

[7] Note 3.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 3.

[8] Note 4.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 4.

[9] Here as elsewhere, Old Style.

[9] Here, just like everywhere else, it's the old way.

[10] Note 5.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 5.

[11] An Ostrog is a stockaded post or village.

[11] An Ostrog is a fortified settlement or village.

[12] Note 6.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Footnote 6.


CHAPTER V.
THE BUILDING OF THE GABRIEL—THE DISCOVERY OF BERING STRAIT.

Bering now found himself upon the bleak shores of an Arctic sea, with no other resources than those he had brought with him, or could extort from these barren tracts. He again began the work of ship-building, and in the summer of 1728, a ship called the Gabriel, staunch enough to weather a heavy sea, was launched. The timber for this vessel had been hauled to the ship-yard by dogs; the tar they had prepared themselves, while rigging, cable, and anchors had been dragged nearly two thousand miles through one of the most desolate regions of the earth. And as for the provisions, they would certainly strike terror in the hearts of Arctic explorers of to-day. "Fish oil was his butter, and dried fish his beef and pork. Salt he was obliged to get from the sea," and according to the directions of the Cossacks he distilled spirits from "sweet straw."[13] Thus supplied with a year's provisions, he started upon his voyage of discovery along an unknown coast and on an unknown sea. "It is certain," says Dr. Campbell concerning Bering at this stage, "that no person better fitted for this undertaking could have been found; no difficulty, no danger daunted [Pg 30]him. With untiring industry and almost incredible patience he overcame those difficulties which to anyone else would have seemed insurmountable."

Bering now found himself on the desolate shores of an Arctic sea, with no resources other than what he had brought with him or could extract from these barren lands. He began building a ship again, and in the summer of 1728, a vessel named the Gabriel, sturdy enough to handle rough seas, was launched. The timber for this ship had been transported to the shipyard by dogs; they had prepared their own tar, while the rigging, cables, and anchors were pulled nearly two thousand miles through one of the most desolate areas of the planet. As for the provisions, they would definitely scare modern Arctic explorers. "Fish oil was his butter, and dried fish his beef and pork. Salt he had to get from the sea," and following the Cossacks' advice, he distilled spirits from "sweet straw." Thus equipped with a year’s worth of supplies, he set off on his journey of discovery along an unknown coastline and an unexplored sea. "It is certain," Dr. Campbell says about Bering at this point, "that no one better suited for this mission could have been found; no challenge, no danger intimidated him. With relentless effort and nearly unbelievable patience, he overcame the obstacles that would have seemed insurmountable to anyone else."

On July 9, the Gabriel started down the river, and on the 13th the sails were hoisted. The crew numbered forty-four men: namely, one captain, two lieutenants, one second lieutenant, one physician, one quartermaster, eight sailors, one saddler, one rope-maker, five carpenters, one bailiff, two Cossacks, nine soldiers, six servants, one drummer, and two interpreters. Bering's point of departure was the lower Kamchatka fort, situated 160° 50' east of Greenwich, the variation of the compass being 13° 10' E. The latitude of the cape at the mouth of the Kamchatka River was determined as 56° 3' N., which agrees with the observations made by Cook, who was very near this point on his last voyage. The day was reckoned from 12 o'clock at noon, on which account his dating does not correspond with that of civil time; hence, the 16th of August with him began on the 15th, at noon. The mile of the journal is the Italian mile, which is somewhat longer than the English mile. Bering's course was nearly all the time along the coast, in from nine to twelve fathoms of water, and usually with land in sight to the north and west. On July 27, they passed Cape St. Thaddeus at a distance of three miles, and here the sea seemed fairly alive with spotted whales, seals, sea-lions, and dolphins. After having sailed past the Anadyr River, without quite being able to find their bearings in regions of which they had not a single astronomical determination, and where they were not successful in finding any natives, they finally, on July 31, saw land extending[Pg 31] along the northern horizon, and soon afterwards sailed into the Bay of the Holy Cross (St. Kresta Bay) where the Gabriel spent two days under sail in search of fresh water and a place to anchor. On the 2d of August the latitude was determined as 60° 50' N., whereupon the voyage was continued to the southeast along the high and rocky coast, where every indentation was very carefully explored. August 6, the Gabriel lay in the Bay of Preobrashensky, and on the 7th, Chaplin was sent ashore to obtain water from a mountain stream. On his way he found huts, where there had quite recently been Chukchees, and in various places he found footpaths, but met no human beings. On the 8th, Bering sailed along the coast in a south southeasterly direction. At 7 o'clock, a boat containing eight men was seen rowing toward the vessel. They did not, however, dare to approach the Gabriel, but at last one of the number jumped into the water, and on two inflated seal bladders swam out to the ship, and announced, by the aid of the two Koriak interpreters, that they were Chukchees, and that their people lived along the coast, that they knew the Russians well, that the Anadyr River lay far to the west, that the continent extended in the same direction, and that they would soon get sight of an island. The Koriaks, however, understood his language only imperfectly, and the journal regrets that they were on this account prevented from obtaining further important information. Bering gave him some small presents and sent him back to try to persuade his companions to come on board. They approached the vessel, but suddenly turned and disappeared. The latitude was 64° 41'.

On July 9, the Gabriel began its journey down the river, and on the 13th, they raised the sails. The crew consisted of forty-four men: one captain, two lieutenants, one second lieutenant, one doctor, one quartermaster, eight sailors, one saddler, one rope-maker, five carpenters, one bailiff, two Cossacks, nine soldiers, six servants, one drummer, and two interpreters. Bering set off from the lower Kamchatka fort, located at 160° 50' east of Greenwich, with a compass variation of 13° 10' E. The latitude of the cape at the mouth of the Kamchatka River was measured at 56° 3' N., which matched with Cook's earlier observations when he was close to this area. They considered the day to start at noon, which is why his dates don't align with civil time; thus, for him, the 16th of August began on the 15th at noon. The mile referred to in the journal is the Italian mile, which is slightly longer than the English mile. Bering's route mostly followed the coast, in waters nine to twelve fathoms deep, usually with land visible to the north and west. On July 27, they passed Cape St. Thaddeus, three miles out, where the sea was bustling with spotted whales, seals, sea-lions, and dolphins. After sailing past the Anadyr River without being able to determine their location in unfamiliar territory where they couldn't find any locals, they finally spotted land stretching along the northern horizon on July 31. Shortly after, they entered the Bay of the Holy Cross (St. Kresta Bay), where the Gabriel spent two days searching for fresh water and an anchorage. On August 2, they determined the latitude as 60° 50' N., then continued their journey southeast along the steep and rocky coastline, carefully exploring every bay. On August 6, the Gabriel was in the Bay of Preobrashensky, and on the 7th, Chaplin went ashore to collect water from a mountain stream. On his way, he found huts recently occupied by Chukchees and some footpaths, but saw no people. On the 8th, Bering sailed along the coast in a south-southeasterly direction. At 7 o'clock, they spotted a boat with eight men approaching the vessel. They hesitated to come closer, but eventually, one of them jumped into the water and swam to the ship on two inflated seal bladders. With help from the two Koriak interpreters, he reported that they were Chukchees and that their people lived along the coast. They were familiar with the Russians, said the Anadyr River was far to the west, the continent stretched in that direction, and they would soon see an island. However, the Koriaks only partially understood him, and the journal notes that this prevented them from acquiring further valuable information. Bering gave him some small gifts and sent him back to encourage his friends to come aboard. They approached the vessel but suddenly turned back and vanished. The latitude was 64° 41'.

August 9, Cape Chukotskoi was doubled, an important event in the history of this expedition,—an event which Müller, in order to make results fit into his frame, has not even mentioned. The name, it is true, is not found in the journal, but it appears on Bering's chart in Du Halde's work, which Müller knew. Bering determined the southern extremity of the cape to be 64° 18', Cook 64° 13'.

August 9, Cape Chukotskoi was doubled, marking a significant moment in the history of this expedition—an event that Müller didn’t even mention, likely to fit his narrative. The name may not be in the journal, but it shows up on Bering's map in Du Halde's work, which Müller was aware of. Bering recorded the southern tip of the cape at 64° 18', while Cook noted it at 64° 13'.

August 11, the weather was calm and cloudy. At 2 o'clock in the afternoon, they saw an island toward the southeast, which Bering, in honor of the day, called St. Lawrence. At noon the latitude was found to be 64° 20', and hence the Gabriel was in the strait between Asia and America.

August 11, the weather was calm and cloudy. At 2 o'clock in the afternoon, they spotted an island to the southeast, which Bering named St. Lawrence in honor of the day. At noon, the latitude was determined to be 64° 20', indicating that the Gabriel was in the strait between Asia and America.

August 12, there was a light breeze and cloudy weather. On this day they sailed sixty-nine miles, but the difference in latitude was only 29'. At sunset the longitude was computed by the aid of the variation of the needle to be 25° 31' east of the lower Kamchatka fort, or 187° 21' east of Greenwich.

August 12, there was a light breeze and cloudy weather. On this day, they sailed sixty-nine miles, but the change in latitude was only 29'. At sunset, they calculated the longitude using the needle's variation to be 25° 31' east of the lower Kamchatka fort, or 187° 21' east of Greenwich.

August 13, a fresh breeze and cloudy. Bering sailed during the whole day with land in sight, and the difference in latitude was only 78'.

August 13, a cool breeze and cloudy. Bering sailed all day with land in sight, and the difference in latitude was only 78'.

August 14, weather calm and cloudy. They sailed 29 miles + 8¾ miles for the current. The course of the current was from south southeast to north northwest. At noon the latitude was 66° 41' when they saw high land astern, and three hours later high mountains. (East Cape is 66° 6' N. lat. and 190° 21' east of Greenwich.)

August 14, the weather was calm and cloudy. They sailed 29 miles plus 8¾ miles due to the current. The current was flowing from south-southeast to north-northwest. At noon, the latitude was 66° 41' when they spotted high land behind them, and three hours later, high mountains. (East Cape is at 66° 6' N latitude and 190° 21' east of Greenwich.)

August 15, gentle wind, cloudy weather. From noon until 3 o'clock Bering sailed to the northeast, and after[Pg 33] having sailed seven miles in this direction, he determined to turn back. At 3 o'clock he announced, that as he had now accomplished his task, it was his duty, according to his orders, to return. His bearings were then 67° 18' N. latitude, and 30° 19' east of the Kamchatka fort, or 193° 7' east of Greenwich. In Du Halde, where Bering himself gives his reasons, it is stated: "This was Captain Bering's most northerly point. He thought that he had accomplished his task and obeyed orders, especially as he no longer could see the coast extending toward the north in the same way. ("Surtout, parcequ'il ne voyait plus que les terres continuassent de courier de même du côté du Nord.") Moreover, if they should go farther, he feared, in case they should have adverse winds that they might not be able to return to Kamchatka before the end of the summer, and how were they to be able to pass the winter in such a climate, liable to fall into the hands of a people who had not yet been subjugated, and who were human only in outward appearance.[14]

August 15, light breeze, overcast skies. From noon until 3 PM, Bering sailed northeast, and after traveling seven miles in that direction, he decided to turn back. At 3 PM, he announced that since he had completed his task, it was his duty, according to his orders, to return. His coordinates were then 67° 18' N latitude, and 30° 19' east of the Kamchatka fort, or 193° 7' east of Greenwich. In Du Halde, where Bering himself explains his reasoning, it states: "This was Captain Bering's furthest northern point. He believed he had completed his task and followed orders, especially as he could no longer see the coastline extending northward in the same way. ('Surtout, parcequ'il ne voyait plus que les terres continuassent de courier de même du côté du Nord.') Furthermore, if they went any farther, he was concerned that adverse winds might prevent them from returning to Kamchatka before the end of summer, and he questioned how they would survive the winter in such a harsh climate, potentially falling into the hands of a people who had not yet been subdued and who were human only in appearance.[14]

When Bering turned about, his command was to steer south by west, half west. In this course they sailed with the wind at a rate of more than seven miles an hour. At 9 o'clock in the morning, they saw a high mountain on the right, where Chukchees lived, and to the left and seaward they saw an island, which in honor of the day they called Diomede.[15] This day they sailed 115 miles, and reached latitude 66° 2'.

When Bering turned around, his order was to head south by west, halfway to west. They sailed in this direction with the wind at a speed of over seven miles per hour. By 9 o'clock in the morning, they spotted a tall mountain on the right, where the Chukchees lived, and to the left and out to sea, they saw an island, which they named Diomede in honor of the day.[15] On this day, they traveled 115 miles and reached a latitude of 66° 2'.

On August 17, Bering again passed the narrowest part of the strait. The weather was cloudy, there was a fresh breeze, and they sailed along the Asiatic coast, where [Pg 34]they saw many Chukchees, and at two places they saw dwellings. The natives fled at the sight of the ship. At 3 o'clock very high land and mountains were passed. With a very good breeze, they had been enabled to sail 164 miles, and an observation showed that they were in latitude 64° 27'. According to this, Bering was out of the strait and getting farther and farther away from the American continent.

On August 17, Bering once again navigated through the narrowest part of the strait. The weather was overcast, there was a brisk wind, and they sailed along the Asian coast, where [Pg 34] they encountered many Chukchees, and in two locations, they spotted homes. The locals ran away at the sight of the ship. At 3 o'clock, they passed very high land and mountains. With a strong breeze, they managed to sail 164 miles, and a measurement revealed they were at latitude 64° 27'. Based on this, Bering was now out of the strait and moving further away from the American continent.

August 18, the wind was light and the weather clear. On the 20th, beyond the Island of St. Lawrence, he met other Chukchees, who told him that they had made journeys from the Kolyma River westward to Olenek, but that they never went by sea. They knew of the Anadyr fort which lay farther to the south; on this coast there dwelt people of their race; others they did not know.

August 18, the wind was gentle and the weather was clear. On the 20th, beyond St. Lawrence Island, he met other Chukchees, who told him that they had traveled from the Kolyma River west to Olenek, but they never went by sea. They were aware of the Anadyr fort located further south; on this coast, there lived people of their ethnicity; others they didn’t recognize.

After a storm on the 31st of August, in which the main and foresail were rent, the anchor cable was broken and the anchor lost, they reached the mouth of the Kamchatka at 5 o'clock P. M., September 2, 1728.

After a storm on August 31, where the main and foresail were torn, the anchor cable broke and the anchor was lost, they arrived at the mouth of the Kamchatka at 5 o'clock PM, September 2, 1728.

FOOTNOTES:

[13] Note 7.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 7.

[14] Note 8.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 8.

[15] Note 9.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 9.


CHAPTER VI.
THE TASK ASSIGNED BY PETER THE GREAT ACCOMPLISHED.—HISTORY OF THE CARTOGRAPHY OF EAST SIBERIA.—CAPTAIN COOK'S DEFENSE OF BERING.

Bering turned back because he felt convinced that he had sailed around the northeastern corner of Asia, and had demonstrated that in this part of the earth the two great continents were not connected. The third point in his orders was of course dropped, for along the Siberian coasts of the Arctic sea, he could expect to find neither European colonists nor ships; hence, further search with this object in view would be vain. He had a very clear idea of the general outline of eastern Asia, and this knowledge was based upon the facts of his own voyage, the information he had obtained in Yakutsk about Deshneff's expedition from Kolyma to Anadyr, and upon the account which the natives gave of the country and of their commercial journeys westward to Olenek.

Bering turned back because he was convinced that he had sailed around the northeastern tip of Asia and shown that in this part of the world, the two major continents were not connected. The third point in his orders was understandably dropped, as he could expect to find neither European settlers nor ships along the Siberian coasts of the Arctic Sea; therefore, further searching with this goal in mind would be pointless. He had a very clear understanding of the general shape of eastern Asia, and this knowledge was based on the facts from his own voyage, the information he had received in Yakutsk about Deshneff's expedition from Kolyma to Anadyr, and the accounts given by the locals about the land and their trade journeys westward to Olenek.

He was, moreover, convinced that he had given the search for a Northeast passage a rational foundation, and his thoughts on this subject are found clearly presented in a correspondence from St. Petersburg to a Copenhagen periodical, Nye Tidende, in 1730, whence the following: "Bering has ascertained that there really[Pg 36] does exist a Northeast passage, and that from the Lena River it is possible, provided one is not prevented by polar ice, to sail to Kamchatka, and thence to Japan, China, and the East Indies." This correspondence, which appeared immediately after his return on the first of March, 1730, originated either with him or with some of his immediate friends, and shows that he fully appreciated the extent of his discovery.[16] It was this conviction that led him to undertake his next great enterprise, the navigating and charting of the Northeast passage from the Obi River to Japan,—from the known West to the known East.

He was also convinced that he had laid a rational foundation for the search for a Northeast passage, and his thoughts on this topic are clearly presented in a letter from St. Petersburg to a Copenhagen publication, Nye Tidende, in 1730, from which the following is quoted: "Bering has determined that there really does exist a Northeast passage, and that from the Lena River it is possible, as long as polar ice doesn’t interfere, to sail to Kamchatka, and then to Japan, China, and the East Indies." This letter, which came out right after his return on March 1, 1730, was either written by him or by some of his close friends, and it shows that he fully understood the significance of his discovery.[16] It was this belief that drove him to take on his next major project, navigating and charting the Northeast passage from the Obi River to Japan—traversing from the known West to the known East.

Unfortunately, however, the principal result of his work remains as above stated. An unhappy fate prevented him from discovering the adjacent American continent. At the narrowest place, Bering Strait is 39 miles wide; and hence, under favorable conditions, it is possible to see simultaneously the coast-lines of both continents.[17] Cook, more fortunate than Bering, was enabled to do this, for when he approached the strait, the sun dispersed the fog, and at one glance both continents were seen. With Bering it was otherwise, for, as we have seen from his journal, the weather during the whole time that he was in the strait, both on the voyage up and back, was dark and cloudy. Not until the 18th of August did the weather clear up, but as the Gabriel was sailing before a sharp breeze, he was then too far away to see land on the other side. "This," Von Baer exclaims, "must be called bad luck."

Unfortunately, the main outcome of his work remains as stated above. An unfortunate fate stopped him from discovering the nearby American continent. At its narrowest point, Bering Strait is 39 miles wide; thus, under the right conditions, it’s possible to see both coastlines at the same time.[17] Cook, luckier than Bering, was able to do this because when he got close to the strait, the sun broke through the fog, allowing him to see both continents at once. For Bering, it was a different story, as we’ve noted from his journal; the weather was dark and cloudy throughout his time in the strait, both on the way there and back. Not until August 18 did the weather clear, but by then, as the Gabriel was sailing before a strong wind, he was too far away to see land on the other side. "This," Von Baer exclaims, "must be called bad luck."

We may possibly feel inclined to blame Bering for his haste. Why did he not cruise about in the region of 65° to 67° north latitude? A few hours' sailing would have brought him to the American coast. This objection may, however, prove to be illegitimate. The geographical explorer, as well as every other investigator, has a right to be judged from the standpoint of his times, and on the basis of his own premises. Bering had no apprehension of an adjacent continent, partly on account of the Koriak interpreter's imperfect knowledge of the Chukchee tongue, partly as a result of the fact that the knowledge of the times concerning the western coast of America was very meager. This knowledge extended no farther than to 43° north latitude,—to Cape Blanco in California; hence, in the nature of things, he could not be expected to search for land which presumably he knew nothing of. But here we must also take into consideration his poor equipment. His cables, ropes, and sails were in such bad condition, after the three years' transport through Siberia, that he could not weather a storm, and his stock of provisions was running so low that it put an unpleasant check on any inclination to overreach his main object, and this, as we have seen, did not include the exploration of an American coast, if separated from Asia. To explore a new coast thirteen degrees of latitude and thirty degrees of longitude in extent, and make such a chart of it that its outline is comparatively correct, and which, for a long time, was far superior to anything made afterward,[18] ought certainly to be considered [Pg 38]a splendid result, when we remember that the objects of the expedition were entirely of a nautico-geographical character. Bering's determinations of longitude in East Siberia were the first made there, and through them it was ascertained that the country extended thirty degrees farther toward the east than was supposed. His observations were based on two eclipses of the moon in Kamchatka in the years 1728 and 1729,[19] and although they were not entirely accurate, they vary so little, that the general position of the country was established. And hence we are not surprised to find that no one has given Bering a better testimonial than his great and more fortunate successor, Captain Cook. He says:[20] "In justice to the memory of Bering, I must say, that he has delineated the coast very well, and fixed the latitude and longitude of the points better than could be expected from the methods he had to go by." Yes, Captain Cook found it necessary to defend Bering against the only official report of the expedition which at that time had appeared, and more than once he puts in proper relief Bering's sober investigations, as compared with Müller's fancies and guesses. Before the time of Cook, it had been customary to depreciate Bering's work;[21] but since that time Admiral Lütke, a hundred years after Bering's death, has defended his reputation, and Berch, who very carefully perused his journals, repeatedly expresses his admiration for the accuracy with which the nautical computations were made. This statement is made after a comparison of results with those obtained by Captain Cook.

We might be tempted to blame Bering for his quickness. Why didn’t he sail around in the areas of 65° to 67° north latitude? Just a few hours of sailing could have taken him to the American coast. However, this criticism might not be fair. A geographical explorer, like any other researcher, should be judged based on the context of their time and their own understanding. Bering had no idea of an adjacent continent, partly due to the Koriak interpreter's limited knowledge of the Chukchee language, and partly because the information available at the time about the western coast of America was very poor. The knowledge only extended up to 43° north latitude—Cape Blanco in California; therefore, it was unreasonable to expect him to search for land he presumably knew nothing about. Additionally, we must consider his inadequate equipment. His cables, ropes, and sails were in such poor condition after three years of transportation through Siberia that he couldn’t withstand a storm, and his supply of provisions was so low that it discouraged any desire to exceed his main objective, which, as we’ve seen, did not involve exploring an American coast if it was separated from Asia. To explore a new coastline that was thirteen degrees of latitude and thirty degrees of longitude in extent and create a map of it with a reasonably accurate outline, which remained far superior to anything produced afterward,[18] should certainly be viewed as an impressive achievement, especially considering that the goals of the expedition were purely nautical and geographical. Bering’s determinations of longitude in East Siberia were the first ones made there, and through his efforts, it was determined that the region extended thirty degrees farther to the east than initially thought. His observations were based on two lunar eclipses in Kamchatka in 1728 and 1729,[19] and although they weren’t completely accurate, the inaccuracies were minimal enough that the general position of the land was established. Therefore, it’s not surprising that no one has praised Bering more than his great and luckier successor, Captain Cook. He stated:[20] “To honor Bering’s memory, I must say that he did a very good job mapping the coast and determined the latitude and longitude of points better than could have been expected given the methods he had to use.” Yes, Captain Cook felt it necessary to defend Bering against the only official report of the expedition that had been published at that time, and he repeatedly highlighted Bering’s diligent investigations in contrast to Müller's speculations. Before Cook’s time, it was common to undervalue Bering’s work;[21] but since then Admiral Lütke, a hundred years after Bering’s death, has upheld his reputation, and Berch, who closely examined his journals, continually expressed admiration for the precision of the nautical computations. This assessment comes after comparing results with those obtained by Captain Cook.

Furthermore, as has already been said, Bering was not aware of the fact that he was sailing in a comparatively narrow sound,—in that strait which has carried his name to posterity. He saw nothing beyond the nearest of the Diomede Islands, that is to say, the middle of the strait; and this island, as we have seen, is mentioned in the journal and on the chart, with the latitude correctly given.[22] His name was not immediately associated with these regions. The first place, so far as I am able to ascertain, that the name Bering Strait appears, is on a map which accompanies Rob. de Vangondie's "Mémoire sur les pays de l'Asie," Paris, 1774. But it is especially to Captain Cook's high-mindedness that the name was retained, for it was used in his great work. Later, Reinholdt Forster, who characterizes Bering as "a meritorious and truly great navigator," triumphantly fought his cause against Büsching and others.[23]

Furthermore, as mentioned before, Bering was unaware that he was sailing in a relatively narrow sound—specifically, the strait that now bears his name. He could only see the closest of the Diomede Islands, which is to say, the center of the strait; and this island, as we have noted, is referenced in the journal and on the map, with the latitude correctly indicated.[22] His name wasn’t immediately linked to these areas. The first instance, as far as I can tell, where the name Bering Strait appears is on a map that accompanies Rob. de Vangondie's "Mémoire sur les pays de l'Asie," published in Paris in 1774. However, it was particularly due to Captain Cook's integrity that the name was preserved, since it was featured in his major work. Later, Reinholdt Forster, who described Bering as "a commendable and truly great navigator," passionately defended his legacy against Büsching and others.[23]

But even at the present time, an interesting misunderstanding attaches to this part of Bering's history and the cartography of these regions. In our Arctic literature and on all our polar maps, it is asserted that Vitus Bering, on his first voyage, turned back at Cape Serdze Kamen. That such a supposition has been able to maintain itself, only shows how little the original sources of his history are known in West Europe, and how unheeded they have been in Russia. About a hundred years ago the Danish Admiral De Löwenörn and the English hydrographer A. Dalrymple showed that Frobisher Strait had by some ignorant hand been located on the east coast of Greenland, [Pg 40]while it was in reality located on the coast of Meta incognita beyond Davis Strait.[24] A similar error presents itself in connection with Serdze Kamen. It can be historically established that this name has been the object of a double change, and that the present Serdze Kamen on the northern coast of the Chukchee peninsula, has nothing whatever to do with the history of Bering and his voyage. This misunderstanding is, however, not of recent date, for as early as in the first decade after the voyage, it was assumed that Bering's course, even after he had passed East Cape, was along the coast. Thus I find on a map by Hazius in Nuremberg, 1738,[25] and other maps of about the same time, based on Bering's map as given by Du Halde, that the Gabriel's turning point is marked by a star near the coast with the same latitude as the present Serdze Kamen, with the following explanation: "Terminus litorum a Navarcho Beerings recognitorum." This supposition gradually gained ground in West Europe as well as in Russia, especially so, too, as Bering's new expedition and consequent death prevented him from correcting the error, and as there for a generation was nothing more known of the voyage than the resumé which appears in Du Halde's work. Moreover, the manner in which the coast-line in Bering's original map is extended beyond East Cape, has only served to strengthen the opinion. The fact is that Serdze Kamen was a name unknown to Bering. It is found neither on his map, in his own account, nor in the ship's journal, and could not be so found for a very obvious reason—Bering had never been there.

But even today, there's an interesting misunderstanding surrounding this part of Bering's history and the mapping of these areas. In our Arctic literature and on all our polar maps, it’s stated that Vitus Bering turned back at Cape Serdze Kamen on his first voyage. The fact that this assumption has persisted shows how little the original sources of his history are known in Western Europe and how overlooked they’ve been in Russia. About a hundred years ago, Danish Admiral De Löwenörn and English hydrographer A. Dalrymple pointed out that Frobisher Strait had mistakenly been placed on the east coast of Greenland by some ignorant hand, when in fact it’s located on the coast of Meta incognita beyond Davis Strait.[24] A similar mistake exists regarding Serdze Kamen. It can be historically shown that this name has undergone a double change, and that the current Serdze Kamen on the northern coast of the Chukchee peninsula has nothing to do with Bering’s history or his voyage. This misunderstanding isn't new; as early as the first decade after the voyage, it was believed that Bering’s route, even after passing East Cape, continued along the coast. For instance, on a map by Hazius in Nuremberg from 1738,[25] and other maps from around the same time, based on Bering’s map as presented by Du Halde, the turning point of the Gabriel is marked by a star near the coast at the same latitude as the current Serdze Kamen, with the following note: "Terminus litorum a Navarcho Beerings recognitorum." This assumption gradually took hold in both Western Europe and Russia, especially since Bering's new expedition and subsequent death prevented him from correcting the mistake, and for a generation, nothing more was known about the voyage than the summary found in Du Halde’s work. Moreover, the way the coastline is extended in Bering’s original map beyond East Cape only reinforced this view. The truth is that Serdze Kamen was a name unknown to Bering. It doesn’t appear on his map, in his personal account, or in the ship’s journal, and it couldn't have been found there for a very obvious reason—Bering had never been there.

After having passed East Cape on the 14th of August, he no longer sailed along the coast. On that day at noon they still saw land astern, and three hours later, high mountains, but during the succeeding forty-eight hours land was seen neither to the east nor the west.

After passing East Cape on August 14th, he stopped sailing along the coast. At noon that day, they could still see land behind them, and three hours later, they spotted high mountains. However, for the next forty-eight hours, there was no land in sight to the east or the west.

As we have seen, the journal gives the turning point as 4° 44' east of Cape Chukotskoi, and Dr. Campbell gives another series of astronomical determinations, sent by Bering from Kamchatka to the Senate in St. Petersburg, and these show in a striking way that the turning point was east of the northeastern corner of Asia.

As we've noted, the journal identifies the turning point as 4° 44' east of Cape Chukotskoi, and Dr. Campbell provides another set of astronomical measurements, sent by Bering from Kamchatka to the Senate in St. Petersburg. These clearly indicate that the turning point was east of the northeastern tip of Asia.

According to these:[26]

According to these: __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

The Island of St. Lawrence is 64° north latitude and 122° 55' east of Tobolsk.

The Island of St. Lawrence is located at 64° north latitude and 122° 55' east of Tobolsk.

The Island of Diomede is 66° north latitude and 125° 42' east of Tobolsk.

The Island of Diomede is located at 66° north latitude and 125° 42' east of Tobolsk.

The turning point, 67° 18' north latitude and 126° 7' east of Tobolsk.

The turning point is at 67° 18' north latitude and 126° 7' east of Tobolsk.

Hence, Serdze Kamen (67° 3' north latitude and 188° 11' east of Greenwich), as Berch[27] expressly remarks, must have lain more than four degrees west of the turning point. That this must have been so appears also from the course of the vessel on its return, west southwest, which would have been impossible, if the Gabriel had been near the north coast, intending to return through the strait. Among recent writers, Von Baer[28] alone critically calls attention to these facts, without, however, thoroughly investigating the case. This I shall now attempt to do.

Hence, Serdze Kamen (67° 3' north latitude and 188° 11' east of Greenwich), as Berch[27] clearly points out, must have been located more than four degrees west of the turning point. This is also evident from the vessel's return course, which was west-southwest, something that would have been impossible if the Gabriel had been close to the north coast and planning to return through the strait. Among recent writers, only Von Baer[28] has critically noted these facts, though he hasn't thoroughly investigated the situation. I will now attempt to do just that.

The name Serdze Kamen appears for the first time—historically speaking—in Gerhard Fr. Müller's Sammlung Russischer Geschichte, Vol. III., 1758.[29] He says: "Bering finally, in a latitude of 67° 18', reached a headland whence the coast recedes to the west. From this the captain drew the very plausible conclusion that he now had reached the most northeasterly point of Asia. But here we are forced to admit that the circumstance upon which the captain based his conclusion was false, as it has since been learned that the above-mentioned headland was identical with the one called Serdze Kamen by the inhabitants of Fort Anadyr, on account of the promontory being heart-shaped." Even this looks suspicious. The account of some ignorant Cossacks is presented as a corrective to the report of educated navigators, and it is also indicated that the garrison at Fort Anadyr had exact knowledge of the northern coast of the Chukchee peninsula, something it did not have at all.[30]

The name Serdze Kamen first appears—historically speaking—in Gerhard Fr. Müller's Sammlung Russischer Geschichte, Vol. III., 1758.[29] He states: "Bering finally reached a headland at a latitude of 67° 18', from which the coast curves back to the west. From this, the captain reasonably concluded that he had arrived at the northeasternmost point of Asia. However, we must acknowledge that the basis for this conclusion was incorrect, as it has since been confirmed that the mentioned headland was actually the one called Serdze Kamen by the residents of Fort Anadyr, due to the promontory's heart-shaped appearance." This even raises suspicions. The account of some uninformed Cossacks is presented as a correction to the reports of educated navigators, and it's also suggested that the garrison at Fort Anadyr had precise knowledge of the northern coast of the Chukchee peninsula, which it did not have at all.[30]

But in order to understand Müller, it is necessary to make a slight digression. When Bering, in the summer of 1729, was on his return to St. Petersburg, he met, between Okhotsk and Yakutsk, the Cossack chief Shestakoff, who by the aid of Bering's ships intended to undertake an extensive military expedition in the eastern seas. He soon fell, however, in an engagement, but his comrade Captain Pavlutski led an invasion into the land of the Chukchees. From Fort Anadyr he went northward to the Arctic Ocean, thence along the coast toward the east, then across the Chukchee peninsula to the Pacific. A more detailed account than this cannot be given, for his [Pg 43]route as indicated on Müller's map is an impossible one. This much, however, seems to be irrefutable: shortly after having crossed the Chukchee peninsula in a southerly direction, he came to a sea, and this sea could be no other than Bering Sea.[31] Moreover, it appears from the account, that he was on his return to the fort. Müller goes on to say: "From here he sent a part of his men in boats, whither he himself with the majority of the party proceeded by land, following the shore, which at this place extended toward the southeast. Those in boats were so near the shore that they reported to him every evening. On the seventh day, the party in boats came to the mouth of a river, and twelve days later, to the mouth of another. At about seven miles from this point there extends eastward far into the sea a headland, which is first mountainous, but then flat, as far as the eye can reach. This headland is probably what induced Captain Bering to turn back. Among the mountains on this promontory there is one which, as already noted, is by the natives of Anadyrskoi Ostrog called Serdze Kamen. From here Pavlutski started for the interior." On this loose reasoning rests Serdze Kamen,—a process of reasoning which attempts to show clearly that this headland must be a point on the Pacific coast, and that it must have lain many days' journey west of Bering Strait. But how is it possible, that Müller could have been so confused as to make such strange blunders? The case could not thus have presented itself to him. On the basis of Deshneff's journey and Pavlutski's cruise, he formed in his imagination a picture of northeastern [Pg 44]Siberia, in which the Chukchee peninsula assumed a double horned shape, or—as Von Baer expresses it—resembled a bull's horn.

But to understand Müller, we need to take a small detour. When Bering was heading back to St. Petersburg in the summer of 1729, he met the Cossack chief Shestakoff between Okhotsk and Yakutsk. With the help of Bering's ships, Shestakoff planned to launch a large military mission in the eastern seas. However, he was soon defeated in battle, but his comrade Captain Pavlutski led an invasion into Chukchee territory. From Fort Anadyr, he traveled north to the Arctic Ocean, then along the coast to the east, and crossed the Chukchee peninsula to the Pacific. I can’t provide a more detailed account because his route, as shown on Müller's map, doesn’t make sense. However, it seems undeniable that shortly after crossing the Chukchee peninsula southward, he encountered a sea, which could only be Bering Sea. Moreover, it appears from the account that he was on his way back to the fort. Müller continues: “From there, he sent part of his men in boats, while he and most of the group went on land, following the shore that extended southeast at this point. The boat crew was so close to the shore that they reported to him every evening. On the seventh day, the boat crew reached the mouth of a river, and twelve days later, they arrived at another. About seven miles from that point, a headland juts far into the sea, which starts off mountainous but then becomes flat as far as the eye can see. This headland likely caused Captain Bering to turn back. Among the mountains on this promontory is one that the locals of Anadyrskoi Ostrog call Serdze Kamen. From here, Pavlutski set out for the interior.” This loose reasoning supports the claim about Serdze Kamen—an attempt to demonstrate that this headland must be a point on the Pacific coast and that it must have been several days' journey west of Bering Strait. But how could Müller have made such confusing mistakes? The situation shouldn’t have appeared this way to him. Based on Deshneff's journey and Pavlutski's cruise, he imagined a picture of northeastern Siberia where the Chukchee peninsula had a double-horned shape, or—as Von Baer puts it—resembled a bull's horn.

He used Bering's chart as a foundation when he had no other, but he omitted Cape Chukotskoi, and on the 66th parallel he inserted Serdze Kamen. From this point he made the coast recede, first westward, then northward and eastward to a large circular peninsula situated between 72°-75° north latitude, which he called Chukotskoi Noss. It is this imaginary peninsula which Pavlutski crosses. He accordingly reaches the Pacific coast to the north of Bering Strait, and in this way Müller succeeds in locating Serdze Kamen north of the strait. Hence, according to Müller's opinion, Bering had never doubled the northeastern corner of Asia, and he had never been out of the Pacific. "And although the coast beyond Serdze Kamen," he says, "turns westward, it forms only a large bay, and the coast-line again takes a northerly direction to Chukotskoi Noss, a large peninsula in a latitude of 70° or more, and where it would first be possible to say authoritatively that the two hemispheres were not connected. But how could all this have been known on the ship? The correct idea of the shape of the land of the Chukchees and the peninsula bearing the same name, is due to geographical investigations instituted by me at Yakutsk in 1736 and 1737."

He used Bering's chart as a base when he had no other, but he left out Cape Chukotskoi, and on the 66th parallel, he added Serdze Kamen. From there, he made the coastline curve back, first west, then north, and east to a large circular peninsula located between 72°-75° north latitude, which he named Chukotskoi Noss. This imagined peninsula is what Pavlutski crosses. He then reaches the Pacific coast north of Bering Strait, allowing Müller to place Serdze Kamen north of the strait. Therefore, in Müller's view, Bering had never rounded the northeastern tip of Asia and had never ventured out of the Pacific. "And although the coast past Serdze Kamen," he states, "bends westward, it only forms a large bay, and the coastline heads back north to Chukotskoi Noss, a big peninsula at latitude 70° or more, where it could first be reliably said that the two hemispheres were not connected. But how could all this have been known on the ship? The accurate concept of the shape of the land of the Chukchees and the peninsula with the same name comes from the geographical research I conducted in Yakutsk in 1736 and 1737."

Blinded by the archival dust of Yakutsk, Müller confused everything. Cape Chukotskoi, which Bering had found to be in latitude 64° 18' N., was placed beyond 72° N.; Bering's most northerly point, which lay far out in the sea, was changed to a headland in latitude 66° N.,[Pg 45] and, misled by some vague reports from the garrison at Fort Anadyr, he called this point Serdze Kamen. Everything is guess-work!

Blinded by the archival dust of Yakutsk, Müller mixed everything up. Cape Chukotskoi, which Bering had found to be at latitude 64° 18' N., was placed beyond 72° N.; Bering's most northern point, which was far out in the sea, was changed to a headland at latitude 66° N.,[Pg 45] and, misled by some vague reports from the garrison at Fort Anadyr, he called this point Serdze Kamen. Everything is guesswork!

But where did Müller get his Serdze Kamen, and what place was it that the garrison at Fort Anadyr called by this name? For of the extreme northeast part of the peninsula, or the details of Bering's voyage—especially as early as in 1730—they could have had no knowledge. The explanation is not difficult. On Russian maps of the last century, those of Pallas and Billings, for example,[32] there is found on the eastern shore of St. Kresta Bay, somewhat northeast of the mouth of the Anadyr, a cape which bears the name of Serdze Kamen. As Bering does not have this name, and as it seems to have been known as early as at the time of Pavlutski, it must have originated either with him and the Cossacks at the fort, or with the Chukchees. Sauer relates the following concerning the origin of the name: "Serdze Kamen is a very remarkable mountain projecting into the bay at Anadyr. The land side of this mountain has many caves, to which the Chukchees fled when Pavlutski attacked them, and from where they killed a large number of Russians as they passed. Pavlutski was consequently obliged to seek reinforcements at Anadyr, where he told that the Chukchees shot his men from the heart of the cliff, and hence it received the name of Serdze Kamen, or the heart-cliff." But this account, which finds no authority whatever in Sauer's work, is severely criticised by Lütke, who calls attention to the fact that the Chukchees called a mountain on the eastern shore of the St. Kresta Bay Linglin Gaï, that is, [Pg 46]the heart-cliff. It is quite improbable that they got this name from the Cossacks in Anadyrsk, and hence we here undoubtedly have the origin of the name.[33]

But where did Müller get his Serdze Kamen, and what place was it that the garrison at Fort Anadyr referred to by this name? They couldn't have known about the far northeast part of the peninsula or the details of Bering's voyage—especially as early as 1730. The explanation isn't hard to find. On Russian maps from the last century, like those by Pallas and Billings,[32] you can find a cape called Serdze Kamen on the eastern shore of St. Kresta Bay, a bit northeast of the Anadyr River mouth. Since Bering doesn't mention this name, and it seems to have been known as early as Pavlutski’s time, it must have come from him and the Cossacks at the fort, or from the Chukchees. Sauer shares the following about the name's origin: "Serdze Kamen is a notable mountain jutting into the bay at Anadyr. The land side of this mountain has many caves where the Chukchees took refuge when Pavlutski attacked them, and from where they killed a large number of Russians as they came through. As a result, Pavlutski had to look for reinforcements at Anadyr, where he reported that the Chukchees shot at his men from the heart of the cliff, and that’s how it got the name Serdze Kamen, or heart-cliff." However, this account, which has no support in Sauer's work, is heavily criticized by Lütke, who points out that the Chukchees called a mountain on the eastern shore of St. Kresta Bay Linglin Gaï, meaning, [Pg 46]the heart-cliff. It's quite unlikely that they got this name from the Cossacks in Anadyrsk, so we can probably trace the name's origin here.[33]

In Steller's various works one can see what confused ideas concerning Bering's first expedition the academists who wrote his history really had. They succeeded in bringing confusion into the simplest questions, and, as a result, wrecked his reputation. In Steller's description of Kamchatka, where he enumerates the headlands of the peninsula, a remarkable statement is found, which offers excellent proof of the correctness of Lütke's opinion.[34] The situation of Serdze Kamen between East Cape and the mouth of the Anadyr is here distinctly given. Hence, according to his opinion, Bering reached no farther than to St. Kresta Bay, and the sarcastic remarks plainly show Steller's partisan view.[35] Müller was not so rash. When he moved Cape Chukotskoi half a dozen degrees farther to the north, he moved Serdze Kamen also, and carried it from St. Kresta Bay up into Bering Strait.

In Steller's various works, you can see the confused ideas that the scholars who wrote his history had about Bering's first expedition. They managed to complicate the simplest questions, which ultimately damaged his reputation. In Steller's description of Kamchatka, where he lists the headlands of the peninsula, there's a remarkable statement that offers strong evidence in support of Lütke's opinion.[34] The location of Serdze Kamen between East Cape and the mouth of the Anadyr is clearly indicated here. Therefore, he believed that Bering did not go beyond St. Kresta Bay, and the sarcastic comments clearly reflect Steller's biased viewpoint.[35] Müller was not so reckless. When he shifted Cape Chukotskoi several degrees northward, he also moved Serdze Kamen and relocated it from St. Kresta Bay up into Bering Strait.

In this cool move he was fortunate enough to get into a closer agreement with Bering's determination of latitude, but unfortunately hit upon new difficulties. His own map is based upon Bering's, as he had no other, but Bering's voyage did not, as is well known, end at any headland. Neither his chart nor his journal supports [Pg 47]any such theory, and hence Müller, either accidentally or purposely, does not in his book have a word about the voyage from the 10th to the 15th of August, and on his map (1758) Bering's "track" is broken off near East Cape. This headland is Müller's Serdze Kamen,[36] a fact of which even a very cursory glance at Müller's and Bering's maps will convince any one. But even Bering had located the northeastern corner of Asia (East Cape) a few minutes too far northward, and in order to make the map coincide with his theory and with Bering's computations, Müller made the error greater, without, however, fixing it at Bering's turning-point, but at 67° 18' N. lat., where, according to Bering's and his own account, it ought to be.

In this clever move, he was lucky enough to come to a closer agreement with Bering's determination of latitude, but unfortunately encountered new challenges. His own map is based on Bering's, as he had no other reference, but Bering's voyage, as is well known, did not end at any specific headland. Neither his chart nor his journal supports any such idea, and so Müller, either by chance or intentionally, does not mention the voyage from August 10th to 15th in his book, and on his map (1758), Bering's "track" ends abruptly near East Cape. This headland is Müller's Serdze Kamen, a detail that anyone who looks briefly at Müller’s and Bering’s maps will recognize. However, even Bering had placed the northeastern corner of Asia (East Cape) a few minutes too far north, and to make the map align with his theory and Bering's calculations, Müller exaggerated the error, but didn't fix it at Bering's turning point, instead placing it at 67° 18' N. lat., where, according to both Bering's account and his own, it should be.

Thus matters stood up to the time of Cook's third voyage. But as Cook had on board, not only Müller's book and map in an English translation, but also Bering's map, and an excellent treatise by Dr. Campbell in Harris's Collection of Voyages, he could pass judgment while at the place in question. As a matter of course he upholds Bering. Hence, it was a natural result that Serdze Kamen, which, as we have seen, was to coincide with the most northerly point reached by Bering, could no longer retain its position in the latitude of East Cape, which was more than a degree too far south; and in order to make Müller's account intelligible, Captain Cook had the choice between entirely expunging the name, or bringing it up to an approximately correct latitude. Cook chose the latter; and to this mistake on his part it is due that the last splinter of Müller's vain structure [Pg 48]passed into the cartography of the future. In latitude 67° 3' N., Cook found a projecting promontory with many crags and peaks, and "possibly one or another of them may be heart-shaped. This peak we have, on Müller's authority, called Serdze Kamen."[37]

Thus matters stood until Cook's third voyage. But since Cook had on board not only Müller's book and map in an English translation, but also Bering's map and an excellent essay by Dr. Campbell in Harris's Collection of Voyages, he could make a judgment while at the relevant location. Naturally, he supported Bering. As a result, Serdze Kamen, which, as we have seen, was supposed to match the northernmost point reached by Bering, could no longer hold its position at the latitude of East Cape, which was more than a degree too far south; and to make Müller's account clear, Captain Cook had to choose between completely removing the name or adjusting it to an approximately correct latitude. Cook chose the latter; and it is due to this mistake on his part that the last remnant of Müller's futile structure [Pg 48]passed into the cartography of the future. At latitude 67° 3' N., Cook found a prominent promontory with many crags and peaks, and "possibly one or another of them may be heart-shaped. This peak we have, based on Müller's authority, called Serdze Kamen."[37]

Here then we have the third Serdze Kamen, and we can now see how it has wandered about the northeast corner of Asia. As a matter of fact, it is situated in a latitude nearly the same as the most northerly point reached by Bering, but unfortunately this does not at all answer Müller's description. It does not project eastward into the sea, but on the contrary, its main direction is toward the northwest. At the base of this headland, the coast does not in a striking manner extend toward the west, but continues in its former direction. Nor does it consist of steep rocks and a low point extending farther than the eye can reach. In other words, the present Serdze Kamen has nothing whatever to do either with Bering's voyage or Müller's description.[38]

Here we have the third Serdze Kamen, and we can now see how it has moved around the northeast corner of Asia. It's actually located at a latitude that's almost the same as the northernmost point reached by Bering, but unfortunately, this doesn't match Müller's description at all. It doesn't jut out east into the sea; instead, its main direction is towards the northwest. At the bottom of this headland, the coast doesn't dramatically stretch towards the west but continues in its previous direction. It doesn't consist of steep rocks and a low point extending as far as the eye can see. In other words, the current Serdze Kamen has nothing to do with either Bering's voyage or Müller's description.[38]

To this period of Bering's history another observation must be made. In his excellent treatise entitled, "What Geography owes to Peter the Great," Von Baer tries to show that Bering turned back in his course, not on the 15th, but on the 16th of August, and that too, notwithstanding the fact that both Bering and Müller, in print, give the former date,—yes, notwithstanding the fact that Von Baer himself had an autograph card from Bering which likewise gives the 15th. In his criticism on this point, Von Baer based his statements on those extracts of the ship's journal referred to above, which as we have [Pg 49]seen give the 16th of August, and this, in his opinion, must be decisive. But the disagreement in these sources is only an apparent one. As we already have noted, Bering reckoned the day from 12 o'clock at noon. Hence the journal's 16th of August began at noon on the 15th of August, and as Bering turned back at 3 o'clock in the afternoon, this occurred on the 15th of August according to the calendar, and on the 16th of August according to the artificial day of the journal. Thus Von Baer's correction is based on a misunderstanding.[39] That this view of the question is correct is seen also from that passage in the journal where the Island of St. Lawrence is mentioned. According to the journal this island was passed at 2 o'clock P.M. on the 11th of August, and Berch, to whom we are indebted for information concerning Bering's day, is, strange to say, surprised to think that Bering named the island in honor of the saint of the preceding day, notwithstanding that the 11th at 2 o'clock P. M. is in reality, according to the calendar day, the 10th of August, St. Lawrence Day. The first twelve hours of the journal's day belong to the preceding day. Hence, Bering turned back August 15, at 3 o'clock P. M.

To this period of Bering's history, another observation must be noted. In his excellent work titled "What Geography Owes to Peter the Great," Von Baer tries to argue that Bering turned back on his journey not on the 15th, but on the 16th of August, despite the fact that both Bering and Müller published the earlier date. Yes, even though Von Baer himself had an autograph card from Bering that also states the 15th. In his criticism on this point, Von Baer based his claims on the excerpts from the ship's journal mentioned earlier, which, as we've seen, state the 16th of August, and he believes this should be conclusive. However, the disagreement in these sources is only apparent. As we've noted, Bering calculated the day starting at noon. So, the journal’s 16th of August actually began at noon on the 15th of August, and since Bering turned back at 3 o'clock in the afternoon, this happened on the 15th of August according to the calendar, and on the 16th of August according to the journal's method of tracking days. Therefore, Von Baer's correction is based on a misunderstanding. That this interpretation of the question is correct is also supported by the passage in the journal that mentions the Island of St. Lawrence. According to the journal, this island was passed at 2 o'clock P.M. on the 11th of August, and Berch, who provided us with information about Bering's day, is, oddly enough, surprised that Bering named the island after the saint of the previous day, even though the 11th at 2 o'clock P.M. is actually the 10th of August according to the calendar, which is St. Lawrence Day. The first twelve hours of the journal's day belong to the previous day. Therefore, Bering turned back on August 15 at 3 o'clock P.M.

FOOTNOTES:

[16] Note 10.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 10.

[17] Note 11.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 11.

[18] Note 12.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 12.

[19] Note 13.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 13.

[20] Note 14.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 14.

[21] Note 15.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 15.

[22] Note 16.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 16.

[23] Note 17.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 17.

[24] Note 18.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Footnote 18.

[25] Note 19.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 19.

[26] Note 20.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 20.

[27] Note 21.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 21.

[28] Note 22.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 22.

[29] Note 23.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 23.

[30] Note 24.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 24.

[31] Note 25.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 25.

[32] Note 26.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 26.

[33] Note 27.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 27.

[34] The passage is: "Das Tschuktschische Vorgebürge in Nord Osten, (elsewhere he locates it in latitude 66° N.), ein anderes 2 Grad ohngefaehr südlicher, Sirza-kamen, der Herzstein gennent, der auch bey der ersten Expedition der herzlichen Courage der See-Officier die Gränzen gesetzt. Ohnweit demselben ist eine sehr groze Einbucht und guter Hafen, auch vor die grösesten Fahrzenge; Das Anadirskische Vorgebürge...."

[34] The passage is: "The Chukchi Peninsula in the Northeast, (elsewhere he places it at latitude 66° N.), another 2 degrees approximately further south, Sirza-kamen, known as the Heartstone, which also marked the boundaries set by the heartfelt courage of the naval officers during the first expedition. Not far from it is a very large bay and suitable harbor, even for the largest vessels; The Anadyr Peninsula...."

[35] Note 28.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 28.

[36] Note 29.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 29.

[37] Note 30.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 30.

[38] Note 31 and Map I. in Appendix.

[38] Note 31 and Map I. in Appendix.

[39] Note 32.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 32.


CHAPTER VII.
BERING'S WINTER AT THE FORT.—INDICATIONS OF AN ADJACENT CONTINENT.—UNSUCCESSFUL SEARCH FOR THIS CONTINENT.—RETURN TO ST. PETERSBURG.—GENERAL REVIEW OF THE RESULTS OF THE FIRST EXPEDITION.

When Bering on the 2d of September, 1728, entered the mouth of the river Kamchatka, he met the Fortuna, which had made a voyage around the Kamchatka Peninsula. Who commanded the vessel on this voyage, can not be ascertained.

When Bering entered the mouth of the Kamchatka River on September 2, 1728, he encountered the Fortuna, which had completed a voyage around the Kamchatka Peninsula. It's unclear who was in charge of the vessel during this journey.

Bering wintered at the fort. On the days that it was light, the men were busy at work or receiving instructions, and thus the winter passed without any remarkable occurrences or misfortunes. Spangberg, however, was obliged, on account of illness, to go to Bolsheretsk.[40]

Bering spent the winter at the fort. On the days when it was light, the men were busy working or getting instructions, so the winter went by without any significant events or problems. However, Spangberg had to go to Bolsheretsk due to illness.[40]

At lower Kamchatskoi Ostrog, Bering became convinced that there must be a large wooded country not far to the east. The waves were more like those of a sea than of an ocean. The driftwood did not indicate the flora of eastern Asia, and the depth of the sea grew less toward the north; the east wind brought drift-ice to the mouth of the river after three days, the north wind, on the other hand, after five days. The [Pg 51]birds of passage came to Kamchatka from the east. The reports of the natives corroborated his inferences. They declared that they were able, in very clear weather, to see land in the east (Bering Island), and that in the year 1715 a man had stranded there, who said that his native land was far to the east and had large rivers and forests with very high trees. All this led Bering to believe that a large country lay toward the northeast at no very great distance.

At lower Kamchatskoi Ostrog, Bering became convinced that there had to be a large forested area not far to the east. The waves resembled those of a sea more than an ocean. The driftwood didn’t match the plant life of eastern Asia, and the sea got shallower as you went north; the east wind brought drift-ice to the river's mouth after three days, while the north wind took five. The [Pg 51] migratory birds came to Kamchatka from the east. The locals supported his conclusions, stating that on very clear days, they could see land to the east (Bering Island), and that in 1715, a man had washed ashore there, claiming his homeland was far to the east and had large rivers and tall forests. All this led Bering to believe a large country was located to the northeast not too far away.

In the summer or 1729, he started out to find this country, leaving the mouth of the Kamchatka for the east, July 6. If the wind had been favourable, he would very soon have reached Bering Island, where twelve years later he was buried. He must have been very near this island, invisible to him, however, on account of a fog; but on the 8th of July he was struck by a severe storm, which the frail vessel and the weather-worn rigging could not defy, and hence on the 9th, he headed for the southern point of Kamchatka. But also on this voyage he did geographical service by determining the location of the peninsula and the northern Kurile Islands, as well as exploring the channel between them, and thus finding for the Russian mariner a new and easier route to Kamchatka. Berch says, that although Bering had adverse winds on the voyage to Bolsheretsk, all his computations are quite accurate; the difference in latitude between the latter place and lower Kamchatka Ostrog is given as 6° 29', which is very nearly correct. Bering likewise determined the location of Cape Lopatka at 51° N. lat.

In the summer of 1729, he set out to find this country, departing from the mouth of the Kamchatka on July 6. If the wind had been favorable, he would have quickly reached Bering Island, where he was buried twelve years later. He must have been very close to this island, but it was hidden from him due to a fog; however, on July 8, he was hit by a severe storm that his fragile ship and worn-out rigging couldn't handle, so on the 9th, he turned towards the southern tip of Kamchatka. During this voyage, he contributed to geography by identifying the location of the peninsula and the northern Kurile Islands, as well as exploring the channel between them, thereby finding a new and easier route to Kamchatka for Russian sailors. Berch states that although Bering faced unfavorable winds on the journey to Bolsheretsk, all his calculations are quite accurate; the difference in latitude between that place and lower Kamchatka Ostrog is noted as 6° 29', which is very close to correct. Bering also determined the location of Cape Lopatka at 51° N. latitude.

At Bolsheretsk Bering collected his men, distributed provisions and powder, left the Fortuna with a crew of one corporal and eleven men, and on the 14th of July steered for Okhotsk. After a fortunate, but not otherwise remarkable, journey, he reached St. Petersburg on the 1st of March, 1730. "From the perusal of his ship's journal," says Berch, "one becomes convinced that our famous Bering was an extraordinarily able and skillful officer; and if we consider his defective instruments, his great hardships, and the obstacles that had to be overcome, his observations and the great accuracy of his journal deserve the highest praise. He was a man who did Russia honor."

At Bolsheretsk, Bering gathered his crew, handed out supplies and ammunition, left the Fortuna with just a corporal and eleven men, and on July 14th headed for Okhotsk. After a successful but otherwise unremarkable journey, he arrived in St. Petersburg on March 1, 1730. "From reading his ship's journal," Berch notes, "one can see that our famous Bering was an incredibly skilled and capable officer; considering his faulty instruments, the severe challenges he faced, and the obstacles he had to overcome, his observations and the remarkable accuracy of his journal deserve the highest praise. He was a man who brought honor to Russia."

Bering had thus done good work in the service of Asiatic geography. He had shown that he possessed an explorer's most important qualification—never to make positive statements where there is no definite knowledge. By virtue of his extensive travels in northeastern Asia, his scientific qualifications, his ability to make careful, accurate observations, and his own astronomical determinations, and by virtue of his direct acquaintance with Kosyrefsky's and Lushin's works, he was in a position to form a more correct opinion than any contemporary concerning this part of the earth. In spite of these great advantages in his favor, his work was rejected by the leading authorities in St. Petersburg. It is true that Bering found sincere support in the able and influential Ivan Kirilovich Kiriloff, but to no one else could he turn for a just and competent judge. The great Russian empire had not yet produced a scientific aristocracy. The Academy of[Pg 53] Science, which had been founded five or six years previous, was not composed of able scholars, but of a number of more or less talented contestants for honor and fame,—of men who occupied a prominent yet disputed position in a foreign and hostile country—young, hot-headed Germans and Frenchmen who had not yet achieved complete literary recognition. Such people are stern and severe judges. Bering was unfortunate enough to fall into the hands of the German Gerhard Fr. Müller and the Frenchman Joseph Nicolas De l'Isle.

Bering had done significant work for Asiatic geography. He demonstrated that he had the most crucial quality of an explorer—never making definitive statements without clear evidence. Thanks to his extensive travels in northeastern Asia, his scientific background, his capacity for careful and precise observations, and his own astronomical findings, along with his familiarity with Kosyrefsky's and Lushin's works, he was better positioned than any of his contemporaries to form a more accurate opinion about this part of the world. Despite these substantial advantages, his work was dismissed by the leading authorities in St. Petersburg. While it is true that Bering found genuine support from the capable and influential Ivan Kirilovich Kiriloff, he had no one else to turn to for a fair and knowledgeable evaluation. The vast Russian Empire had not yet developed a scientific elite. The Academy of[Pg 53] Science, which had been established five or six years earlier, was not made up of skilled scholars but of a mix of more or less talented individuals vying for recognition and prestige—young, impulsive Germans and Frenchmen who had not yet gained full literary acceptance. Such individuals tend to be harsh and critical judges. Bering was unfortunately caught in the hands of the German Gerhard Fr. Müller and the Frenchman Joseph Nicolas De l'Isle.

Although Müller had not yet seen Siberia, and although it was not until ten years later that he succeeded in building that geographical card-house which Captain Cook so noiselessly blew down, he nevertheless, even at that time, on every occasion expressed the opinion that Bering had not reached the northeast point of Asia, and that his voyage had consequently not accomplished its purpose. De l'Isle was Bering's intellectual antipode. As a geographer he delighted in moving about on the borderland of the world's unexplored regions. His element was that of vaguest conjecture,—the boldest combinations of known and unknown; and even as an old man he did not shrink from the task of constructing, from insufficient accounts of travels and apocryphal sailor-stories, a map of the Pacific, of which not a single line has been retained. He overstrained himself on the fame of his deceased brother, whose methods, inclinations, and valuable geographical collections he had inherited, but unfortunately not that intuitive insight which made Guillaume De l'Isle the[Pg 54] leading geographer of his age. Hence, as a geographer, he was merely an echo of his brother.

Although Müller hadn’t seen Siberia yet, and it was ten years later that he finally managed to create that geographical card-house that Captain Cook quietly knocked down, he still expressed the opinion at every opportunity that Bering hadn’t reached the northeast point of Asia and that his voyage hadn’t achieved its goal. De l'Isle was Bering's intellectual opposite. As a geographer, he loved exploring the edges of the world’s unexplored areas. His strength was in vague speculation—the boldest combinations of what was known and unknown; even as an old man, he didn’t shy away from the challenge of creating a map of the Pacific from scant travel accounts and questionable sailor stories, none of which has survived. He strained himself living in the shadow of his deceased brother’s fame, whose methods, interests, and valuable geographical collections he inherited, but unfortunately not the intuitive insight that made Guillaume De l'Isle the leading geographer of his time. Thus, as a geographer, he was just a reflection of his brother.

One of Guillaume De l'Isle's most famous essays had been on the island of Yezo. In 1643 the stadtholder of Batavia, the able Van Diemen, sent the ships Kastrikon and Breskens under the command of Martin de Vries and Hendrick Corneliszoon Schaep to Japan for the purpose of navigating the east coast of the island of Nipon (Hondo), and thence go in search of America by sailing in a northwesterly direction to the 45th degree of latitude; but in case they did not find America, which people continued to believe lay in these regions, they were to turn toward the northeast and seek the coast of Asia on the 56th degree of latitude. De Vries partly carried out his chimerical project. At 40° north latitude he saw the coast of Nipon, two degrees farther north, the snow-capped mountains of Yezo, and thence sailed between the two Kuriles lying farthest to the south, which he called Staaten Eiland and Kompagniland. He then continued his voyage into the Sea of Okhotsk to 48° north latitude, where he turned about, saw Yezo in latitude 45°, but came, without noticing La Perouse Strait, over to Saghalin, which he considered a part of Yezo, and as he followed the coast of Saghalin to Cape Patience in latitude 48°, he thought Yezo a very extensive island on the eastern coast of Asia. Through the cartography of the seventeenth century, for example Witsen's and Homann's Atlas, but especially through Guillaume De l'Isle's globes and maps, these erroneous ideas were scattered over the earth, and, when the first accounts of Kamchatka, without being accompanied by a single[Pg 55] astronomical determination, reached Europe, many believed that this land was identical with Yezo. But as De Vries had left some determinations of latitude and longitude which showed that the island must be very near Japan, some went even so far as to suppose that it was contiguous to Nipon; indeed, Guillaume De l'Isle's essay attempted to prove this. Thus three lands were made one, while De Vries's Staaten Eiland and Kompagniland, which could find no place in this series, were forced eastward into the Pacific as large tracts of land separated from Kamchatka-Yezo and from each other by narrow straits. But this is not all. The Portuguese cosmographer Texeïra had in 1649, in these same regions, indicated a coast projecting far to the east toward America, seen by Juan de Gama on a voyage to New Spain from the Philippine Islands. This Gamaland was now described as a continuation of Kompagniland. In Homann's Atlas, 1709, it is represented as a part of America, and Guillaume De l'Isle varied on the theme in a different way.[41]

One of Guillaume De l'Isle's most famous essays was about the island of Yezo. In 1643, the stadtholder of Batavia, the skilled Van Diemen, sent the ships Kastrikon and Breskens, commanded by Martin de Vries and Hendrick Corneliszoon Schaep, to Japan. Their goal was to explore the east coast of the island of Nipon (Hondo) and then search for America by sailing northwest to the 45th degree of latitude. If they didn't find America, which people still believed was in the area, they were instructed to head northeast and look for the coast of Asia at the 56th degree of latitude. De Vries partially executed his ambitious plan. At 40° north latitude, he spotted the coast of Nipon, and two degrees further north, he saw the snow-capped mountains of Yezo. He then sailed between the southernmost Kuriles, naming them Staaten Eiland and Kompagniland. He continued his journey into the Sea of Okhotsk up to 48° north latitude, where he turned around, saw Yezo at 45°, but mistakenly crossed into Saghalin without noticing La Perouse Strait. He thought Saghalin was part of Yezo, and as he followed its coast to Cape Patience at latitude 48°, he believed Yezo was a very large island along the eastern coast of Asia. Through 17th-century maps, especially Witsen's and Homann's Atlas, and particularly Guillaume De l'Isle's globes and maps, these misconceptions spread around the world. When the first reports of Kamchatka reached Europe—without a single astronomical determination—many believed this land was the same as Yezo. However, since De Vries had noted some latitude and longitude positions showing that the island was very close to Japan, some even speculated that it was attached to Nipon; indeed, Guillaume De l'Isle's essay tried to support this idea. Thus, three lands were combined into one, while De Vries's Staaten Eiland and Kompagniland, which didn't have a place in this narrative, were pushed eastward into the Pacific as large land masses separated from Kamchatka-Yezo and each other by narrow straits. But that’s not all. The Portuguese cosmographer Texeïra indicated in 1649 that a coast extended far to the east toward America, seen by Juan de Gama during a trip to New Spain from the Philippine Islands. This Gamaland was now described as part of Kompagniland. In Homann's Atlas from 1709, it is shown as part of America, and Guillaume De l'Isle presented a variation of this idea.

Unfortunately these ideas held sway in the scientific world when Bering, in 1730, returned. Furthermore, scholars thought these ideas were confirmed by Swedish prisoners of war who had returned from Siberia, especially by the famous Tabbert, or Strahlenberg, as he was later called, whose various imaginary chart-outlines had been adopted in Homann's Atlas, 1727, and in other West European geographical works then in vogue.[42]

Unfortunately, these ideas were dominant in the scientific community when Bering returned in 1730. Moreover, scholars believed these ideas were validated by Swedish prisoners of war who had come back from Siberia, especially the well-known Tabbert, or Strahlenberg as he later became known, whose various made-up map outlines had been included in Homann's Atlas from 1727 and in other popular geographical works in Western Europe at that time.[42]

Bering returned. His sober accounts and accurate maps, in which there was nothing imaginary whatever, [Pg 56]were now to take up the fight against these prejudices. Bering declared that he had sailed around Kamchatka without having seen anything of these lands, although he had—in a different direction, however—noticed signs of land. On his map, Kamchatka was represented as a definitely defined region, and hence Guillaume De l'Isle's structure had received its first blow, in case Bering's representations should be accepted. But Bering's reputation had been undermined in still another direction. The above-mentioned Cossack chief Shestakoff had, during his sojourn in Russia, distributed various rough contour sketches of northeastern Asia. This brave warrior, however, knew just as little about wielding a pen as he did a pencil. The matter of a few degrees more or less in some coast-lines did not seriously trouble him. Even his own drawings did not agree. Northeast of the Chukchee peninsula he had sketched an extensive country, which Bering had not seen.

Bering returned. His serious accounts and precise maps, which were completely factual, [Pg 56] were now meant to challenge these misconceptions. Bering stated that he had sailed around Kamchatka without actually seeing these lands, although he had noticed signs of land in another direction. On his map, Kamchatka was clearly defined as a region, and this posed the first challenge to Guillaume De l'Isle's theories, if Bering's findings were accepted. However, Bering's credibility had also taken a hit from another angle. The Cossack chief Shestakoff, during his time in Russia, had shared various rough sketches of northeastern Asia. This brave warrior, unfortunately, was just as clueless about using a pen as he was about a pencil. A few degrees more or less on some coastlines didn’t bother him much. Even his own drawings didn’t match up. Northeast of the Chukchee peninsula, he had sketched a vast area that Bering had not seen.

It is characteristic of Joseph De l'Isle that he accepted both Shestakoff and Strahlenberg, and as late as in 1753 still clung to their outlines. In the first place, it satisfied his family pride to be able to maintain his brother's views of the cartography of these regions (and of his views Strahlenberg's were but an echo), and it moreover satisfied his predisposition to that which was vague and hypothetical. At first De l'Isle succeeded in carrying out his wishes, and in 1737 the Academy published a map of Asia in which it would prove extremely difficult to find any trace of Bering's discoveries.[43] It was accordingly quite the proper thing to consider Bering's first expedition [Pg 57]wholly, or at least to a great extent, unsuccessful. In the literature of that day there are evidences of this, especially in Steller's writings. He treats Bering with scornful superiority, which is particularly out of place, as he shows himself a poor judge in geographical matters.[44] Kiriloff, who in his general map of Russia in 1734[45] unreservedly accepted Bering's map, was the only man who gave him due recognition. The Academy could not persuade itself to make use of the only scientifically obtained outline map in existence of the remotest regions of the empire, until Bering, many years afterwards, had won full recognition in Paris, Nuremberg, and London. Bering's map was made in Moscow in 1731, and the Russian government presented it to the king of Poland,[46] who gave it to the Jesuit father Du Halde. He had it printed and inserted in D'Anville's Nouvelle Atlas de la Chine, a supplement to his large work on China, to which we have several times referred.[47] Of this work Dr. Campbell later gave an account in Harris's Collection of Voyages, and it was, furthermore, the basis of the better class of geographical works on eastern Asia of last century until Captain Cook's day. A copy of the eastern half of the map will be found in the appendix to this treatise.

It’s typical of Joseph De l'Isle that he accepted both Shestakoff and Strahlenberg, and as late as 1753, he still stuck to their views. For one, it appealed to his family pride to uphold his brother’s ideas about the cartography of these areas (and Strahlenberg's views were just a reflection of his). It also suited his tendency towards the vague and hypothetical. Initially, De l'Isle managed to carry out his wishes, and in 1737, the Academy published a map of Asia where it would be incredibly difficult to find any indication of Bering's discoveries.[43] It was consequently quite reasonable to deem Bering's first expedition completely, or at least largely, unsuccessful. There are signs of this in the literature of that time, especially in Steller's writings. He treats Bering with a scornful superiority that is especially inappropriate, as he proves to be a poor judge of geographical matters.[44] Kiriloff, who in his general map of Russia in 1734[45] fully embraced Bering's map, was the only one to give him proper credit. The Academy couldn’t bring itself to use the only scientifically obtained outline map of the farthest regions of the empire until Bering had, many years later, gained full recognition in Paris, Nuremberg, and London. Bering's map was created in Moscow in 1731, and the Russian government presented it to the king of Poland,[46] who then passed it to Jesuit Father Du Halde. He had it printed and included in D'Anville's Nouvelle Atlas de la Chine, a supplement to his larger work on China, which we have referenced several times.[47] Dr. Campbell later provided an overview of this work in Harris's Collection of Voyages, and it was also the foundation of the better quality geographical works on East Asia from the last century until Captain Cook's time. A copy of the eastern half of the map can be found in the appendix to this treatise.

FOOTNOTES:

[40] A port on the southern coast of Kamchatka.

[40] A port located on the southern coast of Kamchatka.

[41] See Maps II. and III.

See Maps II and III.

[42] Note 33.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 33.

[43] Note 34.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 34.

[44] Note 35.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 35.

[45] Note 36.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 36.

[46] Note 37.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 37.

[47] Note 38.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 38.


PART II.
THE GREAT NORTHERN EXPEDITION.


CHAPTER VIII.
BERING'S PLANS FOR A SECOND EXPEDITION.—THE GREATEST GEOGRAPHICAL ENTERPRISE EVER UNDERTAKEN.

Arctic exploration has a bewitching power over its devotees. Bering and his companions did not escape the enchantment. Hardly had they returned from a five years' sojourn in the extremest corner of the world, when they declared themselves willing to start out again. As they had met with so much doubt and opposition from scholars,—had learned that the world's youngest marine lacked the courage to recognize its own contributions to science, and, furthermore, as the Admiralty thought it had given strong reasons for doubting Bering's results,[48] he proposed to make his future explorations on a larger scale and remove all doubt, by charting the whole of this disputed part of the globe.

Arctic exploration has a captivating appeal for its enthusiasts. Bering and his team were not immune to its charm. Barely had they returned from a five-year journey to the farthest corner of the earth when they expressed their eagerness to set out again. They had encountered significant skepticism and resistance from scholars—had discovered that the world’s newest ocean lacked the courage to acknowledge its own contributions to science. Additionally, the Admiralty seemed to have presented compelling reasons to doubt Bering's findings,[48] so he aimed to conduct his future explorations on a larger scale to eliminate all doubts by mapping the entire disputed region of the globe.

April 30, 1730, only two months after his return, he presented two plans to the Admiralty. These have been found and published by Berch, and are of the greatest importance in judging of Bering's true relation to the Great Northern Expedition. In the first of these propositions he sets forth a series of suggestions for the administration of East Siberia, and for a better utilization [Pg 62]of its resources. He desired, among other things, missionary work among the Yakuts, better discipline among the East Siberian Cossacks, more honesty among the yassak-collectors, the opening of iron mines at Okhotsk and Udinsk, and various other things. But it was never his intention to carry out these propositions himself, and it was a great mistake for the government to burden his instructions with such purely administrative work.

April 30, 1730, just two months after his return, he presented two plans to the Admiralty. These have been found and published by Berch and are very important for understanding Bering's true role in the Great Northern Expedition. In the first of these proposals, he outlines several suggestions for managing East Siberia and for better utilizing its resources. He wanted, among other things, to promote missionary work among the Yakuts, improve discipline among the East Siberian Cossacks, ensure more honesty among the yassak-collectors, open iron mines at Okhotsk and Udinsk, and various other initiatives. However, it was never his intention to implement these proposals himself, and it was a significant mistake for the government to overload his instructions with such purely administrative tasks.

His second proposition is incomparably more interesting. In this he indicates the general outline of his Great Northern Expedition, the greatest geographical enterprise that the world has hitherto known. This document shows that he was the originator of the plan, something that has been contradicted, and but for this document might still stand contradicted. He proposed to start out from Kamchatka to explore and chart the western coast of America and establish commercial relations with that country, thence to visit Japan and Amoor for the same purpose, and finally to chart either by land or sea the Arctic coast of Siberia,—namely, from the Obi to the Lena.[49] Through these three enterprises and his former expedition, it was Bering's object to fill the vacant space on his chart between the known West and the known East,—between the Kara Sea and the Japan Islands. He refused to corroborate his first observations by again visiting the same localities, and he rightly concluded, that absolute proof of the separation of the continents would be ascertained if the American coast were charted.

His second proposal is way more interesting. Here, he outlines the basic plan for his Great Northern Expedition, the biggest geographical venture the world has ever seen. This document shows that he came up with the idea, a fact that has been disputed, and without this document, it might still be disputed. He planned to set out from Kamchatka to explore and map the western coast of America and establish trade relations with that country, then visit Japan and the Amur River for the same reason, and finally map the Arctic coast of Siberia, from the Obi to the Lena. Through these three projects and his earlier expedition, Bering aimed to fill in the blank area on his map between the known West and East—between the Kara Sea and the Japan Islands. He declined to confirm his initial observations by revisiting the same areas and rightly concluded that concrete evidence of the separation of the continents would be established if the American coast were mapped.

The political situation in the empire favored the adoption of Bering's plans. The Duchess of Courland, Anna Ivanovna, had just (1730) ascended the throne. With her the foreigners and Peter's reform party again came into power, and with much more zeal than skill, they sought to continue Peter's work. Anna aimed to shine in Europe as the ruler of a great power, and in Russia as a West European queen. Europe was to be awed by Russian greatness, and Russia by European wisdom. In one of his high-flown speeches Czar Peter had given assurance that science would forsake its abodes in West Europe, and in the fullness of time cast a halo of immortal glory around the name of Russia.

The political situation in the empire was favorable for adopting Bering's plans. The Duchess of Courland, Anna Ivanovna, had just become the ruler in 1730. With her, foreign influences and Peter's reform party regained power, and with more enthusiasm than expertise, they aimed to continue Peter's initiatives. Anna wanted to establish herself as a significant power in Europe and as a Western European queen in Russia. Europe was to be impressed by Russia's greatness, and Russia by European knowledge. In one of his grand speeches, Czar Peter had promised that science would leave its homes in Western Europe and, in time, bring everlasting glory to the name of Russia.

It was necessary to speed this time. Anna and her coadjutors had an insatiable desire for the splendor and exterior luster of culture. Like upstarts in wealth they sought to surround themselves with some of that glory which only gray-haired honor can bestow. One of the surest ways to this glory was through the equipment of scientific expeditions. They had at their disposal an academy of science, a fleet, and the resources of a mighty empire. The sacrifice of a few thousand human lives troubled them but little, and they exerted themselves to make the enterprise as large and sensational as possible. Bering's above-mentioned proposition was taken as a foundation for these plans, but when, after the lapse of two years, his proposition left the various departments of the government—the Senate, the Academy, and the Admiralty—it had assumed such proportions that he found great difficulty in recognizing it.

They needed to move quickly this time. Anna and her team had an unquenchable thirst for the glamour and outward shine of culture. Like newly rich people, they wanted to surround themselves with some of the prestige that only comes from long-standing honor. One of the most reliable paths to this prestige was through funding scientific expeditions. They had access to an academy of science, a fleet, and the resources of a powerful empire. The loss of a few thousand lives didn't bother them much, and they worked hard to make the project as large and sensational as possible. Bering's previously mentioned proposal was used as a basis for these plans, but when, after two years, his proposal made its way through various government departments—the Senate, the Academy, and the Admiralty—it had grown to such an extent that he had a hard time recognizing it.

After having on April 30, 1730, submitted to the Admiralty his new proposition, together with the accounts and reports of his first expedition, Bering was sent to Moscow, where Anna maintained her court during the first few years of her reign. Here he laid his plans before the Senate, and made the map before referred to; but all the leading men were then too much occupied with court intrigues to be able to give his plans any of their attention. Separated from his family, he wearied of life in Moscow, and on January 5, 1732, the Senate gave him leave of absence to go to St. Petersburg, on condition that Chaplin and the steward would conclude the reports. Moreover, the Senate ordered that the Admiralty should pay Bering's claims against the government for his services. In view of the hardships he had endured, he received 1,000 rubles, double the amount to which he was entitled according to the regulations of the department. Almost simultaneously he was promoted, in regular succession, to the position of capitain-commandeur in the Russian fleet, the next position below that of rear-admiral.

After submitting his new proposal to the Admiralty on April 30, 1730, along with the accounts and reports from his first expedition, Bering was sent to Moscow, where Anna held her court during the early years of her reign. There, he presented his plans to the Senate and created the map mentioned earlier; however, all the key individuals were too caught up in court intrigues to pay his proposals any attention. Separated from his family, he grew tired of life in Moscow, and on January 5, 1732, the Senate granted him a leave of absence to go to St. Petersburg, on the condition that Chaplin and the steward would finalize the reports. Additionally, the Senate ordered the Admiralty to pay Bering's claims against the government for his services. Considering the hardships he had faced, he received 1,000 rubles, which was double what he was entitled to based on departmental regulations. Almost at the same time, he was promoted, consecutively, to the rank of capitain-commandeur in the Russian fleet, the rank just below rear-admiral.

In the spring of 1732, Anna, Biron, and Ostermann had succeeded in crushing the Old Russian opposition. The leaders of this party, especially the family of Dolgoruki, had been either banished to Siberia or scattered about in the provinces and in fortresses, and now there was nothing to hinder the government in pursuing its plans. As early as April 17, the Empress[50] ordered that [Pg 65]Bering's proposition should be executed, and charged the Senate to take the necessary steps for this purpose. The Senate, presided over by Ivan Kiriloff, an enthusiastic admirer of Peter the Great, acted with dispatch. On May 2, it promulgated two ukases, in which it declared the objects of the expedition, and sought to indicate the necessary means. Although the Senate here in the main followed Bering's own proposition and made a triple expedition (an American, a Japanese, and an Arctic), it nevertheless betrayed a peculiar inclination to burden the chief of the expedition with tasks most remote from his own original plans. It directed him not only to explore the Shantar Islands and reach the Spanish possessions in America, something that Bering had never thought of, but also included in its ukase a series of recommendations for the development of Siberia,—recommendations which Bering had previously made to the government, and which had already provoked some definite efforts, as the exiled Pissarjeff, a former officer of the Senate, had been removed to Okhotsk to develop that region and extend the maritime relations on the Pacific.

In the spring of 1732, Anna, Biron, and Ostermann managed to defeat the Old Russian opposition. The leaders of this faction, particularly the Dolgoruki family, had either been exiled to Siberia or scattered across the provinces and locked away in fortresses, leaving the government free to pursue its agenda. As early as April 17, the Empress[50] ordered that Bering's proposal be implemented and instructed the Senate to take the necessary actions for this. The Senate, led by Ivan Kiriloff, a fervent admirer of Peter the Great, acted quickly. On May 2, it issued two ukases that outlined the goals of the expedition and aimed to specify the necessary resources. Although the Senate largely followed Bering's original proposal and planned a three-part expedition (to America, Japan, and the Arctic), it also showed a strange tendency to assign tasks to the expedition leader that were far from his original plans. It instructed him not only to explore the Shantar Islands and reach the Spanish territories in America—something Bering had never considered—but also included in its ukase a series of suggestions for developing Siberia—suggestions that Bering had previously made to the government, which had already led to some concrete actions, as the exiled Pissarjeff, a former Senate officer, had been sent to Okhotsk to develop that area and enhance maritime connections in the Pacific.

He seems, however, not to have accomplished anything, and the Senate thought it feasible to burden Bering with a part of this task. He was directed to supply Okhotsk with more inhabitants, to introduce cattle-raising on the Pacific coast, to found schools in Okhotsk for both elementary and nautical instruction, to establish a dock-yard in this out-of-the-way corner, to transport men and horses to Yudomskaya Krest, and to establish iron-works at Yakutsk, Udinsk, and other places. But this was simply the beginning of the avalanche, and[Pg 66] as it rolled along down through the Admiralty and Academy, it assumed most startling dimensions. These authorities aspired to nothing less than raising all human knowledge one step higher. The Admiralty desired the expedition to undertake the nautical charting of the Old World from Archangel to Nipon—even to Mexico; and the Academy could not be satisfied with anything less than a scientific exploration of all northern Asia. As a beginning, Joseph Nicolas De l'Isle, professor of astronomy at the Academy, was instructed to give a graphic account of the present state of knowledge of the North Pacific, and in a memoir to give Bering instructions how to find America from the East. The Senate also decreed that the former's brother, Louis, surnamed La Croyère, an adventurer of somewhat questionable character, should accompany the expedition as astronomer. Thus decree after decree followed in rapid succession. On December 28, the Senate issued a lengthy ukase, which, in sixteen paragraphs, outlined in extenso the nautico-geographical explorations to be undertaken by the expedition. Commodore Bering and Lieut. Chirikoff, guided by the instructions of the Academy, were to sail to America with two ships for the purpose of charting the American coast. They were to be accompanied by La Croyère, who, with the assistance of the surveyors Krassilnikoff and Popoff, was to undertake a series of local observations through Siberia, along several of the largest rivers of the country and in its more important regions, across the Pacific, and also along the coast of the New World. With three ships Spangberg was to sail to the Kurile Islands, Japan, and the still more southerly parts of Asia, while simultaneously[Pg 67] the coast from Okhotsk to Uda, to Tugur, to the mouth of the Amoor, and the coasts of the Shantar Islands and Saghalin were to be charted.

He doesn't seem to have achieved anything, and the Senate felt it was reasonable to assign part of this task to Bering. He was instructed to bring more people to Okhotsk, start cattle farming on the Pacific coast, establish schools in Okhotsk for both basic and maritime education, set up a dockyard in this remote area, transport people and horses to Yudomskaya Krest, and establish ironworks in Yakutsk, Udinsk, and other locations. But this was just the beginning of a major wave, and as it grew through the Admiralty and Academy, it took on astonishing proportions. These institutions aimed for nothing less than advancing all human knowledge. The Admiralty wanted the expedition to chart the waters of the Old World from Archangel to Nipon—even to Mexico; and the Academy insisted on a scientific exploration of all northern Asia. As a starting point, Joseph Nicolas De l'Isle, a professor of astronomy at the Academy, was tasked to provide an overview of the current knowledge of the North Pacific and to give Bering directions on how to reach America from the East. The Senate also ordered that De l'Isle's brother, Louis, known as La Croyère, an adventurer of questionable reputation, should join the expedition as the astronomer. Thus, one decree after another came rapidly. On December 28, the Senate released a detailed ukase, in sixteen paragraphs, outlining the extensive nautical and geographical explorations the expedition would undertake. Commodore Bering and Lieutenant Chirikoff, following the Academy's instructions, were to sail to America with two ships to chart the American coast. They would be joined by La Croyère, who, alongside surveyors Krassilnikoff and Popoff, would conduct local observations through Siberia, along several major rivers of the country and in its key regions, across the Pacific, and also along the New World’s coast. Spangberg was to sail to the Kurile Islands, Japan, and the even more southern parts of Asia with three ships while simultaneously charting the coast from Okhotsk to Uda, to Tugur, to the mouth of the Amoor, and also the coasts of the Shantar Islands and Saghalin.

Even these tasks exceeded all reasonable demands, and not until several generations later did Cook, La Perouse, and Vancouver succeed in accomplishing what the Russian Senate in a few pen-strokes directed Bering to do. And yet, not until the government touched the Arctic side of this task, did it entirely lose sight of all reason. Its instructions to Bering were, not only to chart the coast of the Old World from the Dwina to the Pacific, to explore harbors and estuaries along this coast, to describe the country and study its natural resources, especially its mineral wealth, but also to dispatch an expedition to the Bear Islands, off the mouth of the Kolyma, and to see to it that his earlier trip to the Chukchee peninsula was repeated, besides sailing from there to America, as the results of his former voyage "were unsatisfactory," reliable information concerning that country having been received from the Cossack Melnikoff.

Even these tasks were beyond any reasonable expectations, and it wasn’t until several generations later that Cook, La Perouse, and Vancouver managed to accomplish what the Russian Senate had assigned Bering to do with just a few pen strokes. However, the government completely lost sight of reason when it addressed the Arctic side of this task. Its instructions to Bering were not only to map the coast of the Old World from the Dwina to the Pacific, to explore harbors and estuaries along this coastline, to describe the land, and to study its natural resources—especially its mineral wealth—but also to send an expedition to the Bear Islands, located at the mouth of the Kolyma, and to ensure that his previous trip to the Chukchee Peninsula was repeated, in addition to sailing from there to America, since the results of his earlier voyage "were unsatisfactory," with reliable information about that area coming from the Cossack Melnikoff.

All these expeditions were to start out from the great Siberian rivers,—from the Dwina to the Obi with two vessels under the charge of the Admiralty; from the Obi and Lena with three twenty-four-oared boats, two of which were to meet between these two rivers, and the third was to sail around Bering's Peninsula (this Reclus calls the Chukchee peninsula), or, if America proved to be connected with that country, it was to attempt to find European colonies. The orders of the Senate were, furthermore, to the effect that surveyors should be sent out in advance for the preliminary charting of these river-mouths,[Pg 68] and to erect light-houses, establish magazines for convenient relays, and procure provisions and other necessaries,—very excellent directions, all of which, however, were so many meaningless words after they had left the government departments. Our age, which still has in mind the Franklin expeditions—the English parallel—is able to form an idea of these gigantic demands, and yet the Senate did not hesitate to load the organization of all this upon the shoulders of one man. Bering was made chief of all the enterprises east of the Ural Mountains. At the Obi and the Lena, at Okhotsk and Kamchatka, he was to furnish ships, provisions, and transportation.

All these expeditions were set to begin from the major Siberian rivers—starting from the Dwina to the Obi with two vessels overseen by the Admiralty; from the Obi and Lena with three twenty-four-oared boats, two of which were to meet between these rivers, while the third was to navigate around Bering's Peninsula (which Reclus refers to as the Chukchee peninsula). If America turned out to be connected to that area, it was to try and locate European colonies. The Senate also ordered that surveyors be sent ahead to map out these river mouths,[Pg 68] set up lighthouses, establish supply depots for convenient rest stops, and acquire food and other essentials. These were all excellent recommendations, but they became just empty words once they left the hands of government officials. Today, we can still recall the Franklin expeditions in England, helping us grasp the enormity of these demands; however, the Senate didn’t hesitate to pile the entire responsibility onto one person. Bering was appointed chief of all operations east of the Ural Mountains. At the Obi and the Lena, as well as in Okhotsk and Kamchatka, he was tasked with providing ships, supplies, and transportation.

But in spite of all that was vague and visionary in these plans, they had nevertheless a certain homogeneity. They were all nautical expeditions for nautical purposes and nautico-geographical investigations. Then the Academy added its demands, making everything doubly complicated. It demanded a scientific exploration of all Siberia and Kamchatka,—not only an account of these regions based on astronomical determinations and geodetic surveys, on minute descriptions and artistically executed landscape pictures, on barometric, thermometric, and aerometric observations, as well as investigations in all the branches of natural history, but it demanded also a detailed presentation of the ethnography, colonization, and history of the country, together with a multitude of special investigations in widely different directions. The leading spirits in these enterprises were two young and zealous Germans, the chemist Johann Georg Gmelin and the historian Gerhard Friedrich Müller, twenty-eight and twenty-four years of age respectively, members[Pg 69] of the Academy, and later, highly respected scholars. Müller was a personal friend of Bering, and through him got a desire to participate in the expedition.

But despite all the vague and visionary elements in these plans, they still had a certain consistency. They were all nautical expeditions for maritime purposes and geographical research. Then the Academy added its requirements, making everything even more complicated. It called for a scientific exploration of all of Siberia and Kamchatka—not just a report on these areas based on astronomical measurements and geodetic surveys, along with detailed descriptions and beautifully crafted landscape illustrations, as well as barometric, thermometric, and aerometric observations, and studies in all fields of natural history, but it also demanded a thorough presentation of the ethnography, colonization, and history of the regions, along with numerous specialized investigations in various areas. The driving forces behind these efforts were two enthusiastic young Germans, the chemist Johann Georg Gmelin and the historian Gerhard Friedrich Müller, who were twenty-eight and twenty-four years old, respectively, both members[Pg 69] of the Academy and later esteemed scholars. Müller was a personal friend of Bering, and through him, he developed a desire to take part in the expedition.

Kiriloff, the secretary of the Senate, himself a successful student of geography, supported the efforts of the Academy, and most generously gratified all the exaggerated demands that only imperious and inexperienced devotees of science could present. Indeed, Bering could not but finally consider himself fortunate in escaping a sub-expedition to Central Asia, one of Kiriloff's pet plans, which the latter afterwards took upon himself to carry out. The Academic branch of the expedition, which thus came to consist of the astronomer La Croyère, the physicist Gmelin (the elder), and the historian Müller, was right luxuriously equipped. It was accompanied by two landscape painters, one surgeon, one interpreter, one instrument-maker, five surveyors, six scientific assistants, and fourteen body-guards. Moreover, this convoy grew like an avalanche, as it worked its way into Siberia. La Croyère had nine wagon-loads of instruments, among them telescopes thirteen and fifteen feet in length. These Academical gentlemen had at least thirty-six horses, and on the large rivers, they could demand boats with cabins. They carried with them a library of several hundred volumes, not only of scientific and historical works in their specialties, but also of the Latin classics and such light reading as Robinson Crusoe and Gulliver's Travels. Besides, they had seventy reams of writing paper and an enormous supply of artists' colors, draughting materials and apparatus. All archives were to be open to them, all Siberian government authorities were to be at their service and furnish[Pg 70] interpreters, guides, and laborers. The Professors, as they were called, constituted an itinerant academy. They drafted their own instructions, and no superior authority took upon itself to make these subservient to the interests of the expedition as a whole. From February, 1734, they held one or two weekly meetings and passed independent resolutions. It became a part of Bering's task to move this cumbersome machine, this learned republic, from St. Petersburg to Kamchatka, to care for their comforts and conveniences, and render possible the flank movements and side sallies that either scientific demands or their own freaks of will might dictate. In the original instructions such directions were by no means few. But Bering had no authority over these men. They were willing to recognize his authority only when they needed his assistance. None of them except Bering and his former associates had any idea of the mode and conditions of travel in that barbarous country. That there should be lack of understanding between men with such different objects in view as academists and naval officers, is not very strange. Their only bond of union was the Senate's senseless ukase. If it had been the purpose of the government to exhibit a human parallel to the "happy families" of menageries, it could hardly have acted differently. In all his movements Bering was hampered by this academical deadweight. The Professors not only showed a lack of appreciation of Bering's efforts in their behalf, but they also stormed him with complaints, filled their records with them, and concluded them—characteristically enough—with[Pg 71] a resolution to prefer formal charges against him before the Senate.

Kiriloff, the secretary of the Senate and a successful geography student, backed the Academy's efforts and generously met all the unrealistic demands that only overly ambitious and inexperienced science enthusiasts could make. In fact, Bering considered himself lucky to avoid a sub-expedition to Central Asia, one of Kiriloff's favorite projects, which Kiriloff later decided to undertake himself. The academic part of the expedition included the astronomer La Croyère, the physicist Gmelin (the elder), and the historian Müller, and it was well-equipped. It also had two landscape painters, a surgeon, an interpreter, an instrument-maker, five surveyors, six scientific assistants, and fourteen bodyguards. Furthermore, this group grew rapidly as they moved into Siberia. La Croyère had nine wagon-loads of equipment, including telescopes that were thirteen and fifteen feet long. These academicians had at least thirty-six horses, and on the larger rivers, they could request boats with cabins. They also brought along a library of several hundred books, not just scientific and historical texts relevant to their fields, but also Latin classics and leisure reading like Robinson Crusoe and Gulliver's Travels. In addition, they carried seventy reams of writing paper and a huge supply of artists' paints, drafting materials, and equipment. All archives were to be open to them, and all Siberian government officials were supposed to provide interpreters, guides, and laborers. The Professors, as they were called, formed a traveling academy. They created their own instructions, and no higher authority took it upon themselves to make these subject to the overall interests of the expedition. From February 1734, they held one or two meetings a week and made independent resolutions. It became part of Bering's job to manage this unwieldy organization, this learned republic, moving them from St. Petersburg to Kamchatka, ensuring their comfort and convenience, and enabling the side trips and detours dictated by scientific needs or their own whims. The original instructions included a fair number of such guidelines. However, Bering had no authority over these men. They only recognized his authority when they needed his help. None of them, except Bering and his former colleagues, had any idea about the travel methods and conditions in that harsh land. It’s not surprising that there was a lack of understanding between people with such different objectives—academics and naval officers. Their only connection was the Senate's foolish decree. If the government aimed to create a real-life version of the "happy families" seen in zoos, it could hardly have done it differently. Throughout his endeavors, Bering was hindered by this academic burden. The Professors not only failed to appreciate Bering’s efforts on their behalf, but they also bombarded him with complaints, documented them extensively, and characteristically closed them with a resolution to file formal charges against him with the Senate.

Only a new state, as the Russian then was, only a government that recently had seen the will of one energetic man turn topsy-turvy a whole people's mode of life, and yet had preserved a fanciful faith in Peter the Great's teachings—his supreme disregard for obstacles,—only such a government could even think of heaping such mountains of enterprises one upon the other, or demand that any one man, and a foreigner at that, should carry them into execution. Peter's spirit undoubtedly hovered over these plans, but the marble sarcophagus in the church of St. Peter and St. Paul had long since received his earthly remains, and without his personal energy the Senate's plans were but the projects of a dazzled fancy. On paper the Senate might indeed refer Bering to various ways and means; it might enjoin upon the Siberian authorities to do everything in their power to promote the progress of the various expeditions; it might direct its secretaries to prepare a very humane declamation denouncing the practice of any violence against, or oppression of, the weak nomadic tribes in the East; but it could not by a few pen-strokes increase the natural resources of Siberia, or change the unwillingness of the local authorities to accede to the inordinate demands which the nautical expedition necessarily had to make, nor could it make roads in the wild forest-regions where only the Yakut and Tunguse roamed about. The Senate's humanitarian phrases were of but little significance to the explorers when it was found necessary to compel the nomads of the East to supply what the government[Pg 72] had failed to furnish. The Senate had ventured so near the extreme limits of the possible, that it could not but end by crossing the border and demanding the impossible. These numerous expeditions, scattered over half a continent, were exposed to so many unforeseeable accidents and misfortunes, that the government, in order to render support and retain its control, would necessarily have to be in regular communication. But east of Moscow there was no mail service. Hence the government instructed Bering to establish, on consultation with the local authorities, postal communication, partly monthly and partly bi-monthly, from Moscow to Kamchatka, to the Chinese border by way of Irkutsk, and by a new route to Uda,—as though such a matter could be accomplished through consultation. The Senate might have known, and in fact did know, that in the mountainous forest-region between Yakutsk and Okhotsk (a distance of about seven hundred miles) there was but one single Russian hut, and that all the requisites for a mail service—men, horses, and roads—demanded unlimited means and most extensive preparations.

Only a new state, like the Russian one back then, only a government that had just witnessed the will of one determined man completely disrupt a whole people's way of life, and yet still held onto a somewhat romantic faith in Peter the Great's teachings—his complete disregard for obstacles—only such a government could even think about piling up so many ventures on top of each other or expect that any one person, especially a foreigner, should carry them out. Peter's spirit undoubtedly lingered over these plans, but the marble tomb in the church of St. Peter and St. Paul had long since taken his earthly remains, and without his personal drive, the Senate's plans were nothing more than the dreams of an inspired imagination. On paper, the Senate might indeed refer Bering to various options and methods; it might instruct the Siberian authorities to do everything possible to support the various expeditions; it might direct its secretaries to prepare a very compassionate statement condemning any violence against or oppression of the weak nomadic tribes in the East; but it couldn’t, with just a few strokes of the pen, increase Siberia’s natural resources or change the local authorities’ reluctance to meet the excessive demands that the maritime expedition necessarily had to make, nor could it build roads in the remote forest areas where only the Yakut and Tunguse wandered. The Senate's humanitarian language meant little to the explorers when they found it necessary to compel the Eastern nomads to provide what the government had failed to supply. The Senate had pushed so close to the limits of what's possible that it inevitably crossed over into demanding the impossible. These numerous expeditions, spread across half a continent, faced so many unexpected accidents and misfortunes that the government would need to maintain regular communication to provide support and keep control. But east of Moscow, there was no mail service. Therefore, the government instructed Bering to set up, in consultation with the local authorities, a postal communication service, partly monthly and partly bi-monthly, from Moscow to Kamchatka, to the Chinese border via Irkutsk, and by a new route to Uda—as if such a task could actually be accomplished through consultation. The Senate might have known, and indeed did know, that in the mountainous forest area between Yakutsk and Okhotsk (about seven hundred miles apart) there was only one single Russian hut, and that all the necessities for a mail service—people, horses, and roads—required unlimited resources and extensive preparations.

A number of plans and propositions of minor importance are here omitted. The object has been to show, in a succinct review, the origin of the Great Northern Expedition, its enormous compass, and the grouping of its various enterprises about Vitus Bering as its chief. Von Baer classes the tasks to be accomplished by Bering, each of which demanded separately equipped expeditions, under seven heads: namely, astronomical observations and determinations in Siberia, physico-geographical explorations, historic-ethnographical studies, the charting[Pg 73] of the Arctic coast, the navigation of the East Siberian coast, and the discovery of Japan and America. This writer adds that no other geographical enterprise, not even the charting of China by the Jesuits, Mackenzie's travels, or Franklin's expeditions, can in greatness or sacrifice be compared with the gigantic undertakings that were loaded upon Bering, and carried out by him.[51]

A number of less important plans and proposals are left out here. The goal has been to provide a brief overview of the Great Northern Expedition's origins, its vast scope, and the various projects centered around Vitus Bering as the leader. Von Baer categorizes the tasks Bering was responsible for, each requiring independently equipped expeditions, into seven categories: astronomical observations and measurements in Siberia, physical and geographical explorations, historic and ethnographic studies, mapping the Arctic coast, navigating the East Siberian coast, and discovering Japan and America. This author notes that no other geographical endeavor—not even the mapping of China by the Jesuits, Mackenzie’s travels, or Franklin’s expeditions—compares in scale or sacrifice to the monumental tasks that Bering undertook and accomplished.[Pg 73][51]

It would no doubt be wrong to ascribe the over-burdening of Bering's plans to any one man, and for a foreign author, who but imperfectly understands the Russian literature of that period, to do so, would be more than foolish. Kiriloff, the secretary of the Senate, had great zeal for geographical explorations, and did all in his power to further the plans of Czar Peter. It has been proved that Bering's proposition was presented after a conference with Kiriloff, and that as long as he lived, he assisted Bering by word and deed. Furthermore, it seems probable that, in order to promote the exploration of Siberia, he prevented the Admiralty from sending Bering's expedition by sea south of Africa. However, it is undoubtedly a fact that Bering's plan reached its final proportions as a result of the discussions between Count Ostermann, the influential courtier and statesman, (who evidently landed in Russia in company with Bering in 1701), Soimonoff, an officer of the Senate, Kiriloff, and Golovin, chief of the Admiralty, and these men would hardly have consulted the opinions of Bering, who often and most emphatically disapproved of the additions that had been made to his plans. Moreover, as a result of the [Pg 74]distrust which his first expedition inspired in Russia, he was in an insecure and unfortunate position. But he had reason to complain of other things. The gigantic task assigned to him demanded a despotic will endowed with dictatorial power. Bering lacked both, especially the latter.

It would definitely be wrong to blame the overwhelming burden of Bering's plans on any one individual, and for someone from outside who only partially understands Russian literature from that time, it would be foolish to do so. Kiriloff, the Senate secretary, was very enthusiastic about geographical explorations and did everything he could to support Czar Peter's plans. It's been proven that Bering's proposal came after a discussion with Kiriloff, and he continued to assist Bering while he was alive, both verbally and through actions. Furthermore, it seems likely that to promote the exploration of Siberia, he prevented the Admiralty from sending Bering's expedition by sea around Africa. However, it's a fact that Bering's plan reached its final form as a result of discussions among Count Ostermann, the influential courtier and statesman (who apparently came to Russia alongside Bering in 1701), Soimonoff, a Senate officer, Kiriloff, and Golovin, the head of the Admiralty. These individuals likely didn't seek Bering's opinion, as he frequently and strongly objected to the modifications made to his plans. Moreover, due to the distrust generated by his first expedition in Russia, he found himself in a vulnerable and unfortunate situation. But he also had reasons to complain about other matters. The enormous task assigned to him required a strong will with dictatorial authority. Bering lacked both, particularly the latter.

The Senate exhausted itself in minute hints, directions, and propositions, instead of issuing definite orders concerning the necessary means. Unfortunately, too, numerous and exaggerated complaints had been made in regard to the suffering which Bering's first expedition had caused the Kamchatkans, and on this account the government was foolish enough to bind the chief's hands, while it simultaneously overloaded his shoulders. Through injudicious instructions he was made dependent upon his subordinates. It was bad enough that he was not to be permitted to take any decisive steps in Siberia without first consulting and coming to an agreement with the local authorities,—the governor of Tobolsk, the lieutenant-governor of Irkutsk, and the voivode of Yakutsk. On account of the great distances and the wretched roads such proceedings were well-nigh impossible. The government should have known that these authorities only under the most peremptory orders would comply with demands liable to exhaust the resources of the country and ruin the thinly-populated and poverty-stricken districts. This was, indeed, bad enough, but matters were much aggravated when the Senate ordered him to take action in all important questions, only after deliberation with his officers, and to refer every loading measure to a commission. Such a method of procedure[Pg 75] seems to us entirely incomprehensible. But Sokoloff, who was himself a Russian naval officer, says on this point, that the laws of the empire, which at that time were in full force, required of every superior officer that he should consult his subordinates before inaugurating any new movement. In its instructions to Bering the Senate expressly emphasized this decree of the law, and it actually went so far as to order him, even in matters of comparative unimportance, to seek the opinion of his Academical associates, and always act in the strictest accordance with his Russian colleague Chirikoff's propositions.

The Senate wore itself out with endless hints, instructions, and proposals instead of giving clear orders about the necessary actions. Unfortunately, there were too many exaggerated complaints about the hardship Bering's first expedition caused the Kamchatkans, leading the government to foolishly limit the chief's authority while also piling on responsibilities. Through poorly thought-out directives, he became reliant on his subordinates. It was bad enough that he couldn’t make any significant moves in Siberia without first consulting and reaching an agreement with local authorities—the governor of Tobolsk, the lieutenant-governor of Irkutsk, and the voivode of Yakutsk. Given the long distances and terrible roads, such procedures were almost impossible. The government should have realized that these authorities would only follow demands under the strictest orders, especially when those demands could deplete the country’s resources and devastate the sparsely populated and impoverished areas. This alone was problematic, but things worsened when the Senate instructed him to consult with his officers before taking action on important matters and to refer every significant decision to a commission. This way of operating[Pg 75] seems completely baffling to us. However, Sokoloff, a Russian naval officer himself, points out that the empire's laws at the time required every senior officer to consult their subordinates before starting any new initiative. In its instructions to Bering, the Senate specifically highlighted this legal requirement and even mandated that he seek the opinions of his academic colleagues on less significant matters and always act strictly in line with the suggestions of his Russian counterpart, Chirikoff.

The chiefs of the different branches of the expedition were of course subject to the same regulation. In this way Bering was deprived of a sovereign chief's power and authority, and it afforded him but little reparation that the government gave him the power to reduce or promote an officer,—only naval officers, however. Necessary regard for the needs of the service and for his own principles forbade him to use this weapon in that arbitrary manner which alone could have neutralized the unfortunate influence of the government laws. Hence this feature of his instructions, besides causing much delay, became a source of the most incredible troubles and aggravations, which, as we shall see later, laid him in his grave on the bleak coasts of Bering Island.

The leaders of the various branches of the expedition were, of course, subject to the same rules. This meant that Bering lost the power and authority of a sovereign chief, and it did little to make up for that when the government allowed him to demote or promote an officer—only naval officers, though. He had to consider the needs of the service and his own principles, which prevented him from using this option in the arbitrary way that could have countered the unfortunate impact of the government regulations. As a result, this aspect of his instructions not only caused significant delays but also led to incredible troubles and frustrations, which, as we will see later, ultimately contributed to his death on the harsh shores of Bering Island.

Everything carefully considered, it could have surprised no one if the Northern Expedition had collapsed in its very greatness, and it was without any doubt due to Bering that this did not happen. In many respects Bering was unqualified to lead such an expedition into a[Pg 76] barbarous country, surrounded as he was with incapable, uneducated, and corruptible assistants, pestered by calumniators and secret or avowed enemies in every quarter, to whom the government seemed more disposed to listen than to him. More just than arbitrary, more considerate than hasty, more humane than his position permitted, he nevertheless had one important quality, an honest, genuine, and tenacious spirit of perseverance, and this saved the expedition from dissolution. The government had sent him in pursuit of a golden chariot, and he found more than the linchpin. The realization, however, was far from that anticipated by the government. Many of the projects of the original plan were but partially accomplished, and others were not even attempted; but in spite of this, the results attained by Bering and his associates will stand as boundary-posts in the history of geographical discovery. Many of these men sealed their work with their lives, and added a luster to the name of Russia,[52] which later explorers have maintained.

Everything considered, it wouldn’t have surprised anyone if the Northern Expedition had failed despite its ambitions, and it was undoubtedly because of Bering that this didn’t happen. In many ways, Bering was not suited to lead such an expedition into a[Pg 76] hostile land, surrounded by incompetent, uneducated, and corrupt assistants, harassed by slanderers and both open and hidden enemies everywhere, to whom the government seemed more inclined to listen than to him. More just than arbitrary, more thoughtful than rash, more humane than his role allowed, he still possessed one crucial quality: a sincere, genuine, and relentless spirit of perseverance, which saved the expedition from failure. The government sent him in search of a golden chariot, and he found more than just the linchpin. However, the outcome was far from what the government expected. Many of the initial plans were only partially completed, and others were never even attempted; but despite this, the achievements of Bering and his team will stand as significant milestones in the history of geographical discovery. Many of these men paid with their lives for their work and enhanced the reputation of Russia,[52] which later explorers have upheld.

FOOTNOTES:

[48] Note 39.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 39.

[49] Note 40.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 40.

[50] H. H. Bancroft, Vol. XXXIII., p. 42, History of Alaska, San Francisco, 1886, is in error when he states that this empress was Elizabeth, the daughter of Peter the Great. Anna Ivanovna, a daughter of Peter the Great's half-brother Ivan, was at this time on the throne. She reigned from 1730 to 1740. Elizabeth Petrovna did not become empress until 1741.—Tr.

[50] H. H. Bancroft, Vol. XXXIII., p. 42, History of Alaska, San Francisco, 1886, is incorrect when he says that this empress was Elizabeth, the daughter of Peter the Great. Anna Ivanovna, a daughter of Peter the Great's half-brother Ivan, was the one on the throne at that time. She reigned from 1730 to 1740. Elizabeth Petrovna didn't become empress until 1741.—Tr.

[51] H. H. Bancroft, History of Alaska, p. 42, says: "The second Kamchatka expedition ... was the most brilliant effort toward scientific discovery which unto this time had been made by any government."—Tr.

[51] H. H. Bancroft, History of Alaska, p. 42, states: "The second Kamchatka expedition ... was the most remarkable attempt at scientific discovery that any government had made up to that point."—Tr.

[52] Note 41.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 41.


CHAPTER IX.
THE GREAT NORTHERN EXPEDITION ON ITS WAY THROUGH SIBERIA.—DIFFICULTIES AND DANGERS ENCOUNTERED AND OVERCOME.

In the early part of the year 1733, the expedition began to leave St. Petersburg by detachments. It consisted of the chief Vitus Bering (his Russian name was Ivan Ivanovich Bering), Captains Spangberg and Chirikoff, eight lieutenants, sixteen mates, twelve physicians, seven priests, skippers, stewards, various apprentices, ship-carpenters, other workmen, soldiers and sailors,—in all about five hundred and seventy men. Of these, three officers and one hundred and fifty-seven men—a number which was greatly increased in Siberia—were assigned duty in the Arctic expedition, the remainder in the Pacific expeditions. In this estimate, the Academists, constituting an expedition of thirty or forty men, are not considered. The list of names of those engaged in these expeditions throws interesting light on Russian social relations of that period. Over half of the officers, many mates, and all of the physicians were foreigners. The Senate sought to inspire the zeal of the officers by large increase of salary and promotion in rank and service after a successfully completed expedition, but the rank and file were to be forced to a performance of[Pg 78] their duties by threats of cruel punishments and a continued stay in Siberia. It had been the intention to recruit the expedition through the voluntary service of Russians, but the native officers showed but little inclination in this direction, and it was found necessary to fill the vacancies by draft. Van Haven assures us that Bering's expedition was looked upon in St. Petersburg as a mild sort of banishment.

In early 1733, the expedition started leaving St. Petersburg in groups. It was led by Chief Vitus Bering (his Russian name was Ivan Ivanovich Bering), along with Captains Spangberg and Chirikoff, eight lieutenants, sixteen mates, twelve doctors, seven priests, skippers, stewards, various apprentices, ship carpenters, other workers, soldiers, and sailors—totaling about five hundred and seventy men. Among these, three officers and one hundred fifty-seven men—this number increased significantly in Siberia—were assigned to the Arctic expedition, while the rest were assigned to the Pacific expeditions. This count does not include the Academists, who formed a separate group of thirty to forty men. The list of names of those involved in these expeditions highlights Russian social relations of that time. More than half of the officers, many mates, and all the doctors were foreigners. The Senate attempted to motivate the officers by offering significant salary increases and promotions after a successful expedition, but the regular crew was compelled to fulfill their duties through threats of harsh punishments and an extended stay in Siberia. Initially, the plan was to recruit the expedition through volunteers from Russia, but local officers showed little interest, making it necessary to fill the gaps by drafting men. Van Haven tells us that Bering's expedition was seen in St. Petersburg as a kind of mild banishment.

The necessary instruments and some provisions were obtained in St. Petersburg. The naval officers were supplied with quadrants, thermometers, and nocturnals, the surveyors with astrolabes and Gunter's-chains, and the Academists were authorized to take from the library of the Academy all the works they needed, and, at the expense of the crown, to purchase such as the library did not contain. La Croyère carried with him a whole magazine of instruments. For presents to the natives two thousand rubles were appropriated. In N. Novgorod and Kazan some other necessaries were obtained, but the enormous ship-supplies and provisions, besides men, horses, barges and other river boats, were to be provided by the Siberian towns and country districts.

The necessary tools and some supplies were gathered in St. Petersburg. The naval officers received quadrants, thermometers, and nocturnals, while the surveyors got astrolabes and Gunter's chains. The Academics were allowed to take any works they needed from the Academy's library and purchase anything not available there at the crown's expense. La Croyère brought along a large collection of instruments. Two thousand rubles were set aside for gifts to the locals. In N. Novgorod and Kazan, some other essentials were secured, but the substantial ship supplies and provisions, as well as men, horses, barges, and other riverboats, were to be provided by the Siberian towns and rural areas.

The Siberian authorities received orders to make great preparations. They were to buy venison, fish, and cod liver oil, erect light-houses and magazines along the Arctic coast, and dispatch commissions with large transports to the Pacific coast, so as to enable Bering to begin his work of discovery without delay. These preparations were to be followed by efforts toward the founding of various works, such as iron and salt works at Okhotsk, a smaller furnace at Yakutsk for the use of the expedition,[Pg 79] and, through the utilization of the saccharine qualities of the "bear's claw,"[53] a distillery was also to be established on the peninsula of Kamchatka. It is unnecessary to say that all of these propositions were buried in the Siberian government departments.

The Siberian authorities were given orders to make extensive preparations. They needed to purchase venison, fish, and cod liver oil, build lighthouses and storage facilities along the Arctic coast, and send out teams with large shipments to the Pacific coast, so that Bering could start his exploratory work without any delays. These preparations were to be followed by initiatives to establish various industries, like iron and salt production in Okhotsk, a smaller furnace in Yakutsk for the expedition’s use,[Pg 79] and, by using the sugary properties of the "bear's claw,"[53] a distillery was also to be set up on the Kamchatka Peninsula. It's needless to say that all of these proposals got stuck in the bureaucratic red tape of the Siberian government.

Calculations were made for a six years' expedition. The leaders of each branch of the expedition were authorized to repeat any unsuccessful adventure the succeeding summer. All were prepared for a long stay in the extreme northeast—many, indeed, remained there forever—hence, most of the officers, among them Bering and Spangberg, were accompanied by their wives and children. On this account the expedition seemed more than ever a national migration on a small scale.

Calculations were done for a six-year expedition. The leaders of each branch of the expedition were allowed to attempt any unsuccessful adventure the following summer. Everyone was ready for a long stay in the far northeast—many, in fact, stayed there permanently—so most of the officers, including Bering and Spangberg, brought their wives and children. Because of this, the expedition felt more like a small-scale national migration than ever before.

The first start was made February 1, 1733. Spangberg, with some laborers and the heaviest marine stores, went directly to Okhotsk to expedite the ship-building on the Pacific coast. Lieutenant Ofzyn went to Kazan to collect supplies. Bering started out March 18, in order as quickly as possible to reach Tobolsk, whence the first Arctic expedition was to be sent out. In the course of the summer, the larger caravans arrived at this place. Simultaneously heavy supplies were brought in from West Siberia by Bering's men. Here, also, the construction of the vessel for the expedition, the shallop Tobol, was begun. Only the Academists were yet in St. Petersburg, where they were receiving the attention of the official world. At an audience, the Empress bade [Pg 80]them farewell in the most solemn manner. She allowed them to kiss her hand, and assured them of her most gracious favor. On the succeeding day, the other members of the imperial family manifested similar sympathy. Then, however, the difficulties began. That these heavily-laden gentlemen could not even in St. Petersburg secure adequate means of transportation, makes quite a comical impression. On this account they were detained until late in August, and they would no doubt have been unable to reach Siberia in 1733, if Bering had not left for them in Tver a conveniently equipped vessel, which carried them the same autumn down the Volga to Kazan. They did not reach Tobolsk, however, until January, 1734. Bering, who was to be supplied by them with surveyors and instruments for his Arctic expedition, and who could not, before their arrival, form an estimate of the size of his river transports to be used in the spring, was obliged repeatedly and very forcibly to urge them to make haste. Here the disagreements began, and were continued concerning petty affairs, which history finds it unnecessary to dwell upon.

The first start was made on February 1, 1733. Spangberg, along with some workers and the heaviest marine supplies, went directly to Okhotsk to speed up the shipbuilding on the Pacific coast. Lieutenant Ofzyn traveled to Kazan to gather supplies. Bering set out on March 18 to quickly reach Tobolsk, where the first Arctic expedition was meant to depart. During the summer, larger caravans arrived at this location. At the same time, Bering's men brought in heavy supplies from West Siberia. This is also where the construction of the vessel for the expedition, the shallop Tobol, began. The Academics were still in St. Petersburg, receiving the attention of the official world. During an audience, the Empress bid them farewell in a very solemn manner. She allowed them to kiss her hand and assured them of her gracious favor. The next day, other members of the imperial family showed similar support. However, that's when the problems started. It was quite amusing that these heavily-laden gentlemen couldn't even secure adequate transportation in St. Petersburg. Because of this, they were delayed until late in August, and they likely would not have managed to reach Siberia in 1733 if Bering hadn't left a conveniently equipped vessel for them in Tver, which carried them down the Volga to Kazan that same autumn. They didn't arrive in Tobolsk until January 1734. Bering, who was counting on them to supply surveyors and instruments for his Arctic expedition and couldn't estimate the size of his river transports for the spring until their arrival, had to repeatedly and forcefully urge them to hurry. This is where the disagreements started, continuing over trivial matters that history finds unnecessary to elaborate on.

On May 2, 1734, the Tobol was launched amid the firing of cannon, the blare of trumpets, and the merry draining of goblets. The vessel had a keel of 70 feet, was 15 feet wide, and 7 feet deep. It carried two masts, some small cannon, and a crew of 56 men, among them first mate Sterlegoff and two cartographers, under the command of Lieut. Ofzyn. As the provincial government had secured neither magazines nor provisions, nor attended to any other preparations on the[Pg 81] Arctic coast, the necessary supplies, which were to be stored north of Obdorsk, were loaded on four rafts, which, with a force of 30 men, accompanied Ofzyn. On May 14, he received his Admiralty instructions from Bering, and, saluted by cannon, the First Arctic Expedition stood up the Irtish for the Polar seas.

On May 2, 1734, the Tobol was launched with cannon fire, trumpet blares, and cheerful toasting. The ship had a 70-foot keel, was 15 feet wide, and 7 feet deep. It had two masts, some small cannons, and a crew of 56, including first mate Sterlegoff and two cartographers, under Lieutenant Ofzyn's command. Since the provincial government hadn't provided any magazines, provisions, or attended to other preparations on the[Pg 81] Arctic coast, the necessary supplies, meant to be stored north of Obdorsk, were loaded onto four rafts, accompanied by a team of 30 men alongside Ofzyn. On May 14, he received his Admiralty instructions from Bering, and, saluted by cannon fire, the First Arctic Expedition set sail up the Irtish for the Polar seas.

Five days later, Bering, with the main command and the Academists, left Tobolsk and took different routes for Yakutsk, which had been selected as the central point for the future enterprises of the expedition. In October, 1734, he arrived at this place, bringing with him a quantity of materials. The next spring, Chirikoff came with the greater part of the supplies, and during the year following, this dull Siberian city was the scene of no little activity. On his arrival, however, Bering found that no preparations whatever had been made for him. In spite of instructions and orders from the government, nothing had been done toward charting the Arctic coast or for the expediting of the heavily loaded transports on the way to Okhotsk. Nor did Bering find that the authorities were even kindly disposed toward him. Yet, in the course of the next six months, he had two large ships built for the Arctic expedition, and when his own supplies arrived by way of the central Siberian river-route, described in the first part of this work, these vessels, together with four barges, were equipped and furnished with provisions, and in June, 1735, were ready for a start. These two ships—the sloop Yakutsk, Lieut. Pronchisheff, first mate Chelyuskin, surveyor Chekin, and about fifty men, and the decked boat Irkutsk,[Pg 82] Lieut. Peter Lassenius, with a surveyor, first mate, and also about fifty men—had most difficult tasks to accomplish. The former was to cruise from the mouth of the Lena, along the whole coast of the Taimyr peninsula, and enter the mouth of the Yenisei. The latter was to follow the Arctic coast in an easterly direction to the Bering peninsula, cruise along its coast, and ascertain the relative positions of Asia and America, and, if it was a geographical possibility, to sail down to the peninsula of Kamchatka. He also had instructions to find the islands off the mouth of the Kolyma (the Bear Islands). From this it is evident that Lassenius's expedition was of the greater geographical interest. Moreover, it had to do with one of the main questions of Bering's whole activity—the discovery and charting of the North Pacific—and hence it is not a mere accident that Bering selected for this expedition one of his own countrymen, or that he assigned the charting of northeastern Asia and the discovery of America and Japan, to chiefs of Danish birth, Lassenius and Spangberg. Nothing is known of the earlier life of Lassenius. In service he was the oldest of Bering's lieutenants. Shortly before the departure of the expedition, he was taken into the Russian fleet, and Gmelin says of him, that he was an able and experienced naval officer, volunteered his services to the expedition, and began his work with intrepidity. All attempts to trace his birth and family relations have proved fruitless.

Five days later, Bering, along with the main command and the Academists, left Tobolsk and took different routes to Yakutsk, chosen as the central hub for the expedition's future projects. In October 1734, he arrived there with a lot of materials. The next spring, Chirikoff arrived with most of the supplies, and over the following year, this dull Siberian city saw quite a bit of activity. However, when Bering arrived, he found that there had been no preparations made for him. Despite instructions and orders from the government, nothing was done to chart the Arctic coast or to expedite the heavily loaded transports heading to Okhotsk. Bering also discovered that the local authorities were not even friendly toward him. Yet, in the next six months, he managed to have two large ships built for the Arctic expedition. When his own supplies arrived via the central Siberian river route mentioned in the first part of this work, these vessels, along with four barges, were equipped and stocked with provisions, and in June 1735, they were ready to go. These two ships—the sloop Yakutsk, with Lieutenant Pronchisheff, first mate Chelyuskin, surveyor Chekin, and about fifty men, and the decked boat Irkutsk, with Lieutenant Peter Lassenius, a surveyor, first mate, and also about fifty men—had very challenging tasks ahead. The first was to cruise from the mouth of the Lena along the entire coast of the Taimyr peninsula and enter the mouth of the Yenisei. The second was to follow the Arctic coast eastward to the Bering peninsula, cruise along its coast, figure out the relative positions of Asia and America, and if geographically possible, sail down to the Kamchatka peninsula. He also had instructions to find the islands at the mouth of the Kolyma (the Bear Islands). This clearly shows that Lassenius's expedition was of greater geographical importance. Moreover, it was connected to one of the main objectives of Bering's entire efforts—the discovery and mapping of the North Pacific—and it is no coincidence that Bering chose one of his own countrymen for this expedition, or that he entrusted the mapping of northeastern Asia and the discovery of America and Japan to Danish-born leaders, Lassenius and Spangberg. Nothing is known about Lassenius's early life. In service, he was the oldest of Bering's lieutenants. Just before the expedition set off, he joined the Russian fleet, and Gmelin describes him as a capable and experienced naval officer who volunteered for the expedition and approached his work with courage. All attempts to trace his origins and family background have been unsuccessful.

On the 30th of June, 1735, both expeditions left Yakutsk, and thus the charting of the whole of the[Pg 83] Arctic coast of Siberia was planned and inaugurated by Bering himself. He could now apply all his energies to the Pacific expeditions. He constructed a multitude of river-craft, and erected barracks, magazines, winter-huts, and wharves along the river-route to Okhotsk. In the vicinity of Yakutsk he established an iron foundry and furnace, whence the various vessels were supplied with anchors and other articles of iron. In fact, he made this place the emporium for those heavy supplies that in the years 1735-36 were brought from South and West Siberia, and which later were to be sent to Okhotsk.

On June 30, 1735, both expeditions left Yakutsk, marking the start of the charting of the entire[Pg 83] Arctic coast of Siberia, which was initiated by Bering himself. He could now focus all his efforts on the Pacific expeditions. He built a variety of river boats and set up barracks, storage facilities, winter huts, and docks along the river route to Okhotsk. Near Yakutsk, he established an iron foundry and furnace, providing various vessels with anchors and other iron goods. In fact, he turned this location into the hub for the heavy supplies that were transported from South and West Siberia in 1735-36 and later sent to Okhotsk.

At Okhotsk the exiled Major-General Pissarjeff was in command. He had been sent there as a government official, with authority on the Pacific coast and in Kamchatka, to develop the country and pave the way for the expeditions to follow, by making roads and harbors, erecting buildings in Okhotsk, introducing agriculture,—in fact, make this coast fit for human habitation. The government had given him ample power, but as he accomplished nothing, he was succeeded by Captain Pavlutski as chief in Kamchatka, and Pissarjeff was reduced to a sort of harbor-master in Okhotsk. A command that had been sent to his assistance under first mate Bireff, he nearly starved to death; the men deserted and the town remained the same rookery as ever.

At Okhotsk, the exiled Major-General Pissarjeff was in charge. He had been sent there as a government official, with authority over the Pacific coast and in Kamchatka, to develop the area and prepare for future expeditions by building roads and harbors, constructing buildings in Okhotsk, and promoting agriculture—in short, making this coast suitable for people to live. The government had granted him significant power, but since he achieved nothing, he was replaced by Captain Pavlutski as the chief in Kamchatka, and Pissarjeff became something like a harbor master in Okhotsk. A command sent to assist him under first mate Bireff resulted in near starvation; the men deserted, and the town stayed just as run-down as ever.

In this condition Spangberg found affairs in the winter of 1734-35. With his usual energy he had pushed his transports to Yakutsk in the summer preceding, and with the same boats he proceeded up the[Pg 84] Aldan and Maya, but winter came on and his boats were frozen in on the Yudoma. He started out on foot by the familiar route across the Stanovoi Mountains to Okhotsk, which place he reached after enduring great hardship and suffering; but even here he found no roof for shelter. He was forced to subsist on carcasses and roots, and not until the spring fishing began and a provision caravan sent by Bering arrived, did he escape this dire distress. In the early summer, Pissarjeff put in an appearance, and very soon a bitter and fatal enmity arose between these two men.

In this situation, Spangberg found himself during the winter of 1734-35. With his usual determination, he had pushed his supplies to Yakutsk the previous summer, and with the same boats, he traveled up the[Pg 84] Aldan and Maya rivers. However, winter set in, and his boats got frozen in on the Yudoma. He began his journey on foot along the familiar path across the Stanovoi Mountains to Okhotsk, which he reached after facing significant hardship and suffering. Yet, even here, he had no roof over his head. He was forced to survive on animal carcasses and roots, and it wasn't until the spring fishing started and a supply caravan sent by Bering arrived that he finally escaped this desperate situation. In early summer, Pissarjeff showed up, and soon a bitter and deadly rivalry developed between the two men.

Spangberg was born in Jerne near Esbjerg in Jutland (Denmark), probably about the year 1698. He was the son of well-to-do parents of the middle class. In the Jerne churchyard there is still to be seen a beautiful monument on the grave of his brother, the "estimable and well-born Chr. Spangberg," nothing else is known of his early life. In 1720, he entered the Russian fleet as a lieutenant of the fourth rank, and for a time ran the packet-boat between Kronstadt and Lübeck, whereupon he took part in Bering's first expedition as second in command. In 1732, for meritorious service on this expedition, he was made a captain of the third rank. He was an able, shrewd, and energetic man, a practical seaman, active and vehement, inconsiderate of the feelings of others, tyrannical and avaricious. He spoke the Russian language only imperfectly. His fame preceded him throughout all Siberia, and Sokoloff says that many thought him some general, incognito, others an[Pg 85] escaped convict. The natives of Siberia feared him and called him Martin Petrovich Kosar, or in ironical praise, "Batushka" (old fellow). He had many enemies. Complaints and accusations were showered upon him, but it would most certainly be wrong to ascribe to them any great significance. Siberia is the land of slander. All Russian officials were corruptible, and the honest men among those who stood nearest to Peter himself could literally be counted on one's fingers. While in Siberia, Spangberg is said to have acquired the possession of many horses, valuable furs, and other goods of which the authorities had forced the sale. When the Senate, after his great voyage of discovery to Japan, had treated him unjustly, he left Siberia arbitrarily in 1745, and, without leave of absence, set out for St. Petersburg, where he was summoned before a court-martial and condemned to death; but this was finally commuted to his being reduced to a lieutenant for three months. He remained in the service and died, in 1761, as a captain of the first rank. In Okhotsk he was accompanied by his wife and son.[54]

Spangberg was born in Jerne near Esbjerg in Jutland (Denmark), probably around 1698. He was the son of well-off middle-class parents. In the churchyard of Jerne, there is still a beautiful monument on the grave of his brother, the "estimable and well-born Chr. Spangberg," but nothing else is known about his early life. In 1720, he joined the Russian fleet as a fourth-rank lieutenant and for a time operated the packet boat between Kronstadt and Lübeck. After that, he participated in Bering's first expedition as second in command. In 1732, for his outstanding service on this expedition, he was promoted to third-rank captain. He was an able, shrewd, and energetic man—a practical seaman, active and intense, often disregarding others' feelings, sometimes tyrannical and greedy. He spoke Russian only imperfectly. His reputation preceded him throughout Siberia, and Sokoloff notes that many mistook him for a general incognito, while others thought he was an escaped convict. The natives of Siberia feared him and referred to him as Martin Petrovich Kosar, or sarcastically, "Batushka" (old fellow). He had many enemies. Complaints and accusations were directed at him, but it would be incorrect to attribute much importance to them. Siberia is a land of slander. All Russian officials were open to corruption, and the honest ones close to Peter could literally be counted on one's fingers. While in Siberia, Spangberg is said to have accumulated many horses, valuable furs, and other goods that the authorities forced him to sell. After his significant voyage of discovery to Japan, when the Senate treated him unfairly, he left Siberia in 1745 without permission and headed for St. Petersburg, where he was summoned before a court-martial and sentenced to death; however, this was later reduced to a demotion to lieutenant for three months. He remained in service and died in 1761 as a first-rank captain. In Okhotsk, he was accompanied by his wife and son.[54]

But his opponent was a still more remarkable man. Major-General Pissarjeff had been a favorite of Peter the Great, director of the military academy, and a high officer of the Senate. He had received a careful education abroad, and moved in the very highest circles of society. In a quarrel with Vice-Chancellor Shafiroff, in 1722, however, he had incurred Peter's wrath, whereupon he was for a time deprived [Pg 86]of all official rank and banished to the Ladoga canal as overseer of this great enterprise. Later he was pardoned, but when, in 1727, he conspired against Prince Menshikoff, he was deprived of everything, knouted, branded, and then exiled to Siberia as a colonist. After a series of vicissitudes he appeared, in the capacity of harbor-master at Okhotsk, but the government gave him no rank; he was not even permitted to cover his brand. This old man, made vicious by a long and unjust banishment, became Bering's evil spirit. In spite of his sixty or seventy years, he was as restless, fiery and vehement in both speech and action as when a youth, dissolute, corruptible, and slanderous—a false and malicious babbler, a full-fledged representative of the famous Siberian "school for scandal." For six long years he persecuted the expedition with his hatred and falsehoods, and was several times within an ace of overthrowing everything. He lived in a stockaded fort a few miles in the country, while Spangberg's quarters were down by the sea, on the so-called Kushka, a strip of land in the Okhota delta, where the town was to be founded. The power of each was unrestrained. Both were dare-devils who demanded an obedience which foretold the speedy overthrow of each. Both sought to maintain their authority through imprisonment and corporal punishment. Thus they wrangled for a year, Pissarjeff, meanwhile, sending numerous complaints to Yakutsk and St. Petersburg. But Spangberg was not to be trifled with. In the fall of 1736 he swore that he would effectually rid himself[Pg 87] of "the old scoundrel," who thereupon in all haste fled to Yakutsk, where he arrived after a nine days' ride, and filled the town with his prattling falsehoods, to which, however, only the Academists seem to have paid any attention.

But his opponent was an even more remarkable man. Major-General Pissarjeff had been a favorite of Peter the Great, director of the military academy, and a high-ranking official in the Senate. He received a solid education abroad and mingled in the highest circles of society. However, after a quarrel with Vice-Chancellor Shafiroff in 1722, he fell out of favor with Peter, was stripped of all official rank, and banished to the Ladoga canal as overseer of this major project. Later, he was pardoned, but when he conspired against Prince Menshikoff in 1727, he lost everything—he was whipped, branded, and then exiled to Siberia as a colonist. After going through various hardships, he showed up as the harbor-master in Okhotsk, but the government gave him no rank; he wasn't even allowed to hide his brand. This old man, twisted by a long and unjust exile, became Bering's nemesis. Despite being in his sixties or seventies, he was as restless, fiery, and intense in both speech and action as he was in his youth—dissolute, corruptible, and slanderous—a deceitful and malicious gossiper, a full-blown example of the infamous Siberian "school for scandal." For six long years, he tormented the expedition with his hatred and lies, coming close to ruining everything several times. He lived in a stockaded fort a few miles inland, while Spangberg's quarters were near the sea, on a strip of land in the Okhota delta, where the town was to be established. Both had unchecked power. They were both daredevils demanding obedience, which foreshadowed their eventual downfall. Each tried to maintain authority through imprisonment and corporal punishment. Thus, they bickered for a year, with Pissarjeff sending numerous complaints to Yakutsk and St. Petersburg. But Spangberg was not someone to mess with. In the fall of 1736, he vowed to get rid of "the old scoundrel," who then quickly fled to Yakutsk, arriving after a nine-day ride and filling the town with his gossip and lies, which only seemed to catch the attention of the Academists.

Under circumstances where the local authorities did everything in their power to hinder the development of a district, it is only natural that in the settlement of Okhotsk and the construction of the ships for the expedition but slow progress was made. The enormous stores which were necessary for six or eight sea-going ships—provisions, cannon, powder, cables, hemp, canvas, etc., it would take two or three years to bring from Yakutsk, a distance both long and tedious, and fraught with danger. The work, the superhuman efforts, the forethought, and perseverance that Bering and his men exhibited on these transporting expeditions on the rivers of East Siberia have never been described or understood, and yet they perhaps form the climax in the events of this expedition, every page of the history of which tells of suffering and thankless toil.

Under conditions where the local authorities did everything they could to block the growth of a district, it’s only natural that progress in the settlement of Okhotsk and the construction of ships for the expedition was slow. The vast supplies needed for six or eight ocean-going ships—food, cannons, gunpowder, ropes, hemp, canvas, and so on—would take two or three years to transport from Yakutsk, a long and challenging journey full of dangers. The work, incredible efforts, planning, and determination that Bering and his team showed during these transport missions on the rivers of East Siberia have never been properly documented or appreciated, yet they likely represent the peak of this expedition's experiences, where every page of its history reflects suffering and unrecognized hard work.

In the middle of the 17th century, those Cossacks that conquered the Amoor country had opened this river navigation, and now Bering re-opened it. The stores were transported down the Lena, up the Aldan, Maya, and Yudoma rivers, thence across the Stanovoi Mountains, down the Urak, and by sea to Okhotsk. These transportations at first employed five hundred soldiers and exiles, and later more than a thousand. The season is very short. The rivers break up in the early part of May, when the spring floods, full of[Pg 88] devastating drift-ice, rise twenty or thirty feet above the average level and sweep along in their course whole islands, thus filling the river-bed with trunks of trees and sand, deluging the wild rock-encircled valleys, so that navigation can not begin until the latter part of May, again to be obstructed in August by ice. The course was against the current, so the crew had to walk along the rough and slippery banks and tug the flat-bottomed barges up stream. In this way they were usually able, during the first summer, to reach the junction of the Maya and the Aldan (Ust Maiskaya), where Bering built a pier and a number of magazines, barracks, and winter-huts. Then the next summer, the journey would be continued up the Maya and into the Yudoma, which boils along through an open mountain valley over rocks, stones, and water-logged tree trunks. It has but two or three feet of water, is full of sand-banks, with a waterfall here and there and long rapids and eddies,—the so-called "schiver." In such places the current was so strong that thirty men were scarcely able to tug a boat against it. Standing in water to their waists, the men were, so to speak, obliged to carry the barges. The water was very cauterizing, and covered their legs and feet with boils and sores. The oppressive heat of the day was followed by nights that were biting cold, and when new ice was formed, their sufferings were superhuman. In this manner Yudomskaya Krest (Yudoma's Cross) was reached in August of the second year. This place, where since the days of the Cossack expedition a cross had stood, Bering made an[Pg 89] intermediate station for the expedition. Here were the dwellings of two officers, a barrack, two earth-huts, six warehouses, and a few other buildings and winter-huts. In these warehouses the goods were stored, to be conveyed, in the following winter, on horseback across the Stanovoi Mountains to the mountain stream Urak, which, after a course of two hundred versts, reaches the sea three miles south of Okhotsk.

In the mid-17th century, the Cossacks who conquered the Amoor region had established river navigation, which Bering later reopened. Supplies were transported down the Lena River, up the Aldan, Maya, and Yudoma rivers, then over the Stanovoi Mountains, down the Urak, and by sea to Okhotsk. Initially, five hundred soldiers and exiles were involved in these transports, and later more than a thousand. The season is very short. The rivers break up in early May, when spring floods full of devastating ice rise twenty to thirty feet above average levels and sweep entire islands downstream, filling the riverbed with tree trunks and sand, and flooding the rugged valleys, which delays navigation until late May, only to be blocked again by ice in August. The journey was against the current, so the crew had to walk along the rough, slippery banks and pull the flat-bottomed barges upstream. During the first summer, they usually managed to reach the junction of the Maya and Aldan rivers (Ust Maiskaya), where Bering built a pier, several warehouses, barracks, and winter huts. The following summer, they continued their journey up the Maya and into the Yudoma, which rushes through an open mountain valley filled with rocks, stones, and waterlogged tree trunks. It only has two or three feet of water, is full of sandbanks, with waterfalls and long stretches of rapids and whirlpools known as “schiver.” In these areas, the current was so strong that thirty men could barely pull a boat against it. Standing in water up to their waists, they essentially had to carry the barges. The water was incredibly caustic, leaving their legs and feet covered in boils and sores. The oppressive heat of the day was followed by nights that were freezing cold, and when new ice formed, their suffering was extreme. In this way, they reached Yudomskaya Krest (Yudoma’s Cross) in August of the second year. This location, which had a cross standing since the Cossack expedition, became an intermediate station for Bering’s expedition. It included the residences of two officers, a barrack, two earth huts, six warehouses, and a few other buildings and winter huts. Goods were stored in these warehouses to be taken by horseback across the Stanovoi Mountains in the following winter to the mountain stream Urak, which flows three miles south of Okhotsk after a course of two hundred versts.

For this part of the expedition, new winter-huts on the Stanovoi Mountains, and magazines, river boats, and piers on the Urak had to be built. This river is navigable only for a few days after the spring thaw. Then it boils along at the rate of six miles an hour, often making a trip down its course a dangerous one. Losseff says that in this way, other things being favorable, Okhotsk was reached in three years. The brief account which has here been attempted gives but a faint idea of the labor, perseverance, and endurance requisite to make one of these expeditions. Barges and boats had to be built at three different places, roads had to be made along rivers, over mountains, and through forests, and piers, bridges, storehouses, winter-huts and dwellings had to be constructed at these various places. Not only this. They suffered many misfortunes. Boats and barges were lost, men and beasts of burden were drowned, deserted, or were torn to pieces by wolves,—and all these difficulties Bering and his assistants overcame through their own activity, without the support of the Siberian government, yes, in spite of its ill will, both concealed and manifest. In 1737, he reported to the Admiralty:[Pg 90] "Prior to our arrival at Yakutsk not a pood[55] of provisions had been brought to Okhotsk for us, nor had a single boat been built for the transportation. Nor did we find workmen or magazines at the landing places on the Maya and Yudoma rivers. The Siberian authorities have not taken a single step toward complying with the ukases issued by Her Royal Highness." And with justifiable self-esteem he adds: "We did all this. We built transports, we obtained workmen in Yakutsk, we conveyed our provisions to Yudomskaya Krest, and with superhuman efforts thence to the sea. At the mouths of the Maya and Yudoma, at the Cross, and at the Urak we erected storehouses and dwellings, in the Stanovoi Mountains several winter-huts, and on the Urak no less than seventy river boats, which have, in part, started for Okhotsk with provisions. Not until after the lapse of two years have I been able to induce the authorities in Yakutsk to appoint superintendents of transportation, and for this reason it was entirely impossible for me to depart for Okhotsk, unless I wanted to see the work of the whole expedition come to a complete standstill, bring upon my men the direst need, and force the whole enterprise into most ignominious ruin."

For this part of the expedition, new winter huts had to be built in the Stanovoi Mountains, along with magazines, riverboats, and piers on the Urak. This river is only navigable for a few days after the spring thaw. Then it rushes along at six miles an hour, often making a trip down its course quite dangerous. Losseff mentions that, given favorable conditions, it took three years to reach Okhotsk. The short account presented here only scratches the surface of the labor, determination, and resilience needed to carry out one of these expeditions. Barges and boats had to be constructed at three different locations, and roads needed to be built along rivers, over mountains, and through forests. Piers, bridges, storage facilities, winter huts, and homes were also constructed at these various sites. Moreover, they faced numerous misfortunes. Boats and barges were lost, men and pack animals drowned or deserted, and some were torn apart by wolves. Despite all these challenges, Bering and his team managed to persevere through their own efforts, without support from the Siberian government, and even in spite of its hidden and overt hostility. In 1737, he reported to the Admiralty:[Pg 90] "Before we arrived in Yakutsk, not a pood[55] of supplies had been sent to Okhotsk for us, nor had a single boat been constructed for transportation. We also found no workers or warehouses at the landing spots on the Maya and Yudoma rivers. The Siberian authorities have not taken any steps to comply with the orders issued by Her Royal Highness." With justifiable pride, he adds: "We did all this. We built transport vessels, found workers in Yakutsk, moved our supplies to Yudomskaya Krest, and, with extraordinary effort, transported everything to the sea. At the mouths of the Maya and Yudoma, at the Cross, and at the Urak, we built warehouses and homes, several winter huts in the Stanovoi Mountains, and at least seventy riverboats on the Urak, which have partially set out for Okhotsk with supplies. It wasn't until two years later that I was finally able to persuade the authorities in Yakutsk to appoint transportation supervisors. For this reason, it was completely impossible for me to leave for Okhotsk, unless I wanted to see the entire expedition come to a halt, subject my men to severe hardship, and lead the whole venture to an embarrassing failure."

FOOTNOTES:

[53] Note 7.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 7.

[54] Note 42.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 42.

[55] A pood is thirty-six pounds.

A pood weighs 36 pounds.


CHAPTER X.
DELAY OF THE EXPEDITION CAUSED BY THE DEATH OF LASSENIUS AND HIS COMMAND IN THE ARCTIC REGIONS.—DISSATISFACTION OF THE SENATE AND ADMIRALTY WITH BERING'S WORK.

The difficulties recounted in the preceding chapter are alone sufficient to justify Bering's nearly three years' stay in Yakutsk; but simultaneously many other duties demanded his attention. It does not come within the scope of this treatise to describe the investigations of the Academical branch of this enterprise,—to portray Müller's and Gmelin's services to botany, history, and geography; they are of interest here only in their relation to Bering. Especially in Yakutsk did those men give him much to attend to. It devolved upon him now to convey those gentlemen, in a manner fitting their station, up or down the Lena, now to send La Croyère to Lake Baikal or to the Arctic Ocean,—all of which was to be done in a country principally inhabited by nomadic tribes, with only here and there a Russian population where there were government officials, and with no other means of transportation than those secured for the occasion. In Yakutsk, where the Professors stayed a long time, their relations with Bering were very much strained, principally, it would seem, on account of their[Pg 92] exorbitant demands for convenience and luxury. Since Bering would not and could not take upon himself to transport them to Kamchatka as comfortably as he had thus far conveyed them, especially not from Okhotsk, in private and conveniently equipped vessels, and since the Voivode likewise gave them but little hope of support, both Gmelin and Müller made application for a release from the expedition, and left to Krasheninnikoff and Steller their principal task—the description of Kamchatka.

The challenges mentioned in the previous chapter alone justify Bering's almost three years in Yakutsk; however, many other responsibilities also needed his attention. This treatise doesn’t cover the academic side of this mission—like the contributions of Müller and Gmelin to botany, history, and geography—they're relevant here only in relation to Bering. Particularly in Yakutsk, those men required him to manage a lot. It became his job to transport them, appropriately for their status, up or down the Lena River, and to send La Croyère to Lake Baikal or the Arctic Ocean—all while working in a region mainly occupied by nomadic tribes, with only a limited Russian population where government officials were present, and with no transportation options other than what he could arrange for the occasion. In Yakutsk, where the professors stayed for an extended period, their relationship with Bering became quite strained, mainly due to their excessive demands for comfort and luxury. Since Bering couldn’t and wouldn’t transport them to Kamchatka as comfortably as he had previously, especially not from Okhotsk in private, well-equipped vessels, and as the Voivode also provided little support, both Gmelin and Müller requested to be released from the expedition, leaving the primary task of describing Kamchatka to Krasheninnikoff and Steller.

In the year 1736, moreover, very discouraging news was received from the Arctic seas. Pronchisheff had been obliged to go into winter quarters at Olenek, and Lassenius, who, August 2, had reached the rocky islet Stolb, in the Lena delta, and on the 7th stood out of the mouth of the Bykoff eastward, was driven by storm and ice into the river Khariulakh, east of the Borkhaya Bay, where he wintered, in a latitude of 71° 28'. The place was uninhabited, and he built from driftwood a winter-house 66 feet long, making four apartments, with three fireplaces, and a separate kitchen and bath-room. As Lassenius hoped to be able to continue the expedition during the two succeeding summers, the rations were made considerably smaller.

In 1736, very discouraging news came from the Arctic seas. Pronchisheff had to go into winter quarters at Olenek, and Lassenius, who had arrived at the rocky islet Stolb in the Lena delta on August 2 and made his way out of the mouth of the Bykoff eastward on the 7th, was pushed by storms and ice into the river Khariulakh, east of Borkhaya Bay, where he spent the winter at a latitude of 71° 28'. The area was uninhabited, so he built a winter house from driftwood that was 66 feet long, consisting of four rooms, three fireplaces, and a separate kitchen and bathroom. Since Lassenius hoped to continue the expedition over the next two summers, the rations were significantly reduced.

November 6, the polar night began, and shortly afterwards nearly the whole crew were attacked by a deadly scurvy, so violent that perhaps only Jens Munk[56] and his fellow-sufferers on the Churchill River have experienced anything worse. On the 19th of December Lassenius died, and in the few succeeding months nearly all of his [Pg 93]officers and thirty-one of the crew, so that when assistance from Bering arrived, only eight men were alive. Müller and Gmelin say that the crew accused Lassenius of high treason, and mutinied; but there is no documentary evidence of this. The report seems to have arisen through a confounding of the name of Lassenius with that of the deputy constable Rosselius, who, on the 18th of November, 1735, was sent, under arrest, to Yakutsk. To fill the vacancies caused by this terrible disease, Bering had to send a whole new command—Lieut. Dmitri Laptjef, the second mate Plauting, and forty-three men—to Khariulakh to continue the expedition. In addition to this, two boats with provisions were sent to the mouth of the Lena, and in 1737, before he himself departed for Okhotsk, a shipload of provisions was sent to supply the magazines on the Arctic coast. To these various tasks Bering gave his personal attention.

On November 6, the polar night began, and shortly after that, nearly the entire crew was struck by a severe case of scurvy, so intense that possibly only Jens Munk[56] and his fellow sufferers on the Churchill River have faced anything worse. On December 19, Lassenius died, and in the few months that followed, almost all of his officers and thirty-one crew members perished, leaving only eight men alive when help from Bering arrived. Müller and Gmelin mention that the crew accused Lassenius of high treason and revolted; however, there’s no documented proof of this. The rumor seems to have stemmed from confusing Lassenius’s name with that of deputy constable Rosselius, who was sent under arrest to Yakutsk on November 18, 1735. To fill the gaps left by this devastating illness, Bering had to send an entirely new team—Lieut. Dmitri Laptjef, the second mate Plauting, and forty-three men—to Khariulakh to continue the expedition. Moreover, two boats loaded with supplies were dispatched to the mouth of the Lena, and in 1737, before Bering himself left for Okhotsk, a ship full of provisions was sent to stock the magazines along the Arctic coast. Bering personally oversaw these various tasks.

In 1736-38 this great enterprise passed through a dangerous crisis. Several years had elapsed since the departure from St. Petersburg, three hundred thousand rubles (over two hundred thousand dollars) had been expended—an enormous sum at that time—and yet Bering could not point to a single result. Lassenius was dead, his successor, D. Laptjef, had been unfortunate, Pronchisheff had, in two summers of cruising, not been able to double the Taimyr peninsula, Ofzyn was struggling in vain in the Gulf of Obi, while Bering and Spangberg had not begun their Pacific expeditions. The former had not even reached the coast. The government authorities at St. Petersburg were in the highest degree dissatisfied with this seeming dilatoriness. The Senate sent a most earnest[Pg 94] appeal to the Admiralty to recall the expedition. Here was a situation that Bering's enemies thought favorable for their intrigues. The departments of the Admiralty were deluged with complaints and accusations. The Siberian authorities, of whom Bering so justly had complained, answered with counter-charges. He was not familiar with the country, they said; he made unreasonable demands, and did not know how to avail himself of means at hand. Pissarjeff told the government that Bering and Spangberg had undertaken this expedition into Siberia simply to fill their own pockets,—that they accepted bribes, carried on a contraband liquor traffic, and had already accumulated great wealth. The exiled naval officer, Kasanssoff, reported that there was entire lack of system in the enterprise; that everything was done at an enormous expenditure, and that nothing at all would be accomplished. Lieutenant Plauting, one of Bering's own officers, who had been reduced for neglect of duty, accused Bering of being arbitrary, extravagant, and fond of show at the expense of the government. He accused him, furthermore, of embezzlement on his first expedition, in 1725, and alleged that Bering's wife had returned to Russia with a fortune, and had in Yakutsk abducted two young women.[57]

In 1736-38, this significant project faced a serious crisis. Several years had passed since leaving St. Petersburg, over three hundred thousand rubles (more than two hundred thousand dollars) had been spent—an enormous amount at that time—and yet Bering couldn’t show a single result. Lassenius had died, his successor, D. Laptjef, had encountered problems, and Pronchisheff had failed to double the Taimyr peninsula during two summers of exploration. Ofzyn was struggling without success in the Gulf of Obi, while Bering and Spangberg hadn’t even started their Pacific journeys. Bering hadn’t reached the coast at all. The government officials in St. Petersburg were extremely unhappy with this apparent delay. The Senate urgently urged the Admiralty to pull back the expedition. This situation seemed advantageous to Bering's enemies, who used it to further their schemes. The Admiralty was overwhelmed with complaints and accusations. The Siberian authorities, whom Bering had rightly criticized, retaliated with counter-accusations. They claimed he didn’t know the region, made unreasonable demands, and failed to utilize available resources effectively. Pissarjeff told the government that Bering and Spangberg had embarked on this Siberian expedition purely for personal gain—that they accepted bribes, engaged in illegal liquor trading, and had already amassed considerable wealth. The exiled naval officer, Kasanssoff, reported a total lack of organization in the project; everything was being done at great cost, and nothing would be accomplished. Lieutenant Plauting, one of Bering's own officers, who had been demoted for neglecting his duties, accused Bering of being dictatorial, wasteful, and showy at the government's expense. He also alleged that Bering had embezzled funds during his first expedition in 1725 and claimed that Bering's wife had returned to Russia with a fortune and had abducted two young women in Yakutsk.[57]

History has not confirmed a single one of these charges. As for sacrifice, disinterestedness, and zeal, Bering not only rises far above his surroundings—which is, perhaps, not saying very much—but his character is clean and unsullied. Even so petty a person as Sokoloff, who, in other respects, does not spare him, has for his character [Pg 95]unqualified praise. Nevertheless, all of these complaints and accusations caused Bering much trouble and vexation. The Admiralty, hard pressed by the Senate, found it difficult to furnish the necessary means for the continuation of the expedition, and treated Bering severely and unreasonably. It lacked the view which personal examination gives. It was beset with deceitfulness and circumvention, and its experiences led it to take the worst for granted. Hence, it sent Bering one message after the other reprehensive of his course. It threatened to fine him, to court-martial him, to reduce him, and, in 1737, it even went so far as to deprive him of his supplemental salary, which was withheld several years.[58] Bering defended himself with the bitterness of despair. In his reports he gave the most solemn assurances of his perseverance and fidelity to duty, and the most detailed accounts of all difficulties. He declared upon his honor that he was unable to see any other means or resources than those he had resorted to. He even appealed at last to the testimony of the chiefs of the various expeditions and all the subordinate officers. He was not believed. The Admiralty showed its lack of tact by letting Chirikoff investigate a series of charges against him. Furthermore, in spite of Bering's most urgent representations, Pissarjeff continued to retain his position in Okhotsk; and, although the government threatened the Siberian authorities with the sternest punishments, still the latter only very inactively participated in the work of the expedition.

History has not confirmed any of these accusations. As for sacrifice, selflessness, and enthusiasm, Bering stands far above his surroundings—which is maybe not saying much—but his character is pure and unblemished. Even someone as petty as Sokoloff, who otherwise criticizes him, gives him high praise. Still, all these complaints and accusations caused Bering a lot of trouble and frustration. The Admiralty, pressured by the Senate, found it hard to provide the resources needed to continue the expedition and treated Bering harshly and unfairly. It lacked the insight that personal observation brings. It was overwhelmed by deception and manipulation, and its experiences caused it to assume the worst. Therefore, it sent Bering multiple reprimanding messages about his actions. It threatened to fine him, court-martial him, demote him, and in 1737, it even went as far as to take away his extra salary, which was withheld for several years. Bering defended himself with a sense of despair. In his reports, he gave the most serious assurances of his persistence and commitment to duty, along with detailed accounts of all the difficulties he faced. He declared on his honor that he couldn't see any other means or resources than those he had used. He even ultimately appealed to the testimony of the leaders of the various expeditions and all the subordinate officers. He wasn't believed. The Admiralty showed its lack of judgment by letting Chirikoff investigate a series of charges against him. Additionally, despite Bering's urgent pleas, Pissarjeff continued to hold his position in Okhotsk; and although the government threatened the Siberian authorities with severe punishments, they only participated very passively in the work of the expedition.

Sokoloff gives a very repulsive picture of Bering's assistants. On account of the discomforts of the journey [Pg 96]in this barbaric country, and under the pressure of ceaseless toil, a large number of the subordinates fell to drinking and committing petty thefts; and the officers, gathered as they were from all quarters of the world, are described as a band of gruff and unruly brawlers. They were always at sword's points. Pronchisheff and Lassenius, Chirikoff and Spangberg, the latter and Walton, Plauting, Waxel, Petroff and Endoguroff, were constantly wrangling, and at times most shameful scenes were enacted. Our Russian author is not adverse to giving Bering the principal blame for these dissensions which cast a gloom on this worthy undertaking and impaired the forces of the expedition. He repeatedly, and with much force, accuses him of being weak, and in the Imperial Marine this opinion seems yet to prevail.[59] Sokoloff says: "Bering was a well-informed man, eager for knowledge, pious, kind-hearted, and honest, but altogether too cautious and indecisive; zealous, persevering, and yet not sufficiently energetic; well liked by his subordinates, yet without sufficient influence over them,—too much inclined to allow himself to be affected by their opinions and desires, and not able to maintain strict discipline. Hence, he was not particularly well qualified to lead this great enterprise, especially in such a dark century and in such a barbaric country as East Siberia." I do not doubt that we here find some of the elements of Bering's character, but Sokoloff was much more of an archivist than historian and student of human nature. In his long accounts he never succeeds, by means of describing any action or situation, in giving a psychological insight into [Pg 97]Bering's character, and, as matters now stand, it is impossible to draw any tenable line between the errors and delays that were necessarily attendant upon such an over-burdened enterprise, and those that were due to the possible inefficiency of the leader. By the authority of the Senate the expedition was not a monarchical unit under Bering, but a democratic association under an administrative chief. It is not difficult to collect from the literature of that day a series of expressions which accuse Bering of cruelty, imperiousness, and military arrogance. Of a hundred leaders in Bering's position ninety-nine would undoubtedly have thought it wise to leave the whole expedition. Steller has with far more delicacy and skill drawn the main lines of his mental physiognomy. "Bering was," he says, "a true and honest Christian, noble, kind, and unassuming in conduct, universally loved by his subordinates, high as well as low. Every reasonable person must admit that he always sought to perform the work entrusted to him to the best of his ability, although he himself confessed and often regretted that his strength was no longer sufficient for so difficult an expedition. He deplored the fact that the plans for the expedition had been made on a much larger and more extensive scale than he had proposed, and he expressed a desire that, on account of his age, he might be released from this duty and have the task assigned to some young and active Russian. As is well known, he was not naturally a man of quick resolve, but when one considers his fidelity to duty, his cheerful spirit of perseverance and careful deliberation, it is a question whether another, possessed of more fire and ardor, could have overcome the innumerable difficulties[Pg 98] of the expedition without having completely ruined those distant regions; for even Bering, far removed from all selfishness, was scarcely able in this regard to keep his men in check. The only fault of which the brave man can be accused, is that his too great leniency was as detrimental as the spirited and oftentimes inconsiderate conduct of his subordinates." It is undoubtedly true that Bering was not fully equal to the task; but no one would have been equal to this task. It is possible that his humane conduct impaired the work of the expedition, but this allegation still lacks proof, and Sokoloff, who wrote his book as a vindication of Chirikoff against Von Baer's sympathetic view of Bering, must be read with this reservation. It is downright absurd to hold the leader responsible for the moral weaknesses of his officers, for he had not chosen them, and was as dependent upon them as they upon him. "It seems to me," says Von Baer, "that Bering has everywhere acted with the greatest circumspection and energy, and also with the greatest forbearance. The whole expedition was planned on such a monstrous scale that under many another chief it would have foundered without having accomplished any results whatever."

Sokoloff presents a very unappealing view of Bering's assistants. Due to the hardships of the journey in this wild country and the constant grind of work, many of the subordinates resorted to drinking and minor thefts; meanwhile, the officers, who came from all over the world, are portrayed as a rowdy and unruly group. They were frequently at odds with each other. Pronchisheff, Lassenius, Chirikoff, and Spangberg, along with Walton, Plauting, Waxel, Petroff, and Endoguroff, were often bickering, leading to some disgraceful confrontations. Our Russian author does not hesitate to place most of the blame for these conflicts on Bering, which overshadowed this worthy endeavor and weakened the expedition's efforts. He repeatedly and forcefully accuses Bering of being weak, a sentiment that seems to still be prevalent in the Imperial Marine. Sokoloff writes: "Bering was a knowledgeable man, eager for learning, devout, kind-hearted, and honest, but far too cautious and indecisive; he was zealous, persistent, yet lacked sufficient energy; well-liked by his subordinates, but had no strong influence over them—too inclined to be swayed by their opinions and desires, and unable to enforce strict discipline. Consequently, he was not particularly well-suited to lead such a significant endeavor, especially in such a dark time and in such a savage land as East Siberia." It is clear we see some aspects of Bering's character here, but Sokoloff was more of an archivist than a historian or analyst of human nature. In his extensive accounts, he fails to convey any psychological insight into Bering's character through the description of actions or situations, and, as things stand, it is impossible to clearly separate the errors and delays inevitable in such an overburdened mission from those attributable to the possible shortcomings of the leader. By the authority of the Senate, the expedition was not an absolute monarchy under Bering, but rather a democratic group led by an administrative chief. It's not difficult to find expressions in the literature of that time that accuse Bering of cruelty, arrogance, and military superiority. Out of a hundred leaders in Bering's position, ninety-nine would likely have considered it wise to abandon the entire expedition. Steller has articulated Bering's character with much more finesse and skill. "Bering was," he states, "a true and honest Christian, noble, kind, and modest in behavior, well-loved by all his subordinates, whether high or low. Any reasonable person must agree that he consistently aimed to perform his duties to the best of his abilities, even though he often admitted and regretted that his strength was not enough for such a challenging expedition. He lamented that the plans for the expedition were made on a much grander scale than he had proposed, and he wished that, due to his age, he could be relieved of this responsibility, allowing the task to be given to a younger, more active Russian. As is well-known, he wasn't naturally quick to make decisions, but when considering his dedication to duty, his positive spirit of perseverance, and careful consideration, it raises the question of whether anyone with more drive and enthusiasm could have navigated the countless challenges of the expedition without completely ruining those distant lands; even Bering, who was completely selfless, struggled to maintain control over his men in this regard. The only fault the brave man could be accused of was his excessive leniency, which was as harmful as the spirited and often reckless behavior of his subordinates." It is undoubtedly true that Bering was not fully fit for the task; however, no one could have succeeded in this role. His compassionate nature might have hindered the expedition's efforts, but this claim still lacks substantiation, and Sokoloff, who wrote his book in defense of Chirikoff against Von Baer's favorable view of Bering, should be read with this in mind. It is frankly absurd to hold the leader accountable for the moral failings of his officers, as he did not select them and was as reliant on them as they were on him. "It seems to me," Von Baer states, "that Bering acted with great caution and vigor everywhere, also showing considerable restraint. The entire expedition was planned on such an enormous scale that under many other leaders, it would have failed without achieving any results."

FOOTNOTES:

[56] Munk was sent out by the Danish government in 1619 to search for a Northwest passage.—Tr.

[56] Munk was dispatched by the Danish government in 1619 to look for a Northwest passage.—Tr.

[57] Note 43.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 43.

[58] Note 44.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 44.

[59] Note 45.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 45.


CHAPTER XI.
FINAL PREPARATIONS FOR THE PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS.

In the summer of 1737, Bering changed his headquarters to Okhotsk, and in the course of the autumn and winter, the greater part of his force was transferred to the same place or distributed among the various intermediate stations on the Yudoma, Maya, and Urak. Spangberg and Bering built Okhotsk. At the junction of the Okhota and the Kukhta, on one of the narrow deltas, the so-called Kushka, they erected a church for the expedition, a number of houses for the officers, barracks, magazines, a large dock-yard, and other buildings. The old stockaded fort, four miles farther up in the country, was deserted. Around the military center of the expedition the town gradually formed and rapidly grew to become the Russian metropolis on the Pacific. It cost very great exertions to make the place inhabitable. The site was a long sand-bank deposit, threatened by inundations. The climate was very unhealthy,—a cold, raw fog almost continually hung over this region. The party was pestered with fevers, and in this swamp it was that Bering lost his health. "The place is new and desolate," he writes. "We have sand and pebbles, no vegetation whatever, and no timber in the vicinity.[Pg 100] Firewood must be obtained at a distance of four to five miles, drinking water one to two miles, while timber and joints for ship-building must be floated down the river twenty-five miles." But as a place for a dock-yard, as a harbor and haven of refuge for large ships, the location had such great advantages that these difficulties had to be overcome.

In the summer of 1737, Bering moved his headquarters to Okhotsk, and during the autumn and winter, most of his team was either transferred there or spread out among various temporary stations along the Yudoma, Maya, and Urak rivers. Spangberg and Bering constructed Okhotsk. At the point where the Okhota and Kukhta rivers meet, on one of the narrow deltas known as Kushka, they built a church for the expedition, several houses for the officers, barracks, storage facilities, a large shipyard, and other structures. The old stockaded fort, located four miles further inland, was abandoned. Around the military hub of the expedition, a town gradually took shape and quickly expanded to become the Russian metropolis on the Pacific. It required immense effort to make the area livable. The location was a long sandbank prone to flooding. The climate was very unhealthy—a cold, damp fog almost constantly hung over the region. The crew suffered from fevers, and it was in this swamp that Bering lost his health. "The place is new and desolate," he writes. "We have sand and pebbles, no vegetation whatsoever, and no timber nearby.[Pg 100] Firewood must be sourced from four to five miles away, drinking water from one to two miles, while timber and materials for shipbuilding must be floated down the river for twenty-five miles." However, as a site for a shipyard, as a harbor and safe haven for large ships, the location had such significant advantages that these difficulties had to be addressed.

Spangberg's work had made the place. His men had worked clay, made tiles, and built houses, and when Bering arrived the ships Archangel Michael and Hope lay fully equipped in the harbor. Bering's old ships Fortuna and Gabriel had been repaired, and Spangberg lacked only an adequate supply of provisions to begin his expedition to Japan in the autumn of 1737.

Spangberg's efforts had transformed the place. His crew had shaped clay, created tiles, and constructed houses, and by the time Bering arrived, the ships Archangel Michael and Hope were fully outfitted in the harbor. Bering's old ships Fortuna and Gabriel had been fixed up, and Spangberg only needed a sufficient supply of provisions to kick off his expedition to Japan in the fall of 1737.

But the provision transports, as usual, moved on very slowly and with great difficulty. In Okhotsk Spangberg's men were constantly in distress. They received only the rations of flour and rice authorized by law, and at long intervals some beef which Bering had bought in Yakutsk. On account of this scarcity of provisions Spangberg was obliged partially to stop work on the vessels. A part of his force was permitted to go a-fishing, a part were sent to the magazines in the country for their maintenance, while others were detached to assist in the work of transportation; hence it was with only a small force that he could continue work on the ships for the American voyage, the packet-boats St. Peter and St. Paul.

But the supply transports, as usual, moved very slowly and with a lot of difficulty. In Okhotsk, Spangberg's men were constantly struggling. They only received the flour and rice rations allowed by law, and occasionally some beef that Bering had bought in Yakutsk. Due to this shortage of supplies, Spangberg had to partially halt work on the vessels. Some of his crew was allowed to go fishing, some were sent to the storage facilities in the area for their upkeep, while others were assigned to help with transportation; therefore, he could only continue working on the ships for the American voyage, the packet-boats St. Peter and St. Paul, with a small crew.

Sokoloff says: "Bering stayed three years in Okhotsk, exerting himself to the utmost in equipping[Pg 101] expeditions, enduring continual vexations from the Siberian government—especially on account of Pissarjeff—and conducting frequent examinations and investigations into the quarrels and complaints of his subordinates. During all this time he was sternly and unreasonably treated by the Admiralty, which showered upon him threats and reproaches for slowness sluggishness, and disorder, for false reports and ill-timed accounts." Even as late as 1740 the Senate made a proposition to discontinue the expedition, and only by calling attention to the enormous expenditures already made, which would in that case be completely wasted, was the Admiralty allowed to continue it. Bering was especially disheartened on account of Pissarjeff. The latter arrived at Okhotsk at the same time that Bering did, took up his abode in the old Ostrog (fort) and immediately began his malicious annoyances. His complaints and protests poured into headquarters at Okhotsk. "For a correspondence with him alone," writes Bering, "I might use three good secretaries. I find his foul-tongued criticism extremely offensive." He would capture Bering's men to give them a drubbing, while his own deserted him to join Bering, by whom they were kindly received. The new town and the Ostrog were two hostile camps. Finally Bering was compelled to make a sally to liberate his men. The intrepid Spangberg, entirely out of patience with Bering's leniency, said: "Why do you give yourself so much trouble about this old knave? Give me four men and the authority and I shall immediately put him under arrest."

Sokoloff says: "Bering spent three years in Okhotsk, doing everything he could to prepare[Pg 101] expeditions, dealing with constant frustrations from the Siberian government—especially because of Pissarjeff—and conducting regular reviews into the disputes and complaints of his crew. Throughout this time, he faced harsh and unreasonable treatment from the Admiralty, which bombarded him with threats and criticisms for being slow, disorganized, and for submitting false reports and poorly timed updates." Even as late as 1740, the Senate suggested stopping the expedition, and it was only by highlighting the massive expenses already incurred that the Admiralty was allowed to proceed. Bering was particularly discouraged because of Pissarjeff. The latter arrived in Okhotsk at the same time as Bering, settled in the old Ostrog (fort), and immediately began his spiteful harassment. His complaints and protests flooded into the headquarters in Okhotsk. "For correspondence with him alone," Bering wrote, "I could use three good secretaries. I find his foul-mouthed criticism extremely offensive." He would capture Bering's men to beat them up, while his own crew deserted him to join Bering, who welcomed them warmly. The new town and the Ostrog were like two opposing camps. Eventually, Bering had to take action to rescue his men. The bold Spangberg, completely fed up with Bering's leniency, said: "Why do you bother so much with this old scoundrel? Just give me four men and the authority, and I’ll arrest him right away."

Finally, in 1738, Spangberg found it possible to depart for Japan, and in two summer expeditions he charted the Kurile Islands, Yezo, and a part of the eastern coast of Nipon (Hondo), whereupon the cartography of this part of the globe assumed an entirely new appearance.

Finally, in 1738, Spangberg was able to leave for Japan, and during two summer trips, he mapped the Kurile Islands, Yezo, and part of the eastern coast of Nipon (Hondo), which changed the map of this region of the globe completely.

The expeditions to Japan, which employed four ships and several hundred men, had exhausted the provisions in Okhotsk. It was again necessary to raise large supplies in West Siberia. A demand was made upon the government office in Tobolsk for 40,000 rubles. From the district of Verkhoiansk 50,000 poods of provisions, while in part from West Siberia and in part from the Admiralty 20,000 yards of cloth were received. From other very distant places oil, hemp, and other necessaries were obtained. The Admiralty despatched to Irkutsk and Yakutsk two naval officers, Lieutenants Tolbukhin and Larionoff, to superintend the transportation of these goods. The number of laborers was increased to a thousand, the roads were improved, more attendants were provided, the Siberian authorities exhibited more energy than before, new river-boats were constructed, and pack-horses were collected from a large radius of country; by these increased means it was possible to collect all necessaries in Okhotsk by 1740. In the month of June the ships for the American expedition, the St. Peter and the St. Paul, were launched. They were two-masters, 80 feet long, 22 feet wide, and 9½ feet deep, rigged as brigs, each of 108 tons burden, carrying 14 two and three pound guns.

The expeditions to Japan, which used four ships and several hundred men, had depleted the supplies in Okhotsk. It was necessary to gather large amounts of provisions in West Siberia again. A request was made to the government office in Tobolsk for 40,000 rubles. From the Verkhoiansk district, 50,000 poods of provisions were received, and partly from West Siberia and partly from the Admiralty, 20,000 yards of cloth were sent. Additionally, oil, hemp, and other necessities were sourced from various distant locations. The Admiralty sent two naval officers, Lieutenants Tolbukhin and Larionoff, to Irkutsk and Yakutsk to oversee the transport of these goods. The number of laborers was increased to a thousand, the roads were improved, more staff were provided, the Siberian authorities were more proactive, new riverboats were built, and pack horses were gathered from a wide area. With these increased resources, it was possible to gather all necessary supplies in Okhotsk by 1740. In June, the ships for the American expedition, the St. Peter and the St. Paul, were launched. They were two-masted, 80 feet long, 22 feet wide, and 9½ feet deep, rigged as brigs, each measuring 108 tons and carrying 14 two and three pound guns.

In the harbor and on the Sea of Okhotsk there was now quite a respectable fleet of eight or nine ships, all built by Bering. The Arctic coasts had been charted through his efforts. Spangberg had with great success completed his task, and had been sent by Bering to St. Petersburg to render a report. Bering's own force, which consisted of 166 men, besides 80 engaged in transporting, was now collected in Okhotsk. The astronomical department under La Croyère and the scientist Steller also arrived, and finally Bering had the satisfaction of seeing his worst enemy removed. In August, 1740, Pissarjeff was discharged, and poor Antoni Devier, first a cabin boy, then successively aid-de-camp, general, and chief of police in St. Petersburg—one of Peter the Great's most trusted companions in arms, but banished through the hatred of Menshikoff—became his successor as harbor-master in Okhotsk.[60]

In the harbor and on the Sea of Okhotsk, there was now a respectable fleet of eight or nine ships, all built by Bering. The Arctic coasts had been mapped thanks to his efforts. Spangberg successfully completed his mission and was sent by Bering to St. Petersburg to give a report. Bering's own crew, which numbered 166 men, plus 80 involved in transportation, was now gathered in Okhotsk. The astronomy team led by La Croyère and the scientist Steller also arrived, and finally, Bering found satisfaction in seeing his biggest rival gone. In August 1740, Pissarjeff was let go, and poor Antoni Devier, who started as a cabin boy and then moved up to become an aide-de-camp, general, and chief of police in St. Petersburg—one of Peter the Great's most trusted military companions but banished due to Menshikoff's animosity—took over as harbor-master in Okhotsk.[60]

In the middle of August the packet-boats, the galley Okhotsk, and a double sloop containing the scientists were ready to sail for Kamchatka. Then Spangberg quite unexpectedly arrived. On his way home he had received a counter order. The authorities in St. Petersburg commanded him to repeat the expedition to Japan. This gave Bering some extra work in the way of letters and orders, so that the vessels under Bering's and Chirikoff's commands did not leave port until the 8th of September. They were supplied with provisions for twenty months, and their temporary destination was Avacha Bay on the [Pg 104]east coast of Kamchatka, where they were to pass the winter. All the great enterprises which the government had instructed Bering to undertake had now been begun. In the following chapters will be found a succinct account of the results of each.

In mid-August, the packet boats, the galley Okhotsk, and a double sloop with the scientists were set to sail for Kamchatka. Then Spangberg unexpectedly showed up. On his way home, he received a counter order. The authorities in St. Petersburg ordered him to repeat the expedition to Japan. This added extra work for Bering in terms of letters and orders, causing the vessels under Bering's and Chirikoff's command to not leave port until September 8th. They were stocked with provisions for twenty months, and their temporary destination was Avacha Bay on the [Pg 104] east coast of Kamchatka, where they were to spend the winter. All the major projects that the government had directed Bering to undertake had now begun. In the following chapters, you will find a brief account of the results of each.

FOOTNOTES:

[60] Note 46.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 46.


PART III.
THE VARIOUS EXPEDITIONS.


CHAPTER XII.
THE ARCTIC EXPEDITIONS.—THE NORTHEAST PASSAGE.—SEVERE CRITICISMS ON NORDENSKJÖLD.

The Arctic expeditions made during the period from 1734 to 1743 have only in part any connection with the object of this work. These expeditions were, it is true, planned by Bering, and it was due to his activity and perseverance that they were undertaken. He secured vessels, men, and means, and had charge of the first unsuccessful attempt; he was responsible to the government, and in his zeal went just as far as his instructions would allow him. But his own special task soon taxed his time too heavily to permit him to assume charge of the Arctic expeditions. They were not carried out until several years after his departure from Yakutsk,—after he had ceased to be their leader. We have already shown Bering's important relation to them, something which has never before been done in West European literature. Hence our object, namely, to give Bering his dues, may therefore best be accomplished by giving a short account of the results achieved by these expeditions.

The Arctic expeditions conducted between 1734 and 1743 are only partly related to the purpose of this work. While it's true that these expeditions were organized by Bering, and it was his effort and determination that led to their execution, he also secured the ships, crew, and funding and oversaw the first unsuccessful attempt. He was accountable to the government and, in his eagerness, pushed the limits of his instructions. However, his own responsibilities soon took up too much of his time, preventing him from leading the Arctic expeditions. They didn’t take place until several years after he left Yakutsk—after he stopped being their leader. We have already highlighted Bering's significant connection to them, which has not been addressed before in Western European literature. Therefore, our goal—recognizing Bering’s contributions—is best achieved by providing a brief overview of the results of these expeditions.

The world has never witnessed a more heroic geographical enterprise than these Arctic expeditions. In five or six different directions—from the Petchora, the Obi, the Yenesei, and the Lena—the unknown coasts of the Old[Pg 108] World were attacked.[61] For a whole decade these discoverers struggled with all the obstacles which a terrible climate and the resources of a half developed country obliged them to contend with. They surmounted these obstacles. The expeditions were renewed, two, three, yes, even four times. If the vessels were frozen in, they were hauled upon shore the next spring, repaired, and the expedition continued. And if these intrepid fellows were checked in their course by masses of impenetrable ice, they continued their explorations on dog sledges, which here for the first time were employed in Arctic exploration. Cold, scurvy, and every degree of discomfort wrought sad havoc among them, but many survived the long polar winter in miserable wooden huts or barracks. Nowhere has Russian hardiness erected for itself a more enduring monument.

The world has never seen a more heroic geographic endeavor than these Arctic expeditions. From five or six different directions—like the Petchora, the Obi, the Yenesei, and the Lena—the unknown coasts of the Old World were tackled. For an entire decade, these explorers faced all the challenges that a harsh climate and the resources of a developing country forced them to confront. They overcame these challenges. The expeditions were renewed two, three, even four times. If the ships were frozen in, they were pulled ashore the next spring, repaired, and the journey continued. And if these brave individuals were blocked by huge sheets of impenetrable ice, they carried on their explorations using dog sleds, which were used for the first time in Arctic exploration here. Cold, scurvy, and every kind of discomfort took a heavy toll on them, but many survived the long polar winter in miserable wooden huts or barracks. Nowhere has Russian resilience built a more lasting monument for itself.

It was especially the projecting points and peninsulas in this region that caused these explorers innumerable difficulties. These points and capes had hitherto been unknown. The crude maps of this period represented the Arctic coast of Siberia as almost a straight line. It was first necessary for the navigators to send cartographers to these regions, build beacons and sea-marks, establish magazines, collect herds of reindeer, which, partly as an itinerant food supply, and partly to be used as an eventual [Pg 109]means of conveyance, followed along the coast with the vessels, while here and there, especially on the Taimyr peninsula, small fishing stations were established for supplying the vessels.

It was particularly the protruding points and peninsulas in this area that created countless challenges for these explorers. These points and capes had been unknown until then. The rough maps of this time depicted the Arctic coast of Siberia as almost a straight line. The navigators first had to send cartographers to these areas, build beacons and landmarks, set up supply depots, gather herds of reindeer, which were used both as a mobile food source and eventually as a means of transport, trailing along the coast with the ships. Additionally, small fishing stations were set up here and there, especially on the Taimyr peninsula, to provide supplies for the vessels.

In the summer of 1737 Malygin and Skuratoff crossed the Kara Sea and sailed up the Gulf of Obi. In the same year the able Ofzyn charted the coast between the Obi and the Yenesei, but was reduced to the rank of a common sailor, because in Berezov he had sought the company of the exiled Prince Dolgoruki.

In the summer of 1737, Malygin and Skuratoff crossed the Kara Sea and sailed up the Gulf of Obi. That same year, the skilled Ofzyn mapped the coast between the Obi and the Yenesei but was demoted to the rank of a regular sailor because he had sought the company of the exiled Prince Dolgoruki in Berezov.

In the year previous, Pronchisheff all but succeeded in doubling the Taimyr peninsula, and reached the highest latitude (77° 29') that had been reached by water before the Vega expedition. But it was especially in the second attempt, from 1738 to 1743, that the greatest results were attained. The two cousins, Chariton and Dmitri Laptjef, who were equipped anew and vested with great authority, attacked the task of doubling the Taimyr and Bering peninsulas with renewed vigor. By extensive sledging expeditions, the former linked his explorations to those undertaken by Minin and Sterlegoff from the west, and his mate, Chelyuskin, in 1742, planted his feet on the Old World's most northerly point, and thus relegated the story of a certain Jelmerland, said to connect northern Asia with Novaia Zemlia, to that lumber-room which contains so many ingenious cartographical ideas. But even these contributions to science were, perhaps, surpassed by those of Dmitri Laptjef. As Lassenius's successor he charted, in three summers, the Siberian coast from the Lena to the great Baranoff Cliff, a distance of thirty-seven degrees. On this coast, toward[Pg 110] the last, he found himself in a narrow strait, from ten to twenty yards wide, and he did not stop until there was scarcely a bucketful of water between the polar ice and the rocky shore. But Cape Schelagskii, on the northeast coast, where Deshneff a century before had shown the way, he did not succeed in doubling.

In the previous year, Pronchisheff almost managed to double the Taimyr peninsula, reaching the highest latitude (77° 29') ever achieved by water before the Vega expedition. However, it was particularly during the second attempt, from 1738 to 1743, that the most significant achievements occurred. The two cousins, Chariton and Dmitri Laptjef, who were newly equipped and given a lot of authority, approached the challenge of doubling the Taimyr and Bering peninsulas with renewed determination. Through extensive sledding expeditions, the former connected his explorations to those done by Minin and Sterlegoff from the west, while his counterpart, Chelyuskin, in 1742, set foot on the northernmost point of the Old World, which put to rest the tale of a certain Jelmerland purportedly linking northern Asia with Novaia Zemlia, relegating it to the archive of many inventive cartographical concepts. Yet, even these scientific contributions were perhaps outdone by those of Dmitri Laptjef. As Lassenius's successor, he mapped the Siberian coast from the Lena to the great Baranoff Cliff over three summers, covering a distance of thirty-seven degrees. Along this coast, toward the end, he found himself in a narrow strait, ranging from ten to twenty yards wide, and didn't stop until there was barely a bucketful of water separating the polar ice from the rocky shore. However, he was unable to round Cape Schelagskii on the northeast coast, where Deshneff had paved the way a century earlier.

As a result of the labors of this great Northern Expedition, the northern coast of the Old World got substantially the same cartographical outline that it now has. The determinations of latitude made by the Russian officers were very accurate, but those of longitude, based on nautical calculations, were not so satisfactory. Their successors, Wrangell, Anjou, Middendorff, and even Nordenskjöld, have therefore found opportunity to make corrections of but minor importance, especially in regard to longitude.

As a result of the efforts of this great Northern Expedition, the northern coast of the Old World now has a cartographical outline that is largely the same as it is today. The latitude measurements taken by the Russian officers were quite accurate, but the longitude measurements, which relied on nautical calculations, were less satisfactory. Their successors, Wrangell, Anjou, Middendorff, and even Nordenskjöld, have thus had the chance to make only minor corrections, particularly concerning longitude.

But it is necessary to dwell a little longer on these expeditions. Their principal object was not so much the charting of northern Siberia as the discovery and navigation of the Northeast passage. From this point of view alone they must be considered. This is the connecting thought, the central point in these scattered labors. They were an indirect continuation of the West European expeditions for the same purpose, but far more rational than these. For this reason Bering had, on his expedition of reconnoissance (1725-30), first sought that thoroughfare between the two hemispheres without which a Northeast and a Northwest passage could not exist. For this reason also he had, on his far-sighted plan, undertaken the navigation of the Arctic[Pg 111] seas, where this had not already been done by Deshneff, and for this same reason the Admiralty sought carefully to link their explorations to the West European termini, on the coast of Novaia Zemlia as well as Japan. Moreover, the discovery of a Northeast passage was the raison d'être of these expeditions.

But it's important to spend a bit more time on these expeditions. Their main goal wasn't just mapping northern Siberia; it was about discovering and navigating the Northeast Passage. This perspective is crucial for understanding their purpose. It’s the connecting idea, the central focus of these varied efforts. They were an indirect continuation of Western European expeditions aimed at the same goal, but they were much more logical. This is why Bering, on his reconnaissance expedition (1725-30), first looked for that thoroughfare between the two hemispheres, which was essential for both a Northeast and a Northwest passage to exist. This is also why he took on the ambitious task of navigating the Arctic seas, where Deshneff had not yet ventured, and for this same reason, the Admiralty carefully aimed to connect their explorations to previous Western European endpoints, along the coast of Novaia Zemlia as well as Japan. Furthermore, finding a Northeast passage was the fundamental purpose of these expeditions.

This alone promised the empire such commercial and political advantages that the enormous expenditures and the frightful hardships which these expeditions caused Siberia, might be justified. For this reason the government, summer after summer, drove its sailors on along the Taimyr and Bering peninsulas; for this reason, in 1740, it enjoined upon D. Laptjef to make a last attempt to double northeast Asia from Kamchatka, and this would undoubtedly have been accomplished if the unfortunate death of Bering had not occurred shortly after;[62] and for this reason, also, the government caused the charting of the coast by land after all nautical attempts had miscarried.

This alone promised the empire such commercial and political benefits that the massive expenses and the terrible hardships caused by these expeditions in Siberia could be justified. For this reason, the government, summer after summer, pushed its sailors along the Taimyr and Bering peninsulas; for this reason, in 1740, it ordered D. Laptjef to make a final attempt to sail around northeast Asia from Kamchatka, and this would have undoubtedly been achieved if it weren't for Bering's unfortunate death shortly after;[62] and for this reason as well, the government had the coastline charted by land after all nautical efforts had failed.

Any extended documentary proof of the correctness of this view must be considered unnecessary. The instructions expressly state the object of the expedition: to ascertain with certainty whether vessels could find a passage or not. Müller says the same. Scholars like Middendorff, Von Baer, and Dr. Petermann look upon these expeditions from the same standpoint, and have seen fit to give them the place of honor among all the geographical efforts in the Northeast passage.[63] Some Swedish scholars alone have found it necessary to maintain a different view. Dr. A. Stuxberg and Prof. Th.

Any extended documentary evidence supporting this view is considered unnecessary. The instructions clearly state the goal of the expedition: to determine definitively whether vessels could find a passage. Müller agrees with this. Scholars such as Middendorff, Von Baer, and Dr. Petermann view these expeditions in the same way and have chosen to honor them among all geographical efforts in the Northeast passage.[63] Only a few Swedish scholars have felt the need to maintain a different perspective. Dr. A. Stuxberg and Prof. Th.

M. Fries in Upsala have published accounts of the history of the Northeast passage, in which not a word about these expeditions is found. Between the days of Vlaming and Cook, from 1688 until 1778, they find nothing to be said of explorations in this part of the world, and the charting of these waters does not, in their opinion, seem to have any connection with the history of the Northeast passage. Prof. Fries attempts to justify this strange method of treatment by the assertion that those expeditions did not seek the navigation of the Northeast passage, and did not undertake to sail a ship from the Atlantic to the Pacific. But what authority, what historical foundation, have such assertions? Simply because the Russians parceled out this work and went at it in a sensible manner; because they did not loudly proclaim their intention to sail directly from the Dwina to Japan; because they had been instructed by the visionary and fatal attempts of West Europe,—yes, one is almost tempted to say, just because those Russian expeditions alone are of any importance in the early history of the passage, the Swedish historians pass them by; Prof. Fries has even ventured the assertion that the discovery of the Northeast passage by these Russian expeditions, one hundred and thirty-seven years before Nordenskjöld, is a discovery hitherto unsurmised by anyone but the author of this work. I am not disposed to wrangle about words, and still less to interfere with anyone's well-earned privileges. By the discovery of the Northeast passage, I understand that work of geographical exploration, that determination of the distribution of land and water along the northern boundary[Pg 113] of the Old World, that traversing and charting of the coast which showed the existence of the passage, but not the nautical utilization of it. This is the European interpretation of this question. In any other sense McClure did not discover the Northwest passage. If it is permissible to speak of the discovery of the Northeast passage after the time of Bering and the Great Northern Expedition, it is equally permissible to speak of the discovery of the Northwest passage after the time of the great English expeditions. If some future Nordenskjöld should take it into his head to choose these waters as the scene of some great nautical achievement, McClure, according to Prof. Fries's historical maxims, could not even find a place in the history of this passage, for it was not his object to sail a ship around the north of the New World. I very much doubt, however, that the Professor would in such a case have the courage to apply his maxims.

M. Fries in Upsala has published accounts of the history of the Northeast passage, in which there is no mention of these expeditions. Between the time of Vlaming and Cook, from 1688 to 1778, they find nothing noteworthy about explorations in this area, and they believe that mapping these waters has no relevance to the history of the Northeast passage. Prof. Fries tries to explain this unusual approach by claiming that those expeditions did not aim to navigate the Northeast passage and did not attempt to sail a ship from the Atlantic to the Pacific. But what authority or historical basis supports these claims? Just because the Russians organized this task and approached it methodically; because they did not loudly announce their goal to sail directly from the Dwina to Japan; because they learned from the ambitious and doomed attempts of Western Europe—yes, one might almost say, specifically because those Russian expeditions are significant in the early history of the passage, Swedish historians overlook them; Prof. Fries even argued that the discovery of the Northeast passage by these Russian expeditions, one hundred thirty-seven years before Nordenskjöld, is a discovery no one has previously realized except for the author of this work. I have no desire to argue about semantics, nor do I want to interfere with anyone's well-deserved privileges. By the discovery of the Northeast passage, I mean the work of geographical exploration, the determination of how land and water are distributed along the northern boundary of the Old World, and the mapping of the coast that revealed the existence of the passage, though not its nautical use. This is the European view on the matter. In any other sense, McClure did not discover the Northwest passage. If it is acceptable to refer to the discovery of the Northeast passage after the time of Bering and the Great Northern Expedition, then it is equally acceptable to speak of the discovery of the Northwest passage after the major English expeditions. If some future Nordenskjöld decided to select these waters as the site of a significant nautical achievement, McClure, following Prof. Fries's historical principles, could not even be acknowledged in the history of this passage, since he did not intend to sail a ship around the north of the New World. However, I seriously doubt that the Professor would be willing to apply his principles in such a case.

Nor does Baron Nordenskjöld concede to the Great Northern Expedition a place in the history of the Northeast passage. The "Voyage of the Vega" is an imposing work, and was written for a large public, but even the author of this work has not been able to rise to an unbiased and just estimate of his most important predecessors. His presentation of the subject of Russian explorations in the Arctic regions, not alone Bering's work and that of the Great Northern Expedition, but also Wrangell's, Lütke's, and Von Baer's, is unfair, unsatisfactory, inaccurate, and hence misleading in many respects. Nordenskjöld's book comes with such overpowering authority, and has had such a large[Pg 114] circulation, that it is one's plain duty to point out palpable errors. Nordenskjöld is not very familiar with the literature relating to this subject. He does not know Berch's, Stuckenberg's, or Sokoloff's works. Middendorff's and Von Baer's clever treatises he uses only incidentally. He has restricted himself to making extracts from Wrangell's account, which in many respects is more than incomplete, and does not put these expeditions in the right light. It is now a couple of generations since Wrangell's work was written, which is more a general survey than an historical presentation. While Nordenskjöld devotes page after page to an Othere's, an Ivanoff's, and a Martinier's very indifferent or wholly imaginary voyages around northern Norway, he disposes of the Great Northern Expedition, without whose labors the voyage of the Vega would have been utterly impossible, in five unhappily written pages. One seeks in vain in his work for the principal object of the Northern Expedition,—for the leading idea that made these magnificent enterprises an organic whole, or for a full and just recognition of these able, and, in some respects, unfortunate men, whose labors have so long remained without due appreciation. In spite of Middendorff's interesting account of the cartography of the Taimyr peninsula, Nordenskjöld does not make the slightest attempt to explain whether his corrections of the cartography of this region are corrections of the work of Laptjef and Chelyuskin, or of the misrepresentations of their work made by a later age.

Nor does Baron Nordenskjöld acknowledge the Great Northern Expedition’s role in the history of the Northeast Passage. The "Voyage of the Vega" is a significant work that was aimed at a wide audience, but even the author hasn't managed to give a fair and accurate assessment of his most important predecessors. His portrayal of Russian explorations in the Arctic, not just Bering's and the Great Northern Expedition, but also Wrangell's, Lütke's, and Von Baer's, is biased, inadequate, inaccurate, and therefore misleading in many ways. Nordenskjöld's book carries such strong authority and has been widely circulated that it is essential to point out clear errors. He isn't well-acquainted with the literature on this topic and doesn’t recognize Berch's, Stuckenberg's, or Sokoloff's works. He only references Middendorff's and Von Baer's insightful studies minimally. He limits himself to extracting from Wrangell's account, which is in many ways more general than historical and fails to present these expeditions accurately. It's been a couple of generations since Wrangell's work was published, and while Nordenskjöld spends page after page discussing the unimpressive or entirely fictional voyages of Othere, Ivanoff, and Martinier around northern Norway, he covers the Great Northern Expedition—without which the Vega's voyage would have been completely unachievable—in just five poorly written pages. One cannot find in his work the main goal of the Northern Expedition—the central idea that tied these remarkable endeavors into a cohesive whole, nor is there a comprehensive and fair acknowledgment of the skilled, yet in some respects unfortunate, individuals whose efforts have long been overlooked. Despite Middendorff's engaging account of the cartography of the Taimyr peninsula, Nordenskjöld makes no attempt to clarify whether his corrections to the cartography of this region rectify the work of Laptjef and Chelyuskin or correct the misinterpretations of their work made by later generations.

About the charting of Cape Chelyuskin he says: "This was done by Chelyuskin in 1742 on a new sledging expedition, the details of which are but little known;[Pg 115] evidently because until the most recent times there has been a doubt in regard to Chelyuskin's statement that he had reached the most northerly point of Asia. After the voyage of the Vega, however, there can no longer be any doubt."[64]

About the charting of Cape Chelyuskin, he says: "This was done by Chelyuskin in 1742 on a new sledding expedition, the details of which are not well known;[Pg 115] clearly because until recently there has been uncertainty about Chelyuskin's claim that he reached the northernmost point of Asia. However, after the voyage of the Vega, there can no longer be any doubt."[64]

The truth is, ever since 1843,[65] when Middendorff published the preliminary account of his expedition to the Taimyr peninsula, no doubt has prevailed that all who are familiar with Russian literature, or even with German literature, on this subject, have long since been convinced of the fact that the most northern point of Asia was visited and charted a century and a half ago,—that the details of Chelyuskin's expedition, so far from being unknown, are those parts of the work of the Northern Expedition which have been most thoroughly investigated and most often presented. Nordenskjöld's recognition of Chelyuskin's work comes thirty-eight years too late; it has already been treated with quite a different degree of thoroughness than by the few words expended on it in the "Voyage of the Vega." In 1841, Von Baer accused Chelyuskin of having dishonestly given the latitude of the most northerly point of Asia, and these charges Nordenskjöld prints as late as 1881 without any comment whatever. If he had only seen Von Baer's magazine for 1845[66] he would there have found the most unreserved retraction of them and most complete restitution to Chelyuskin on the part of Von Baer, and would thus have escaped ascribing to a man opinions which he renounced a generation ago. Middendorff is likewise very painstaking in presenting the history of these measurements, [Pg 116]and is open and frank in his praise. He says: "In the spring of 1742 Chelyuskin crowned his work by sailing from the Khatanga River around the eastern Taimyr peninsula and also around the most northerly point of Asia. He is the only one who a century ago had succeeded in reaching and doubling this promontory. The fact that among many he alone was successful in this enterprise, must be attributed to his great ability. On account of his perseverance, as well as his careful and exact measurements, he stands preëminent among seamen who have labored in the Taimyr country." And furthermore, in 1785, Sokoloff published a very careful and extensive account of these labors, together with an extract from Chelyuskin's diary relating to the charting of the Taimyr peninsula, which later was published in German by Dr. Petermann.[67] The difference in latitude of the northern point of the Taimyr peninsula as determined by Chelyuskin and by Nordenskjöld is scarcely three minutes.[68]

The truth is, ever since 1843,[65] when Middendorff published his early account of his expedition to the Taimyr peninsula, it has been widely acknowledged among those familiar with Russian, or even German, literature on this topic that the northernmost point of Asia was visited and mapped out a century and a half ago. The details of Chelyuskin's expedition are far from unknown; rather, they are the most thoroughly examined parts of the Northern Expedition's work and have been frequently discussed. Nordenskjöld recognized Chelyuskin's contributions thirty-eight years too late; the subject has already been treated with much more depth than the brief mention it received in the "Voyage of the Vega." In 1841, Von Baer accused Chelyuskin of dishonestly reporting the latitude of Asia’s northernmost point, and Nordenskjöld included these accusations in 1881 without any commentary. If he had only looked at Von Baer's publication from 1845[66], he would have found a full retraction of those statements and a complete restoration of Chelyuskin's reputation by Von Baer, thus avoiding the mistake of attributing views to a man that he had disavowed decades earlier. Middendorff is also very meticulous in detailing the history of these measurements, and he openly praises Chelyuskin. He writes: "In the spring of 1742 Chelyuskin completed his work by sailing from the Khatanga River around the eastern Taimyr peninsula and around Asia's northernmost point. He is the only person, a century ago, who succeeded in reaching and rounding this promontory. The fact that among many, he alone accomplished this task is due to his exceptional skill. Thanks to his perseverance and precise measurements, he stands out among the sailors who have worked in the Taimyr region." Additionally, in 1785, Sokoloff published a very thorough account of these efforts, along with excerpts from Chelyuskin's diary regarding the mapping of the Taimyr peninsula, which were later published in German by Dr. Petermann.[67] The difference in latitude between the northern point of the Taimyr peninsula as determined by Chelyuskin and by Nordenskjöld is barely three minutes.[68]

FOOTNOTES:

[61] Middendorff gives the following interesting outline of these expeditions:

[61] Middendorff offers this intriguing summary of these expeditions:

From Petchora to the Obi: From the Obi:
Muravjoff and Pavloff. Westward: Eastward:
Malygin and Skuratoff. Golovin. Ofzyn.
Minin.
Koscheleff.
From the Yenesei: From the Lena:
Eastward: Westward: Eastward:
Minin. Pronchisheff. Lassenius.
Chariton Laptjef. Dmitri Laptjef.

[62] Note 47.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 47.

[63] Note 48.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 48.

[64] Note 49.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 49.

[65] Note 50.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 50.

[66] Note 51.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 51.

[67] Note 52.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 52.

[68] On his review of my book in the Journal of the American Geographical Society, XVII., p. 288, Baron Nordenskjöld says: "Mr. Lauridsen has devoted nearly two pages to showing that I am wrong in what I have said of Chelyuskin—that 'up to a recent date the statement that he really did reach the northern point of Asia was doubted.' But I had certainly the right to say this. If a person in 1742 performed one of the heroic deeds of geography without having received any acknowledgment for it in his lifetime, and if the best authorities in this person's own country a century later still considered him an impostor, I was surely justified in giving the above-quoted opinion in 1880, in spite of the fact that two eminent geographical authorities have withdrawn their charges. Moreover, is it really the case that Sokoloff's and Von Baer's later writings made it impossible to revive the old charge? He who can assert this must be but slightly acquainted with the history of geography, and with that of Siberian geography above all." In a note Nordenskjöld adds: "Previous to the departure of the Vega from Sweden, I received a letter from an unknown well-wisher to our voyage, cautioning me not to put too much faith in the Chelyuskin exploration story, as the writer of the letter considered it fictitious." To the Baron's criticism I shall simply remark: I have shown in the text that when he wrote the "Voyage of the Vega" he was not familiar with the latest works on this question. Hence he has been entirely unable to decide whether the old doubts concerning Chelyuskin's results could be revived or not. I appeal to all students of these finer points in the history of geography, who will certainly agree with my statement that the Baron in this question has absolutely no other support than that of an anonymous letter!—Author's Note to American Edition.

[68] In his review of my book in the Journal of the American Geographical Society, XVII., p. 288, Baron Nordenskjöld writes: "Mr. Lauridsen has spent almost two pages arguing that I’m wrong about Chelyuskin—that 'up to a recent date, the assertion that he really did reach the northern point of Asia was doubted.' But I had every right to say this. If someone in 1742 accomplished one of geography’s heroic feats without any recognition during their lifetime, and if the top experts in this person’s own country still viewed him as a fraud a century later, I was definitely justified in stating the above opinion in 1880, despite the fact that two distinguished geographical authorities have retracted their accusations. Furthermore, is it really true that Sokoloff's and Von Baer's later works made it impossible to revive the old accusation? Anyone who believes that must be only vaguely familiar with the history of geography, especially Siberian geography." In a note, Nordenskjöld adds: "Before the Vega departed from Sweden, I received a letter from an unknown supporter of our expedition, warning me not to place too much trust in the Chelyuskin exploration story, as the author considered it fictitious." In response to the Baron's criticism, I will simply note: I have demonstrated in the text that when he wrote the "Voyage of the Vega," he was not updated on the latest works concerning this issue. Thus, he has completely failed to determine whether the old doubts about Chelyuskin's findings could be revived. I urge all scholars of these detailed aspects of geographical history to agree with my assertion that the Baron, in this matter, has no support other than an anonymous letter!—Author's Note to American Edition.


CHAPTER XIII.
THE DISCOVERY OF THE KURILE ISLANDS AND JAPAN FROM THE NORTH.

The men that took part in these early Russian explorations have not yet received their just dues. Not one of them, however, needs rehabilitation so much as Spangberg. He is entitled to an independent place in geographical history, but has been completely barred out. O. Peschel and Prof. Ruge know him as Bering's principal officer, but not as the discoverer of the Kurile Islands and Japan from the north. And yet, just this was his task. He was to sail from Kamchatka to Nipon, chart the Kurile Islands, link the Russian explorations to the West European cartography of northern Japan, and investigate the geography of the intervening region,—especially the cartographical monsters which in the course of a century of contortion had developed from De Vries's intelligent map of East Yezo, Iturup (Staaten Eiland) and Urup (Kompagniland). We have already [Pg 118]spoken of these geographical deformities, which assumed the most grotesque forms, and were at that time accepted by the scientific world. The version of the brothers De l'Isle, which perhaps was the most sober, may be seen from Map II. in the appendix.

The men who participated in these early Russian explorations still haven't received their proper recognition. However, none of them deserves it more than Spangberg. He deserves to have a unique spot in geographical history, but has been completely overlooked. O. Peschel and Prof. Ruge recognize him as Bering's main officer, but not as the discoverer of the Kurile Islands and Japan from the north. Yet, that was precisely his mission. He was to sail from Kamchatka to Nipon, map the Kurile Islands, connect Russian explorations to Western European maps of northern Japan, and study the geography of the area in between—especially the cartographical errors that had developed over a century from De Vries's map of East Yezo, Iturup (Staaten Eiland), and Urup (Kompagniland). We have already [Pg 118] spoken of these geographical distortions that took on the most bizarre shapes, which were accepted by the scientific community at the time. The version by the brothers De l'Isle, which was perhaps the most accurate, can be seen in Map II in the appendix.

By Strahlenberg (1730) and by Bellin and Charlesvoix (1735), highly respected names among scholars of that day, Kamchatka and Yezo were represented as forming a great continent separated by narrow sounds from Japan, which was continued on the meridian of Kamchatka and Yezo, and from an eastern chain of islands—Staaten Eiland and Kompagniland—that seemed to project into the Pacific in the form of a continent.

By Strahlenberg (1730) and by Bellin and Charlesvoix (1735), well-respected names among scholars of that time, Kamchatka and Yezo were depicted as part of a large continent separated by narrow straits from Japan, which continued along the meridian of Kamchatka and Yezo, and from an eastern chain of islands—Staaten Eiland and Kompagniland—that appeared to extend into the Pacific like a continent.

Kiriloff, who was familiar with Bering's map of eastern Asia, and made use of it, and who knew of the most northerly Kuriles, made the necessary corrections in his general map of Russia (1734), but retained, in regard to Yezo and Japan, a strangely unfortunate composition of Dutch and Strahlenberg accounts, and put Nipon (Hondo) much too far to the east. In these cartographical aids Spangberg found only errors and confusion, and he got about the same kind of assistance from his real predecessors in practical exploration. Peschel tells that Ivan Kosyrefski, in the years 1712-13, thoroughly investigated the Kurile chain; there is, however, but little truth in this. Peschel gives G. F. Müller as his authority and refers to his book, but the latter says explicitly on this point: "All of Kosyrefski's voyages were confined to the first two or three Kuriles; farther than this he did not go, and whatever he tells of beyond them was obtained from the accounts of[Pg 119] others." It is possible that Müller's judgment is a trifle one-sided, but it is nevertheless certain that Kosyrefski's description of the Kuriles is based on his own explorations only in a very slight degree, and that he by no means deserves the place that Peschel and Ruge have accorded him. Nor did Lushin's and Yevrinoff's expedition in the summer of 1721 get very far—scarcely beyond the fifth or sixth island—and with them, until Spangberg appeared on the scene, Russian explorations in this quarter were at a standstill.

Kiriloff, familiar with Bering's map of eastern Asia and making use of it, along with his knowledge of the northernmost Kuriles, made necessary corrections to his general map of Russia (1734). However, regarding Yezo and Japan, he ended up with a notably flawed mixture of Dutch and Strahlenberg's accounts, placing Nipon (Hondo) much too far to the east. Spangberg found only errors and confusion in these cartographic resources, and he received a similar level of inadequate support from his actual predecessors in practical exploration. Peschel mentions that Ivan Kosyrefski thoroughly investigated the Kurile chain in the years 1712-13, but this claim holds little truth. Peschel cites G. F. Müller as his source and refers to his book, which states explicitly: "All of Kosyrefski's voyages were confined to the first two or three Kuriles; he did not go further, and whatever he reports about beyond them was obtained from the accounts of [Pg 119] others." While it’s possible that Müller's judgment is slightly biased, it is still clear that Kosyrefski's description of the Kuriles is based on his own explorations to a very minimal extent, and he doesn’t deserve the recognition that Peschel and Ruge have given him. Similarly, Lushin's and Yevrinoff's expedition in the summer of 1721 hardly made any progress—barely reaching the fifth or sixth island—and until Spangberg arrived, Russian explorations in that area were at a standstill.

The expedition to Japan (1738) was undertaken with three ships. Spangberg and Petroff sailed the one-masted brig, the Archangel Michael, Lieutenant Walton and first mate Kassimiroff the three-masted double sloop Hope, and Second-Lieutenant Schelting had Bering's old vessel, the Gabriel. The Michael had a crew of sixty-three, among them a monk, a physician, and an assayer, and each of the other two ships had a crew of forty-four. The flotilla left Okhotsk on the 18th of June, 1738, but was detained in the Sea of Okhotsk by ice, and did not reach Bolsheretsk until the early part of July. From here, on the 15th of July, Spangberg departed for the Kuriles to begin charting.

The expedition to Japan (1738) involved three ships. Spangberg and Petroff were on the one-masted brig, the Archangel Michael; Lieutenant Walton and first mate Kassimiroff were on the three-masted double sloop Hope; and Second-Lieutenant Schelting was on Bering's old ship, the Gabriel. The Michael had a crew of sixty-three, which included a monk, a physician, and an assayer, while each of the other two ships had a crew of forty-four. The flotilla set out from Okhotsk on June 18, 1738, but got stuck in the Sea of Okhotsk because of ice and didn't reach Bolsheretsk until early July. From there, on July 15, Spangberg left for the Kuriles to start mapping the area.

The Kurile chain, the thousand islands or Chi-Shima, as the Japanese call them, is 650 kilometers long. These islands are simply a multitude of crater crests which shoot up out of the sea, and on that account make navigation very difficult. The heavy fog, which almost continually prevails here, conceals all landmarks. In the great depths, sounding afforded little assistance, and, furthermore, around these islands and through the[Pg 120] narrow channels there are heavy breakers and swift currents.

The Kurile chain, a thousand islands known as Chi-Shima by the Japanese, stretches 650 kilometers long. These islands are basically a bunch of volcanic peaks that rise sharply from the ocean, making navigation really challenging. The thick fog that almost always rolls in hides all visible landmarks. In the deep waters, sounding provides little help, and additionally, around these islands and through the[Pg 120] narrow channels, there are powerful waves and fast currents.

For nearly a century after Spangberg, these obstacles defied some of the world's bravest seamen. Captain Gore, who was last in command of Cook's ships, was obliged to give up the task of charting this region; La Pérouse succeeded in exploring only the Boussale channel; the fogs forced Admiral Sarycheff (1792) to give up his investigations here; Captain Broughton (1796) was able to circumnavigate only the most southerly islands, without, however, succeeding in giving a correct representation of them; and not until the early part of this century did Golovnin succeed in charting the group more accurately than Spangberg. All of these difficulties were experienced in full measure by Spangberg's expedition. In constant combat with fogs, swift currents, and heavy seas along steep and rocky coasts, he had, by the 3d of August, 1738, circumnavigated thirty-one islands (our maps have not nearly so large a number), and at a latitude of 45° 30' he reached the large island Nadeshda, (the Kompagniland of the Dutch, Urup), but, as he could nowhere find a place to anchor, and as the nights were growing dark and long, the ship's bread running short, and the crew for a long time having been on half rations, he turned back, and reached Bolsheretsk on the 17th of August. Lieutenant Walton, who had parted company with his chief and had sailed as far down as 43° 30' north latitude, thus reaching the parallel of Yezo, arrived a few days later. As well as the other chiefs of these expeditions, Spangberg had authority, without a[Pg 121] renewed commission, to repeat the expedition the following summer; hence the winter was spent in preparations for it. So far as it was possible to do so, he sought to provision himself in Kamchatka, and, especially for reconnoitering the coast, he built of birchwood an eighteen-oared boat, called the Bolsheretsk.

For almost a century after Spangberg, these challenges resisted some of the bravest sailors in the world. Captain Gore, who was the last to lead Cook's ships, was forced to abandon the effort to map this area; La Pérouse only managed to explore the Boussale channel; fog forced Admiral Sarycheff (1792) to stop his investigations here; Captain Broughton (1796) was only able to sail around the southernmost islands but didn’t succeed in accurately representing them; and it wasn't until the early part of this century that Golovnin managed to chart the group more accurately than Spangberg. All of these challenges were fully felt by Spangberg's expedition. Constantly battling fog, strong currents, and rough seas along steep, rocky coasts, by August 3, 1738, he had circumnavigated thirty-one islands (our maps don't show nearly that many), and at a latitude of 45° 30', he reached the large island Nadeshda (the Kompagniland of the Dutch, Urup). However, he couldn't find a place to anchor, and with nights getting darker and longer, dwindling ship's bread, and the crew having been on half rations for a long time, he turned back and arrived at Bolsheretsk on August 17. Lieutenant Walton, who had separated from his commander and sailed as far down as 43° 30' north latitude, thus reaching the same parallel as Yezo, arrived a few days later. Like the other leaders of these expeditions, Spangberg had authority, without a renewed commission, to repeat the expedition the following summer; therefore, the winter was spent preparing for it. As much as possible, he sought to stock up in Kamchatka, and to scout the coast, he built an eighteen-oared boat out of birchwood, named the Bolsheretsk.

On the 21st of May, 1739, he again stood out to sea with all four ships, and on the 25th of the same month he reached Kurile Strait, and from here sailed south southeast into the Pacific to search for Gamaland and all the legendary group of islands which appeared on De l'Isle's map. This southerly course, about on the meridian of Kamchatka, he kept until the 8th of June, reaching a latitude of 42°. As he saw nothing but sea and sky, he veered to the west southwest for the purpose of "doing the lands" near the coast of Japan. Walton, who, in spite of Spangberg's strictest orders, was constantly seeking to go off on his own tack, finally, on the 14th of June, found an opportunity to steal away and sail in a southwesterly direction. In different latitudes, but on the same day, the 16th of June, both discovered land. Walton followed the coast of Nipon down to latitude 33°, but Spangberg confined his explorations to the region between 39° and 37° 30' N. The country was very rich. A luxuriant vegetation—grape vines, orange trees and palms—decked its shores. Rich fields of rice, numerous villages, and populous cities were observed from the vessel. The sea teemed with fish of enormous size and peculiar form, and the currents brought them strange and unknown plants. The arrival of the ships caused great excitement among the natives, beacons burned[Pg 122] along the coast all night, and cruisers swarmed about them at a respectful distance. On the 22d, Spangberg cast anchor one verst from shore, and sought to communicate with them. The Japanese brought rice, tobacco, various kinds of fruits and cloths, which, on very reasonable terms, they exchanged for Russian wares. They were very polite, and Spangberg succeeded in obtaining some gold coins, which, however, he found were described by Kæmpfer. Several persons of high rank visited him in his cabin and attempted to explain to him, by the aid of his map and globe, the geography of Japan and Yezo. As his instructions enjoined upon him the most extreme cautiousness, and as on the following day he found himself surrounded by eighty large boats, each with ten or twelve men, he weighed anchor and stood out to sea in a northeasterly direction.

On May 21, 1739, he once again headed out to sea with all four ships, and by May 25, he reached Kurile Strait. From there, he sailed south-southeast into the Pacific to look for Gamaland and the legendary islands shown on De l'Isle's map. He maintained this southerly course, roughly along the meridian of Kamchatka, until June 8, reaching a latitude of 42°. Seeing nothing but ocean and sky, he changed course to the west-southwest to explore the lands near the coast of Japan. Walton, who constantly tried to break away from Spangberg's strict orders, finally found a chance to sneak off and sail southwest on June 14. On the same day, but at different latitudes, both discovered land. Walton followed the coast of Nipon down to latitude 33°, while Spangberg stayed within the area between 39° and 37° 30' N. The land was very rich, with lush vegetation—grapevines, orange trees, and palms—lining the shores. They observed fertile rice fields, numerous villages, and bustling cities from the ship. The sea was filled with large, unusual fish, and the currents brought in strange and unknown plants. The arrival of the ships created a great stir among the locals; beacons burned along the coast all night, and small boats circled them at a respectful distance. On June 22, Spangberg anchored one verst from shore and tried to communicate with the natives. The Japanese brought rice, tobacco, various fruits, and fabrics, which they exchanged for Russian goods at reasonable prices. They were very polite, and Spangberg managed to acquire some gold coins, which he later learned about from Kæmpfer. Several high-ranking individuals visited him in his cabin and tried to explain the geography of Japan and Yezo using his map and globe. Since his instructions required extreme caution, and on the following day he found himself surrounded by eighty large boats, each with ten or twelve men, he decided to weigh anchor and head out to sea in a northeasterly direction.

It was Spangberg's purpose to chart the southern part of the Kurile Islands, and, as will be seen from his chart,[69] he sought to accomplish his task, and thus complete his work of 1738. The casual observer will, however, find this map unsatisfactory and inaccurate, and will not only be quite confused in viewing these islands so promiscuously scattered about, and which seemingly do not correspond with the actual geography of this region as known to us, but he will even be inclined to suspect Spangberg of gross fraud. This is certainly very unjust, however, and after a careful study of a modern map, I venture the following opinion on this subject: In order to be able to understand his chart and course, the most essential thing necessary is simply to determine his first [Pg 123]place of landing in the Kuriles, the island Figurnyi, and to identify it with its present name. He discovered this island on the 3d of July. Müller says that, according to the ship's journal, it is in latitude 43° 50' N., and in spite of the fact that Spangberg's determinations in longitude, based on the ship's calculations, were as a rule somewhat inaccurate, which in a measure is shown by Nipon's being located so far west, he is nevertheless in this case right. Figurnyi is the island Sikotan and has the astronomical position of this island on the chart (according to Golovnin 43° 53' N. and 146° 43' 30" E.). This opinion is corroborated by a map of the Russian discoveries published at St. Petersburg in 1787, and by Captain Broughton, who described the island in the fall of 1796, and gave it the name of Spangberg's Island, in honor of its first discoverer. With this point fixed, it is not difficult to understand and follow Spangberg.

Spangberg aimed to chart the southern part of the Kurile Islands, and as seen from his chart,[69] he tried to complete this task and finish his work from 1738. However, a casual observer might find this map unsatisfactory and inaccurate, leading to confusion when looking at the islands scattered about, which don’t seem to match the current geography of the area as we know it. Some might even suspect Spangberg of blatant fraud. This opinion is quite unfair, though, and after examining a modern map, I propose the following: to truly understand his chart and route, the key thing needed is to locate his first landing in the Kuriles, the island Figurnyi, and connect it with its current name. He discovered this island on July 3rd. Müller notes that, according to the ship's journal, it's at latitude 43° 50' N, and despite Spangberg's typically inaccurate longitude measurements—as shown by Nipon's location being too far west—he is correct in this instance. Figurnyi is actually the island Sikotan, and its position on the chart is noted (according to Golovnin, 43° 53' N and 146° 43' 30" E). This view is supported by a map of Russian discoveries published in St. Petersburg in 1787 and by Captain Broughton, who described the island in the fall of 1796, naming it Spangberg's Island in honor of its first discoverer. With this point established, it becomes easier to understand and follow Spangberg.

Spangberg labored under very unfavorable circumstances. It rained constantly, the coast was enveloped in heavy fogs, and at times it was impossible to see land at a distance of eight yards. From Figurnyi he sailed southwest, but under these difficult circumstances he took the little islands of Taroko and the northern point of Yezo to be one continuous coast (Seljonyi, the green island), and anchored at the head of Walvisch bay, his Bay of Patience. From here he saw the western shore of the bay, reached its farthest point, Cape Notske, and discovered the peninsula of Sirokot and parts of the island Kumashiri, which he called Konosir and Tsyntrounoi respectively; but, as he turned from Cape Notske and sailed east into the Pacific, between Sikotan and the[Pg 124] Taroko Islands, he did not reach the Kurile Islands themselves, and only the most northerly island in the group of the "Three Sisters" may possibly be the southern point of Iturup. He then proceeded along the eastern coast of Yezo, took the deep bay of Akischis as a strait separating Seljonyi and Konosir, then crossed in a southerly direction the large bay on the central coast of Yezo, without seeing land at its head, to Cape Jerimo (his Matmai), and had thus navigated the whole east coast of Yezo; but on account of the heavy fog, which prevented him from seeing the exact outline of the coast, he made three islands of Yezo: Matmai, Seljonyi and Konosir. In 1643, De Vries had in his map linked a number of islands together, making one stretch of country called Jeço, and now Spangberg had gone to the opposite extreme.

Spangberg worked under very challenging conditions. It rained constantly, the coast was shrouded in thick fog, and at times it was impossible to see land even from eight yards away. He sailed southwest from Figurnyi, but in these tough conditions, he mistook the small islands of Taroko and the northern tip of Yezo for one continuous coastline (Seljonyi, the green island) and anchored at the head of Walvisch Bay, which he named his Bay of Patience. From there, he saw the western shore of the bay, reached its furthest point, Cape Notske, and discovered the Sirokot peninsula and parts of Kumashiri Island, which he called Konosir and Tsyntrounoi, respectively. However, when he turned from Cape Notske and sailed east into the Pacific, between Sikotan and the Taroko Islands, he didn't actually reach the Kurile Islands, and only the northernmost island in the "Three Sisters" group might be the southern point of Iturup. He then continued along the eastern coast of Yezo, mistaking the deep bay of Akischis for a strait separating Seljonyi and Konosir, then crossed south across the large bay on the central coast of Yezo, unable to see land at its head, to Cape Jerimo (his Matmai), thereby navigating the entire east coast of Yezo. However, due to the heavy fog that obscured the precise shape of the coast, he incorrectly identified three islands of Yezo: Matmai, Seljonyi, and Konosir. In 1643, De Vries had included several islands in a map, linking them together as one region called Jeço, and now Spangberg had gone to the opposite extreme.

These explorations engaged Spangberg from the 3d to the 25th of July. He several times met inhabitants of North Yezo, the Aïno people, whose principal characteristics he has fully described, but as his men were suffering from scurvy, causing frequent deaths among them (by August 29, when he arrived at Okhotsk, he had lost thirteen, among them the physician), he resolved to turn at Cape Jerimo, and on his return trip keep his course so close to the Kuriles that he might strike the extreme points of De l'Isle's Jeço, all of Kompagniland, and the most westerly parts of Gamaland.

These explorations kept Spangberg busy from July 3rd to the 25th. He met several times with the inhabitants of North Yezo, the Aïno people, whose main traits he has thoroughly described. However, since his crew was suffering from scurvy, which led to frequent deaths among them (by August 29, when he reached Okhotsk, he had lost thirteen, including the doctor), he decided to turn back at Cape Jerimo and, on his return trip, stay close to the Kuriles so he could reach the farthest points of De l'Isle's Jeço, all of Kompagniland, and the westernmost parts of Gamaland.

Spangberg's explorations were far from exhaustive. He but partly succeeded in lifting the veil that so persistently concealed the true outline of this irregularly formed part of the globe. His reconnoissance was to ascertain the general oceanic outline of these coasts.[Pg 125] His charting of Yezo and Saghalin was left to a much later day,—to La Pérouse, to Krusenstern, Golovnin, and others. But Spangberg's expedition nevertheless marks great progress in our geographical knowledge, for not only did he irrevocably banish the cartographical myths of that region, and, on the whole, give a correct representation of the Kurile islands clear to Iturup, the next to the last of them, but he also determined the position of North Japan, and fully accomplished his original task, namely, to show the Russians the way to Japan, and thus add this long disputed part of the Northeast passage to the other explorations for the same purpose.

Spangberg's explorations were far from complete. He only partially succeeded in uncovering the true shape of this oddly structured part of the world. His mission was to map out the general oceanic outline of these coasts.[Pg 125] His mapping of Yezo and Saghalin was left for much later, to La Pérouse, Krusenstern, Golovnin, and others. However, Spangberg's expedition still represents a significant advancement in our geographical understanding, as he definitively removed the cartographical myths surrounding that area and generally provided an accurate depiction of the Kurile Islands up to Iturup, the second-to-last island. He also pinpointed the location of North Japan and successfully completed his primary mission: to guide the Russians to Japan, thereby incorporating this long-contested segment of the Northeast passage into other explorations aimed at the same goal.

As was the case with that of all of his colleagues, so Spangberg's reputation suffered under the violent administrative changes and that system of suppression which later prevailed in Russia. His reports were never made public. The Russian cartographers made use of his chart, but they did not understand how to fit judiciously his incomplete coast-lines to those already known, or to distinguish right from wrong. They even omitted the course of his vessel, thus excluding all possibility of understanding his work. Hence Spangberg's chart never reached West Europe, and Cook found it necessary to reinstate him as well as Bering.[70] After that the feeling was more favorable, and Coxe,[71] for instance, used his representation of the Kuriles; but new and better outlines of this region appeared about this time, and Spangberg again sank into complete oblivion.

Like all his colleagues, Spangberg's reputation took a hit from the drastic administrative changes and the oppressive system that later took hold in Russia. His reports were never published. The Russian cartographers used his chart, but they couldn't properly align his incomplete coastlines with the ones they already knew, nor could they tell right from wrong. They even left out the path of his vessel, making it impossible to understand his work. As a result, Spangberg's chart never made it to Western Europe, and Cook found it necessary to reinstate him and Bering.[70] After that, the sentiment improved, and Coxe,[71] for example, utilized his map of the Kuriles; however, new and better outlines of this area appeared around that time, and Spangberg fell back into complete obscurity.

Spangberg's safe return was a bright spot in the history of the Great Northern Expedition, and Bering [Pg 126]was very well satisfied with the results. He permitted him and his crew to go to Yakutsk to obtain rest, and ordered him to return to St. Petersburg the next spring to render in person an account of the results of the expedition. His preliminary report, sent in advance, received considerable attention in the cabinet of the Empress, and caused much talk in the leading circles of the capital. While in Yakutsk, he received orders to travel day and night to reach St. Petersburg. Meanwhile, however, his old enemy Pissarjeff had also been active. Surreptitiously, especially from Walton, who was constantly at enmity with his chief, he had obtained some information concerning the expedition and had reported to the Senate that Spangberg had not been in Japan at all, but off the coast of Corea. This assertion he sought to prove by referring to pre-Spangberg maps, which, as we have noted, placed Japan eleven or twelve degrees too far east, directly south of Kamchatka. This gossip was credited in the Senate, and a courier was dispatched to stop Spangberg. At Fort Kirinsk, on the Lena, in the summer of 1740, he received orders to return to Okhotsk and repeat his voyage to Japan, while a commission of naval officers and scholars betook themselves to investigate the matter. These wise men, after several years of deliberation, came to the conclusion that Walton had been in Japan, and that Spangberg most probably had been off the coast of Corea. In the summer of 1742, he started out on his third expedition to Japan, but as this was a complete failure, undoubtedly due to Spangberg's anger on account of the government's unjust and insane action, and as it has no geographical significance, we shall give it no further consideration.

Spangberg's safe return was a highlight in the history of the Great Northern Expedition, and Bering [Pg 126] was quite pleased with the results. He allowed Spangberg and his crew to go to Yakutsk for some rest and instructed him to return to St. Petersburg the following spring to personally report on the expedition's outcomes. His preliminary report, sent ahead, garnered significant attention in the Empress's cabinet and sparked considerable discussion in the capital's prominent circles. While in Yakutsk, he received orders to travel non-stop to reach St. Petersburg. However, his old rival Pissarjeff had also been active. Stealthily, particularly from Walton, who was always at odds with his superior, he managed to gather some information about the expedition and reported to the Senate that Spangberg had never been in Japan, but instead along the coast of Korea. He tried to support this claim by referencing pre-Spangberg maps that, as noted, placed Japan eleven or twelve degrees too far east, directly south of Kamchatka. This rumor gained traction in the Senate, and a courier was sent to intercept Spangberg. At Fort Kirinsk on the Lena, during the summer of 1740, he received orders to return to Okhotsk and repeat his journey to Japan, while a commission of naval officers and scholars set out to investigate the matter. After several years of deliberation, these experts concluded that Walton had indeed been in Japan and that Spangberg had most likely been along the coast of Korea. In the summer of 1742, he embarked on his third expedition to Japan, but since this was a complete failure—undoubtedly due to Spangberg's frustration over the government's unreasonable and irrational actions—and since it holds no geographical significance, we will not discuss it further.

FOOTNOTES:

[69] See Appendix.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Appendix.

[70] Note 53.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 53.

[71] Note 54.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 54.


CHAPTER XIV.
PREPARATIONS FOR BERING'S VOYAGE OF DISCOVERY TO AMERICA.—FOUNDING OF PETROPAVLOVSK.—THE BROTHERS DE L'ISLE.

We left Bering when, in 1740, he was about to depart from the harbor of Okhotsk with the St. Peter and the St. Paul, two smaller transports, and a vessel to convey the scientists, Steller and La Croyère, to Bolsheretsk. The objective point of the main expedition was Avacha Bay, on the eastern coast of Kamchatka. The excellent harbors here had been discovered by Bering's crew a couple of years previous. He had now sent his mate, Yelagin, to chart the bay, find a sheltered harbor there, and establish a fortified place of abode on this coast. This work Yelagin completed in the summer of 1740, and when in the latter part of September the packet boats entered Avacha Bay, they found, in a smaller bay on the north side, Niakina Cove, some barracks and huts. A fort was built in the course of the winter and the pious Bering had a church built and consecrated to St. Peter and St. Paul, thus founding the present town of Petropavlovsk. The place rapidly became the most important and pleasant town of the peninsula, although that is not saying much. In 1779, the place was still so insignificant that Cook's officers[Pg 128] searched long in vain for it with their field-glasses, but finally discovered about thirty huts on that point which shelters the harbor. In the middle of this century it had about a thousand inhabitants, but since the sale of Russian America, Bering's town has been hopelessly on the decline. At present it has scarcely 600 inhabitants and is of importance only to the fur trade.

We left Bering when, in 1740, he was about to depart from the harbor of Okhotsk with the St. Peter and the St. Paul, two smaller ships, and a vessel to take the scientists, Steller and La Croyère, to Bolsheretsk. The main destination of the expedition was Avacha Bay, on the eastern coast of Kamchatka. Bering's crew had discovered the excellent harbors here a couple of years earlier. He had sent his mate, Yelagin, to map the bay, find a sheltered harbor, and set up a fortified settlement on this coast. Yelagin finished this task in the summer of 1740, and when the packet boats arrived in Avacha Bay in late September, they found, in a smaller bay on the north side, Niakina Cove, some barracks and huts. Over the winter, a fort was built, and the dedicated Bering had a church constructed and dedicated to St. Peter and St. Paul, thus founding what is now the town of Petropavlovsk. The place quickly became the most significant and pleasant town on the peninsula, although that’s not saying much. By 1779, it was still so small that Cook's officers[Pg 128] searched long in vain for it with their binoculars but eventually found about thirty huts on the point that sheltered the harbor. In the middle of this century, it had around a thousand residents, but since the sale of Russian America, Bering's town has been in a steady decline. Currently, it has barely 600 residents and holds importance mainly for the fur trade.

Its first permanent inhabitants were brought from the forts on the Kamchatka, and in the course of the autumn there arrived from Anadyrskoi Ostrog a herd of reindeer to supply the command of over two hundred men with food, and thus spare other stores. This was very necessary, for although Bering had left Okhotsk with nearly two years' provisions, one of the ships, through the carelessness of an officer, stranded in crossing the Okhotsk bar, and the cargo, consisting of the ship's bread for the voyage to America, was destroyed and could not immediately be replaced. Some lesser misfortunes in Avacha Bay further diminished the stores, and hence, in the course of the winter, Bering found it necessary to have large supplies brought across the country from Bolsheretsk. The distance is about one hundred and forty miles, and as nothing but dogs could be procured, the natives were gathered from the remotest quarters of the peninsula to accomplish this work of transportation. The Kamshadales disliked journeys very much. They had already suffered terribly under the misrule of the Cossacks. They were treated cruelly, and many died of overwork and want, and the rest lost patience. The tribes in the vicinity of Tigil revolted. The Cossack chief Kolessoff, who was constantly drunk,[Pg 129] neglected to superintend the transportation, and as a result, much was injured or ruined. Some of those supplies arrived too late to be used for the expedition. Bering's original plan was to spend two years on this expedition. He was to winter on the American coast, navigate it from 60° N. latitude to Bering Strait, and then return along the coast of Asia. But this had to be abandoned.

Its first permanent residents were brought from the forts on the Kamchatka, and during the autumn, a herd of reindeer arrived from Anadyrskoi Ostrog to provide food for the over two hundred men and conserve other supplies. This was crucial because although Bering had departed Okhotsk with nearly two years' worth of provisions, one of the ships, due to an officer's negligence, ran aground while crossing the Okhotsk bar, and the cargo, which consisted of the ship's bread for the journey to America, was destroyed and couldn’t be replaced right away. Some additional setbacks in Avacha Bay further reduced the supplies, so during the winter, Bering found it necessary to have large quantities brought across the country from Bolsheretsk. The distance is about one hundred and forty miles, and since only dogs could be procured, the natives were gathered from the farthest reaches of the peninsula to carry out this transportation. The Kamshadales greatly disliked traveling. They had already suffered immensely under the oppressive rule of the Cossacks. They faced harsh treatment, and many died from overwork and deprivation, causing the rest to lose patience. The tribes near Tigil revolted. The Cossack chief Kolessoff, who was frequently drunk,[Pg 129] failed to oversee the transportation, resulting in much being damaged or spoiled. Some of the supplies arrived too late to be used for the expedition. Bering's initial plan was to spend two years on this expedition. He intended to winter on the American coast, explore it from 60° N. latitude to Bering Strait, and then return along the coast of Asia. But this had to be scrapped.

In May, 1741, when the ice broke up, he could supply his ships with frugal, not to say very poor, provisions, for only five and a half months. Moreover, his ship's stores and reserve rigging were both incomplete and inadequate. Bering's powers of resistance now began to wane. After eight years of incessant trouble and toil, after all the accusations and suspicions he had undergone, he was now forced to face the thought of an unsatisfactory conclusion of his first voyage, at least. Besides, Spangberg's fate could not but have a very depressing influence, for it told Bering and his associates that even with the best of results it would hardly be possible to overcome the prejudices of the government authorities or their lack of confidence in the efforts of the new marine service. Undoubtedly it was such thoughts as these that swayed Bering and Chirikoff, when, on the 4th of May, they called the ship's council to consider the prospective voyage (the proceedings are not known). Although both, as well as the best of their officers, were of the opinion that America[72] was to be sought in a direction east by north from Avacha, and in spite of the fact that they [Pg 130]were both familiar with Gvosdjeff's discovery of the American coast of Bering Strait (1732), and that their observations during the course of the winter had amply corroborated Bering's earlier opinion, they nevertheless allowed themselves to be prevailed upon to search first in a southeasterly direction for the legendary Gamaland. And thus the lid of Pandora's box was lifted.

In May 1741, when the ice melted, he could only provide his ships with sparse, if not extremely poor, supplies for just five and a half months. Additionally, his ship's stores and backup rigging were both incomplete and insufficient. Bering's strength to resist was beginning to fade. After eight years of constant trouble and hard work, and all the accusations and doubts he had faced, he now had to confront the possibility of an unsatisfactory conclusion to his first voyage, at least. Furthermore, Spangberg's fate was undoubtedly disheartening, as it indicated to Bering and his team that even with the best outcomes, it would be tough to overcome the prejudices of the government officials or their lack of trust in the new marine service's efforts. No doubt such thoughts influenced Bering and Chirikoff when, on May 4th, they convened the ship's council to discuss the upcoming voyage (the details are unknown). Although both, along with their best officers, believed that America[72] should be sought in an east-by-north direction from Avacha, and despite the fact that they were both aware of Gvosdjeff's discovery of the American coast of Bering Strait in 1732, and that their observations over the winter strongly supported Bering's earlier views, they nonetheless allowed themselves to be persuaded to first search in a southeasterly direction for the fabled Gamaland. And so, the lid of Pandora's box was lifted.

This fatal resolution was due principally to the brothers De l'Isle, and, as this name is most decisively connected with Bering's life and renown, we must say a few words about these brothers. The elder and more talented, Guillaume De l'Isle, undoubtedly represented the geographical knowledge of his day, but he died as early as 1726. He came in personal contact with the Czar during the latter's visit in Paris, and corresponded with him afterwards. His maps were the worst stumbling blocks to Bering's first voyage. The younger brother, Joseph Nicolas, on the other hand, was called to Russia in 1726, on his brother's recommendation, and was appointed chief astronomer of the newly founded Academy. In this position he was for twenty-one years engaged upon the cartography of the great Russian empire. Under his supervision the atlas of the Academy appeared in 1745, and it was supposed that he carried very valuable geographical collections with him to Paris in 1747. But if this was the case, he did not understand how to make proper use of them, and, as it is, he is of no geographical importance. When he went to Russia, he took with him, without special invitation, his elder brother, Louis, and did everything to secure him a scientific position in the country. Louis seems to have been[Pg 131] an amiable good-for-nothing, who highly prized a good table and a social glass, but cared as little as possible for scientific pursuits. When, as a young man, he studied theology in Paris, his father found it necessary to send him to Canada, where he assumed his mother's name, La Croyère, and for seventeen years lived a soldier's wild life, until his brothers, on the death of the father, recalled him from his exile. In St. Petersburg his brother instructed him in the elements of astronomy, sent him upon a surveying expedition to Lapland, and finally secured him a position as chief astronomer of Bering's second expedition. This was a great mistake. Louis de l'Isle de la Croyère very unsatisfactorily filled his position. His Academic associates Müller and Gmelin had no regard for him whatever, and hence under the pressure of this contempt, and as a result of this irregular and protracted life in a barbaric country, La Croyère, having no native power of resistance, sank deeper and deeper into hopeless sluggishness. His astronomical determinations in Kamchatka are worthless. His Russian assistants, especially Krassilnikoff, did this part of the work of the expedition.

This deadly decision was mainly due to the De l'Isle brothers, and since this name is closely tied to Bering's life and fame, we should mention them briefly. The older and more skilled brother, Guillaume De l'Isle, represented the geographical knowledge of his time, but he died as early as 1726. He met the Czar during the latter's visit to Paris and corresponded with him afterward. His maps were significant obstacles for Bering's first voyage. The younger brother, Joseph Nicolas, was called to Russia in 1726 on his brother's recommendation and was appointed chief astronomer of the newly established Academy. In this role, he spent twenty-one years working on the cartography of the vast Russian empire. Under his guidance, the Academy's atlas was published in 1745, and it was believed he brought valuable geographical collections to Paris in 1747. However, if that was the case, he didn't know how to use them properly, and as a result, he holds no real geographical significance. When he went to Russia, he took his older brother, Louis, with him without a formal invitation and worked to help him secure a scientific position in the country. Louis seems to have been an amiable slacker who loved good food and drinks but cared little for scientific interests. As a young man studying theology in Paris, his father felt it necessary to send him to Canada, where he took his mother's name, La Croyère, and lived a wild soldier's life for seventeen years until his brothers brought him back from exile after their father's death. In St. Petersburg, his brother taught him the basics of astronomy, sent him on a surveying expedition to Lapland, and eventually got him a role as chief astronomer for Bering's second expedition. This was a major mistake. Louis de l'Isle de la Croyère did not fulfill his position satisfactorily. His academic colleagues, Müller and Gmelin, had no respect for him, and as a result of this disdain and his irregular, extended stay in a primitive country, La Croyère, lacking resilience, fell deeper into hopeless laziness. His astronomical measurements in Kamchatka are worthless. His Russian assistants, especially Krassilnikoff, handled this part of the expedition's work.

As early as 1730, Bering, as we have seen, came into unfortunate relations with Joseph De l'Isle, and this state of affairs afterwards grew gradually worse. In 1731, the Senate requested the latter to construct a map of the northern part of the Pacific in order to present graphically the still unsolved problems for geographical research. He submitted this map to the Senate on the 6th of October, 1732, that is, two years and a half after Bering's proposition to undertake the Great Northern[Pg 132] Expedition, but this did not deter him, in 1750, from ascribing to himself, on the basis of this same map and an accompanying memoir, Bering's proposition, nor from publishing an entirely perverted account of Bering's second expedition. He clung to all of his brother's conjectures about Gamaland, Kompagniland, and Staatenland as well as Jeço, although they were based on very unreliable accounts and the cartographical distortions of several generations. On the other hand, he most arbitrarily rejected all Russian accounts of far more recent and reliable origin, so that only Bering's and part of Yevrinoff's and Lushin's outlines of the first Kuriles were allowed to appear on the official map. He would rather reject all Russian works that could be made doubtful, than his brother's authority, and even in 1753, over twenty years after Spangberg's and Bering's voyages, he persistently sought to maintain his brother Guillaume's and his own unreasonable ideas concerning the cartography of this region. It was in part this dogged persistence in clinging to family prejudices that robbed Spangberg of his well-earned reward and brought Bering's last expedition to a sad end.

As early as 1730, Bering, as we've seen, got into a problematic relationship with Joseph De l'Isle, and this situation gradually worsened over time. In 1731, the Senate asked him to create a map of the northern part of the Pacific to visually present the unresolved issues in geographical research. He presented this map to the Senate on October 6, 1732, which was two and a half years after Bering's proposal to embark on the Great Northern[Pg 132] Expedition, but this didn't stop him, in 1750, from claiming Bering's proposal based on this same map and an accompanying memo, nor from publishing a completely distorted account of Bering's second expedition. He held onto all of his brother's theories about Gamaland, Kompagniland, and Staatenland, as well as Jeço, even though they were based on very unreliable information and cartographical inaccuracies spanning several generations. On the other hand, he arbitrarily dismissed all Russian accounts that were far more recent and credible, allowing only Bering's and parts of Yevrinoff's and Lushin's outlines of the first Kuriles to appear on the official map. He preferred to dismiss any Russian works that could be questioned rather than challenge his brother's authority, and even in 1753, over twenty years after Spangberg's and Bering's voyages, he stubbornly tried to uphold his brother Guillaume's and his own unreasonable ideas about the cartography of this region. This dogged insistence on sticking to family biases ultimately cost Spangberg his well-deserved recognition and led to a tragic end for Bering's last expedition.

When the second Kamchatkan expedition left St. Petersburg, a copy of De l'Isle's map was given to Bering as well as to La Croyère. De l'Isle wrote the latter's instructions—ably written, by the way—and it was a result of his efforts that the Senate ordered Bering and Chirikoff to consult with La Croyère concerning the route to America,—a very reasonable decree in case he had been a good geographer. As it was, the order simply meant that they were to go according to the regulations[Pg 133] of De l'Isle in St. Petersburg. In the ship's council on the 4th of May, 1741, La Croyère immediately produced the above-mentioned map, and directed the expedition first to find Gamaland, which, it was claimed, could lie but a few days' sailing toward the southeast, and would furnish good assistance in finding America. But La Croyère was only a spokesman for his brother, who in his memoir had constructed his principal reasoning on this basis. He says here that America can be reached from the Chukchee peninsula as well as from the mouth of the Kamchatka River, but with greatest ease and certainty from Avacha Bay in a southeasterly direction to the northern coast of Gamaland. In order to support this supposition he adds: "It grieves me not to have found other information about this land seen by Don Juan de Gama than what is given on the map of my late brother, his most Christian Majesty's first geographer. But as he indicated the position of this country with reference to Kompagniland and Jeço, and as I am certain, from other sources, of the position of these two countries, I am consequently convinced of their correct situation and distance from Kamchatka."

When the second Kamchatkan expedition left St. Petersburg, Bering and La Croyère were given a copy of De l'Isle's map. De l'Isle wrote the instructions for La Croyère—very well written, by the way—and it was thanks to his efforts that the Senate ordered Bering and Chirikoff to consult with La Croyère regarding the route to America, which was a sensible decision if he had been a good geographer. As it turned out, the order simply meant they were to follow De l'Isle's regulations in St. Petersburg. At the ship's council on May 4, 1741, La Croyère immediately presented the aforementioned map and instructed the expedition to first locate Gamaland, which was said to be just a few days' sail to the southeast and would be helpful in finding America. However, La Croyère was merely a mouthpiece for his brother, who based his main argument on this in his memoir. He claimed that America could be reached from the Chukchee peninsula as well as from the Kamchatka River's mouth, but it would be easiest and most reliable to go from Avacha Bay in a southeasterly direction to Gamaland's northern coast. To back up this claim, he added: "I regret not having found more information about this land seen by Don Juan de Gama other than what is shown on my late brother's map, his most Christian Majesty's first geographer. But since he indicated this country's location in relation to Kompagniland and Jeço, and I'm certain of the positions of those two areas from other sources, I am therefore convinced of their correct location and distance from Kamchatka."

That these miserable arguments exercised any influence upon the ship's council on the 4th of May, would seem impossible, if we did not bear in mind the conduct of the authorities in St. Petersburg. Two years previous Spangberg had sailed right across Kompagniland, Staatenland and Jeço, and thus made every point in De l'Isle's argument untenable. Bering and Chirikoff were familiar with the results of these voyages, and shared Spangberg's opinion. For this reason they could not possibly ascribe[Pg 134] any great importance to De l'Isle's directions which were based on antiquated assumptions, but on the other hand, they had neither moral nor practical independence enough to take their own course. The government laws, and especially the Senate decrees, bound their hands. They were to submit all important measures to the action of a commission, and were far from being sovereign commanders in any modern sense. Under these circumstances they found it advisable, and possibly necessary, to act in accordance with the opinion of these learned scholars, so as to be able later to defend themselves in every particular against the criticisms of the Academy. Hence the commission resolved that the expedition should first find the northern coast of Gamaland, follow this coast in an easterly direction to America, and turn back in time to be at home in Avacha Bay by the end of September. In this way their ships were carried far into the Pacific and away from the Aleutian chain of islands, which, like the thread of Ariadne, would speedily have led them to the western continent.

That these pointless arguments had any influence on the ship's council on May 4th seems impossible, especially considering the actions of the authorities in St. Petersburg. Two years earlier, Spangberg had sailed straight through Kompagniland, Staatenland, and Jeço, making every point in De l'Isle's argument invalid. Bering and Chirikoff were aware of the outcomes of these voyages and agreed with Spangberg. For this reason, they couldn't attribute much importance to De l'Isle's directions, which were based on outdated assumptions, but on the other hand, they lacked the moral and practical independence to chart their own course. Government regulations, particularly Senate decrees, restricted them. They were required to present all significant measures to a commission and were far from being sovereign commanders in any modern sense. Given these circumstances, they found it wise, and perhaps necessary, to align with the views of these learned scholars to be able to defend their decisions against any criticism from the Academy later on. Therefore, the commission decided that the expedition should first locate the northern coast of Gamaland, follow this coast eastward towards America, and return in time to be back in Avacha Bay by the end of September. This way, their ships were taken deep into the Pacific, away from the Aleutian island chain, which would have quickly led them to the western continent like the thread of Ariadne.

FOOTNOTES:

[72] Note 55.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 55.


CHAPTER XV.
THE DISCOVERY OF AMERICA FROM THE EAST.—STELLER INDUCED TO JOIN THE EXPEDITION.—THE SEPARATION OF THE ST. PETER AND THE ST. PAUL.

In the course of the month of May the vessels were equipped and supplied with provisions for five and a half months, several cords of wood, 100 casks of water, and two rowboats each. The St. Peter, commanded by Bering, had a crew of 77, among whom were Lieutenant Waxel, shipmaster Khitroff, the mates Hesselberg, and Jushin, the surgeon Betge, the conductor Plenisner, Ofzyn (whom we remember as the officer who had been reduced in rank), and Steller. On board the St. Paul, commanded by Lieut. Alexei Chirikoff, were found the marine officers Chegatchoff and Plautin, La Croyère, and the assistant surgeon Lau,—in all about 76 men. Before his departure, Bering had a very difficult matter to arrange. His instructions directed him to take with him to America a mineralogist; but when Spangberg had started out on his unexpected expedition to Japan, Bering had sent with him the mineralogist Hartelpol, and now he found it impossible in East Siberia to get a man to fill his place. Hence, as early as February, Bering applied to Steller and tried to induce him to take upon himself the duties of naturalist and mineralogist on this expedition.

During the month of May, the ships were outfitted and stocked with supplies for five and a half months, several cords of wood, 100 barrels of water, and two rowboats each. The St. Peter, led by Bering, had a crew of 77, including Lieutenant Waxel, shipmaster Khitroff, mates Hesselberg and Jushin, surgeon Betge, conductor Plenisner, Ofzyn (who we recall was demoted), and Steller. On the St. Paul, commanded by Lieut. Alexei Chirikoff, were marine officers Chegatchoff and Plautin, La Croyère, and assistant surgeon Lau—totaling about 76 men. Before leaving, Bering had a challenging situation to resolve. His instructions required him to bring a mineralogist to America; however, when Spangberg unexpectedly embarked on his journey to Japan, Bering had sent the mineralogist Hartelpol with him, and now he could not find anyone in East Siberia to take his place. Therefore, as early as February, Bering reached out to Steller and tried to persuade him to take on the roles of naturalist and mineralogist for this expedition.

Steller was born at Windsheim, Germany, in 1709. He first studied theology and had even begun to preach, when the study of science suddenly drew him from the church. He studied medicine and botany, passed the medical examinations in Berlin, and lectured on medicine in Halle. Then, partly as a matter of necessity and partly from a desire to travel, he went to Danzig, where he became surgeon on a Russian vessel, and finally, after a series of vicissitudes, he landed in St. Petersburg as a lecturer in the Academy of Science. According to his own desire he went to Siberia as Gmelin's and Müller's assistant, and, as these gentlemen found it altogether too uncomfortable to travel any farther east than Yakutsk, he took upon himself the exploration of Kamchatka. He was an enthusiast in science, who heeded neither obstacles nor dangers, a keen and successful observer, who has enriched science with several classical chapters, and had an ardent and passionate nature that attacked without regard to persons every form of injustice. His pen could be shaped to epigrammatic sharpness, and his tongue spared no one. In 1741, he wished to extend his investigations to Japan, and had, when Bering sought to secure his services, sent to the Academy a request to be permitted to participate in Spangberg's third expedition. Steller had, however, great hesitancy about leaving his special field of investigation without orders or permission, and Bering had to assume all responsibility to the Senate and Academy, and also secure for him from a council of all the ship's officers an assurance of the position as mineralogist of the expedition, before he could be induced to accept. Bering is said to have charged him verbally to make observations[Pg 137] in all the departments of natural history, and promised him all necessary assistance. Steller accuses Bering of not having kept his promises, and, although he preserved until the last a high regard for Bering's seamanship and noble character, there nevertheless developed, during the expedition, a vehement enmity between Steller and the naval officers, especially Waxel and Khitroff, and this enmity found very pregnant expression in Steller's diary,[73] which, in this respect, is more a pamphlet than a description of travel. It is impossible, however, with our present resources, to ascertain the true state of affairs. Concerning Bering's voyage to America, we have only the St. Peter's journals kept by Waxel, Jushin, and Khitroff, and an account by Waxel, all of which have been used by Sokoloff in the preparation of the memoirs of the hydrographic department. Steller's diary, which goes into a detailed account of things in quite a different way than the official reports, was also used by Sokoloff, but as the latter had but little literary taste and still less sympathy for the contending parties, especially for Bering, he does not attempt to dispense justice between them. Steller's criticism must be looked upon as an eruption of that ill-humor which so often and so easily arises in the relations between the chief of an expedition and the accompanying scientists, between men with divergent interests and different aims. Bering and Steller, Cook and his naturalists, Kotzebue and Chamisso, are prominent examples of this disagreement. It is well known that Cook called the naturalists "the damned disturbers of the peace," and that he more than once threatened to put them off on [Pg 138]some island or other in the ocean. Steller accuses Bering of having too much regard for his subordinate officers, but in all likelihood these had made the countercharge that he gave too much heed to the scientists. At any rate, Bering has often been blamed for—in accordance with his instruction—letting La Croyère take part in the councils at Avacha. But we must not forget that Steller was a hot-headed and passionate fellow who persistently maintained his own opinions. From many points in his accounts, it appears that during this whole expedition he was in a state of geographical confusion; and even after his return he seemed to imagine that the two continents were separated by simply a narrow channel. He was guided by observations of a scientific nature, and, as the course of the St. Peter was no farther from the Aleutian Islands than the appearance of seaweed, seals, and birds indicated, he constantly imagined that they were off the coast of the New World. The naval officers, on the other hand, sought guidance in sounding; but as their course carried them out upon the great depths of the Pacific, the northern wall of which very precipitously ascends to the Aleutian Islands, their measurements were of no assistance, and in various points Steller was undoubtedly correct. The principal reason for Steller's complaint must be sought in Bering's illness, and it is easily perceived that, if the scurvy had not at a very early stage undermined his strength, his superior seamanship would have secured the expedition quite different results than those that were obtained.

Steller was born in Windsheim, Germany, in 1709. He initially studied theology and had even started to preach, but then he was unexpectedly drawn to science. He shifted his focus to medicine and botany, passed the medical exams in Berlin, and lectured on medicine in Halle. Then, partly out of necessity and partly out of a desire to travel, he went to Danzig, where he became the surgeon on a Russian ship. After a series of adventures, he ended up in St. Petersburg as a lecturer at the Academy of Science. Following his own wishes, he went to Siberia as an assistant to Gmelin and Müller. Since they found it too uncomfortable to travel any further east than Yakutsk, he took on the exploration of Kamchatka. He was enthusiastic about science and did not shy away from obstacles or dangers. He was a keen and successful observer who contributed several significant chapters to science, and had a passionate nature that challenged all forms of injustice without regard for individuals. His writing was sharp and pointed, and he held nothing back in conversation. In 1741, he wanted to extend his research to Japan and had, when Bering sought to recruit him, sent a request to the Academy to join Spangberg's third expedition. However, Steller hesitated about leaving his research area without proper orders or permission, so Bering had to take full responsibility to the Senate and Academy, and also secure a guarantee of his position as mineralogist of the expedition from a council of all the ship's officers before Steller would agree to join. Bering allegedly instructed him to make observations in all branches of natural history and promised him all necessary support. Steller later accused Bering of not fulfilling his promises, and although he maintained a high regard for Bering's seamanship and character until the end, a strong enmity developed between Steller and the naval officers, especially Waxel and Khitroff, which was vividly expressed in Steller's diary, which reads more like a pamphlet than a travel description. However, with our current resources, it's impossible to determine the actual state of affairs. Regarding Bering's voyage to America, we only have the St. Peter's journals kept by Waxel, Jushin, and Khitroff, and an account by Waxel, all of which Sokoloff used for the memoirs of the hydrographic department. Steller's diary, which details things quite differently than the official reports, was also utilized by Sokoloff, but since he had little literary taste and even less sympathy for the conflicting parties, particularly for Bering, he did not attempt to deliver justice between them. Steller's criticism should be viewed as a reaction to the frustration that often arises between expedition leaders and the scientists that accompany them, stemming from their differing interests and goals. Bering and Steller, Cook and his naturalists, Kotzebue and Chamisso are notable examples of these conflicts. It is well known that Cook referred to the naturalists as "the damned disturbers of the peace," and he often threatened to leave them on some random island in the ocean. Steller accused Bering of being too attentive to his subordinate officers, but it's likely they countered that he paid too much attention to the scientists. Regardless, Bering has frequently been criticized for allowing La Croyère to join the councils at Avacha, per his instructions. However, we must remember that Steller was hot-headed and passionate, consistently holding on to his opinions. From several points in his accounts, it seems that he was quite geographically confused throughout the entire expedition; even after returning, he appeared to believe that the two continents were merely separated by a narrow channel. He was guided by scientific observations, and since the St. Peter was no farther from the Aleutian Islands than the presence of seaweed, seals, and birds suggested, he often thought they were off the coast of the New World. The naval officers, on the other hand, relied on soundings, but since their route took them into the deep waters of the Pacific, where the northern wall quickly rises to the Aleutian Islands, their measurements were ineffective, and on various occasions, Steller was undoubtedly correct. The main reason for Steller's complaints can be traced back to Bering's illness, and it is clear that if scurvy had not severely weakened his strength early on, his superior seamanship would have led the expedition to achieve quite different results.

After a prayer service, the ships weighed anchor on the 4th of June, 1741. Expectations on board were great,—the[Pg 139] New World was to open up before them. According to the plan adopted, a southeasterly course was taken, and in spite of some unfortunate friction, Bering gave Chirikoff the lead, so as to leave him no cause for complaint. They kept their course until the afternoon of June 12, when they found themselves, after having sailed over six hundred miles in a southeasterly direction, in latitude 46° 9' N. and 14° 30' east of Avacha. According to De l'Isle's map they should long before have come to the coasts of Gamaland, but as they only saw sea and sky, Bering gave the command to turn back. With variable and unfavorable winds, they worked their way, during the few succeeding days, in a direction of N. N. E. up to latitude 49° 30', where Chirikoff, on the 20th of June, in storm and fog, left Bering and sailed E. N. E. in the direction of the American coast, without attempting to keep with the St. Peter. This was the first real misfortune of the expedition. For forty-eight hours Bering kept close to the place of separation, in hopes of again joining the St. Paul, and, as this proved fruitless, he convened a ship's council, at which it was decided to give up all further search for the St. Paul; it was also resolved—in order to remove every doubt—to sail again to the 46th degree to find Gamaland. Having arrived here, some birds were seen, whereupon they continued their course to 45° 16' N. and 16° 28' east of Avacha, but of course without any results. During the four succeeding weeks, the ship's course was between north and east, toward the western continent, but as on their southern course they had come out upon the depths of Tuscarora, which, several thousand fathoms deep, run[Pg 140] right up to the Aleutian reef, their soundings gave them no clue to land, although they were sailing almost parallel with this chain of islands. But Bering was now confined to his cabin. The troubles he had passed through, his sixty years of age, and the incipient stages of scurvy, had crushed his powers of resistance, while his officers, Waxel and Khitroff, dismissed Steller's observations with scornful sarcasm. Not until the 12th of July did they take any precautions against a sudden landing. They took in some of the sails during the night and hove to. They had then been on the sea about six weeks. Their supply of water was about half gone, and according to the ship's calculations, which show an error of 8°, they had sailed 46½° (i. e., 54½°) from the meridian of Avacha. The ship's council therefore concluded, on the 13th of July, to sail due north, heading N. N. E., and at noon on the 16th of July, in a latitude by observation of 58° 14' and a longitude of 49½° east of Avacha, they finally saw land to the north.[74] The country was elevated, the coast was jagged, covered with snow, inhospitable, and girt with islands, behind which a snow-capped mountain peak towered so high into the clouds that it could be seen at a distance of seventy miles. "I do not remember," says Steller, "of having seen a higher mountain in all Siberia and Kamchatka." This mountain [Pg 141]was the volcano St. Elias, which is about 18,000 feet high. Bering had thus succeeded in discovering America from the east. As they had a head wind, they moved very slowly toward the north, and not until the morning of the 20th did they cast anchor off the western coast of an island which they called Sct. Ilii (St. Elias) in honor of the patron saint of the day. On the same day, Khitroff with fifteen men went, in the ship's boat, to search for a harbor and to explore the island and its nearest surroundings. Steller, who had desired to accompany him, was put ashore with the crew that brought fresh water from St. Elias, and endeavored, as well as it was possible in a few hours, to investigate the natural history of the island. Khitroff circumnavigated the island and found various traces of human habitation. Thus, on one of the adjacent islands, a timbered house was found containing a fireplace, a bark basket, a wooden spade, some mussel shells, and a whetstone, which apparently had been used for sharpening copper implements. In an earth-hut another detachment had found some smoked fish, a broken arrow, the remains of a fire, and several other things. The coast of the mainland, which was mountainous with snow-capped peaks, was seen at a distance of eight miles. A good harbor was found on the north side of the large island. All the islands were covered with trees, but these were so low and slender that timber available for yards was not to be found. On his venturesome wanderings here, only now and then accompanied by a Cossack, Steller penetrated these woods, where he discovered a cellar, which contained articles of food and various implements. As some of these things were sent on board, Bering, by way of[Pg 142] indemnification, caused to be placed there an iron kettle, a pound of tobacco, a Chinese pipe, and a piece of silk cloth.

After a prayer service, the ships set sail on June 4, 1741. There was a lot of excitement on board—the New World awaited them. Following the plan, they took a southeasterly course, and despite some minor disagreements, Bering let Chirikoff take the lead to avoid any complaints. They stayed on their course until the afternoon of June 12, after sailing over six hundred miles southeast, reaching latitude 46° 9' N. and 14° 30' east of Avacha. According to De l'Isle's map, they should have arrived at the coast of Gamaland much earlier, but seeing only sea and sky, Bering ordered them to turn back. With changing and unfavorable winds, they navigated over the next few days towards N. N. E., reaching latitude 49° 30'. On June 20, in stormy weather and fog, Chirikoff left Bering and sailed E. N. E. towards the American coast without trying to stay with the St. Peter. This marked the first real misfortune of the expedition. Bering lingered near the separation point for forty-eight hours, hoping to reunite with the St. Paul. When that proved unsuccessful, he called a ship's council, where they decided to stop searching for the St. Paul. They also agreed to return to the 46th degree to look for Gamaland again. Upon arriving there, they spotted some birds and then continued to 45° 16' N. and 16° 28' east of Avacha, but without any results. Over the next four weeks, the ship sailed between north and east toward the western continent, but their southern course took them into the deep waters of Tuscarora, which is several thousand fathoms deep and extends right up to the Aleutian reef. Their soundings didn’t provide any clues to land, even though they were sailing nearly parallel to this chain of islands. By now, Bering had to stay in his cabin. The hardships he had faced, his age of sixty, and the early signs of scurvy had worn him down, while his officers, Waxel and Khitroff, dismissed Steller's observations with scorn. It wasn’t until July 12 that they took precautions against an unexpected landing. They took in some sails during the night and stopped. They had been at sea for about six weeks. Their water supply was about half gone, and according to their calculations, which showed an error of 8°, they had sailed 46½° (i. e., 54½°) from the meridian of Avacha. The ship's council then decided, on July 13, to sail due north, heading N. N. E., and at noon on July 16, at an observed latitude of 58° 14' and a longitude of 49½° east of Avacha, they finally spotted land to the north.[74] The land was elevated, the coast was jagged, snow-covered, inhospitable, and surrounded by islands, behind which a snow-capped mountain peak rose so high into the clouds that it was visible from seventy miles away. "I don’t recall," said Steller, "seeing a taller mountain in all of Siberia and Kamchatka." This mountain was the volcano St. Elias, which stands about 18,000 feet high. Bering had thus successfully discovered America from the east. With a headwind, they moved slowly northward, and it wasn’t until the morning of the 20th that they anchored off the western coast of an island they named Sct. Ilii (St. Elias) in honor of the day's patron saint. On the same day, Khitroff, along with fifteen men, went in the ship’s boat to search for a harbor and to explore the island and its nearby areas. Steller, who wanted to join him, was put ashore with the crew that brought back fresh water from St. Elias and tried, as best as he could in a few hours, to study the island's natural history. Khitroff circumnavigated the island and found various signs of human habitation. On one of the nearby islands, they discovered a wooden house containing a fireplace, a bark basket, a wooden spade, some mussel shells, and a whetstone that appeared to have been used for sharpening copper tools. In an earth hut, another team found some smoked fish, a broken arrow, remnants of a fire, and several other items. The snowy, mountainous coast of the mainland was seen eight miles away. A good harbor was located on the north side of the large island. All the islands were covered in trees, but they were so low and slender that there wasn’t any suitable timber for yards. During his adventurous walks aided only occasionally by a Cossack, Steller navigated through the woods and discovered a cellar filled with food supplies and various tools. As some of these items were sent back to the ship, Bering, as a form of compensation, sent an iron kettle, a pound of tobacco, a Chinese pipe, and a piece of silk cloth.

FOOTNOTES:

[73] Note 56.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 56.

[74] H. H. Bancroft, History of Alaska, p. 79, has the following note: "The date of Bering's discovery, or the day when land was first sighted by the lookout, has been variously stated. Müller makes it the 20th of July, and Steller the 18th; the 16th is in accordance with Bering's journal, and according to Bering's observation the latitude was 58° 28'. This date is confirmed by a manuscript chart compiled by Petroff and Waxel, with the help of the original log-books of both vessels. The claim set up by certain Spanish writers in favor of Francisco Gali as first discoverer of this region is based on a misprint in an early account of his voyage. For particulars see Hist. Cal., I., this series."—Tr.

[74] H. H. Bancroft, History of Alaska, p. 79, has the following note: "The date of Bering's discovery, or the day when land was first seen by the lookout, has been reported in different ways. Müller sets it as July 20th, and Steller claims the 18th; the 16th aligns with Bering's journal, and according to Bering's observation, the latitude was 58° 28'. This date is confirmed by a manuscript chart created by Petroff and Waxel, using the original logbooks from both ships. The assertion made by certain Spanish writers that Francisco Gali was the first to discover this area is based on a typographical error in an early account of his voyage. For details, see Hist. Cal., I., this series."—Tr.


CHAPTER XVI.
BERING'S PLACE OF LANDING ON THE AMERICAN COAST.—CAPTAIN COOK'S UNCERTAINTY.—THE QUESTION DISCUSSED AND DEFINITELY SETTLED.

In geographical literature complete uncertainty in regard to Bering's island St. Elias and its situation off the American coast still prevails. This uncertainty is due partly to Müller and partly to Cook. Müller is inaccurate; in fact, confused. He says that Bering saw the American continent in a latitude of 58° 28', and at a difference of longitude from Avacha of 50° (in reality, 58° 14' and 56° 30'), but he gives neither the latitude nor longitude of the island of St. Elias, which is the important point, and on his map of 1758, where he goes into details more than in his description, he marked on latitude 58° 28': "Coast discovered by Bering in 1741." On such vague reports nothing can be based. In the ship's journal, however, which Müller in all likelihood must have seen, the latitude of the island is entered as 59° 40', and the longitude, according to the ship's calculations, as 48° 50' east of Avacha. But as Bering's calculations, on account of the strong current, which in these waters flows at a rate of twenty miles, had an error of about 8°, the longitude becomes 56° 30' east of Avacha, and at this astronomical point, approximately[Pg 144] correct, lies Kayak Island, which is Cook's Kayes Island, having a latitude of 59° 47' and a longitude of 56° 44' east of Avacha, and hence the question is to prove that this island really is the Guanahani of the Russians, that is, St. Elias.

In geographical literature, there's still a lot of confusion about Bering's Island St. Elias and its location off the American coast. This confusion stems partly from Müller and partly from Cook. Müller's information is inaccurate and, in fact, quite mixed up. He claims that Bering saw the American continent at a latitude of 58° 28' and a longitude difference from Avacha of 50° (the real figures are 58° 14' and 56° 30'), but he does not provide the latitude or longitude for St. Elias Island, which is crucial. On his 1758 map, where he goes into more detail than in his written description, he marks 58° 28' with the note "Coast discovered by Bering in 1741." Such vague reports cannot be relied upon. However, in the ship's journal— which Müller likely must have seen— the island's latitude is recorded as 59° 40', and the longitude, based on the ship's calculations, as 48° 50' east of Avacha. But due to errors in Bering's calculations caused by the strong current, which flows at about twenty miles per hour in those waters, the longitude turns out to be 56° 30' east of Avacha. At this astronomical point, which is approximately[Pg 144] accurate, lies Kayak Island, known as Cook's Kayes Island, which has a latitude of 59° 47' and a longitude of 56° 44' east of Avacha. Therefore, the task is to establish that this island is indeed the Guanahani of the Russians, also known as St. Elias.

Cook is the authority for the opinion which has hitherto prevailed; but surely no one can be more uncertain and cautious on this point than he. He says: "Müller's report of the voyage is so abbreviated, and his map is so extremely inaccurate, that it is scarcely possible from the one or the other, or by comparing both, to point out a single place that this navigator either saw or landed on. If I were to venture an opinion on Bering's voyage along this coast, I should say that he sighted land in the vicinity of Mt. Fairweather. But I am in no way certain that the bay which I named in his honor is the place where he anchored. Nor do I know whether the mountain which I called Mt. St. Elias is the same conspicuous peak to which he gave this name, and I am entirely unable to locate his Cape St. Elias."

Cook is the authority for the opinion that has been accepted until now; however, no one is more uncertain and cautious about this than he is. He says: "Müller's report of the voyage is so brief, and his map is so extremely inaccurate, that it's nearly impossible to identify a single spot that this navigator either saw or landed on, based on either source or by comparing them. If I had to guess about Bering's voyage along this coast, I would say he spotted land near Mt. Fairweather. But I'm not at all sure that the bay I named after him is where he anchored. I also don't know if the mountain I called Mt. St. Elias is the same prominent peak he named, and I'm totally unable to pinpoint his Cape St. Elias."

It would seem that such uncertain and reserved opinions were scarcely liable to be repeated without comment or criticism. But nevertheless, the few reminiscences of this chapter of Bering's explorations which our present geography has preserved are obtained principally from Cook's map; for the first successors of this great navigator, Dixon, 1785, La Pérouse, 1786, Malespina, 1791, and Vancouver, 1792, through whose efforts the northwest coast was scientifically charted, maintained, with a few unimportant changes, Cook's views on this point. According to these views, Bering Bay was in[Pg 145] 59° 18' north latitude and 139° west longitude, but Cook had not himself explored this bay; he had simply found indications of a bay, and hence La Pérouse and Vancouver, whose explorations were much more in detail, and who at this place could find no bay, were obliged to seek elsewhere for it. La Pérouse puts Bering Bay 10' farther south, at the present Alsekh River, northwest of Mt. Fairweather, the lagoon-shaped mouth of which he calls Rivière de Bering, and Vancouver was of the opinion that in La Pérouse's Bay de Monti, Dixon's Admiralty Bay, 59° 42' N. lat., he had found Bering's place of landing. Vancouver's opinion has hitherto held its own. The names Bering Bay, Admiralty Bay, or, as the Russians call it, Yakutat, are found side by side; the latter, however, is beginning to displace the former, and properly so, for Bering was never in or near this bay.[75]

It seems that such uncertain and cautious opinions were hardly likely to be shared without comments or criticism. However, the few memories of this part of Bering's explorations that our current geography has preserved mainly come from Cook's map. The first successors of this great navigator—Dixon in 1785, La Pérouse in 1786, Malespina in 1791, and Vancouver in 1792—who charted the northwest coast scientifically, mostly maintained Cook's views on this matter, with a few minor changes. According to these views, Bering Bay was located at 59° 18' north latitude and 139° west longitude, but Cook hadn't actually explored this bay; he simply discovered signs of a bay. Consequently, La Pérouse and Vancouver, whose explorations were much more detailed, found no bay at this location and had to look elsewhere. La Pérouse placed Bering Bay 10' further south, at the present Alsekh River, northwest of Mt. Fairweather, which he referred to as Rivière de Bering, and Vancouver believed that in La Pérouse's Bay de Monti, or Dixon's Admiralty Bay at 59° 42' N. lat., he had found Bering's landing spot. Vancouver's view has so far been upheld. The names Bering Bay, Admiralty Bay, or, as the Russians refer to it, Yakutat, are used alongside each other; however, the latter is starting to replace the former, and rightly so, as Bering was never in or near this bay.[Pg 145][75]

While this Cook cartography fixed Bering's place of landing too far east, the Russians committed the opposite error. On the chart with which the Admiralty provided Captain Billings on his great Pacific expedition, the southern point of the Island of Montague, in Prince William's Sound, (the Russian name of the island is Chukli), is given as Bering's promontory St. Elias, and the Admiralty gave him the right, as soon as the expedition reached this point, to assume a higher military rank, something which he actually did. But Admiral Krusenstern, with his usual keenness, comes as near the truth as it was possible without having Bering's own chart and the ship's journal. He thinks that, according [Pg 146]to Steller's narrative, the St. Peter must have touched America farther west than Yakutat Bay, and considers it quite probable that their anchoring place must be sought at one of the passages leading into Controller Bay, either between Cape Suckling (which on Russian maps is sometimes called Cape St. Elias) and Point Le Mesurier, or between the islands Kayak and Wingham. We shall soon see that this last supposition is correct. O. Peschel has not ventured wholly to accept Krusenstern's opinion, but he nevertheless calls attention to the fact that Bering Bay is not correctly located. He fixes Bering's landing place west of Kayak Island, and contends against considering Mt. St. Elias as the promontory seen by Bering, something which would seem quite superfluous.[76]

While Cook's maps placed Bering's landing too far east, the Russians made the opposite mistake. The chart provided to Captain Billings for his major Pacific expedition labeled the southern point of Montague Island in Prince William's Sound (known as Chukli in Russian) as Bering's promontory, St. Elias. The Admiralty allowed him to assume a higher military rank as soon as the expedition reached this point, which he did. However, Admiral Krusenstern, with his usual insight, got as close to the truth as possible without Bering's original chart and ship's log. He believes that, according to Steller's account, the St. Peter must have reached America further west than Yakutat Bay, and he thinks it’s quite likely that their anchorage site should be looked for in one of the passages leading into Controller Bay, either between Cape Suckling (sometimes called Cape St. Elias on Russian maps) and Point Le Mesurier or between Kayak and Wingham Islands. We'll soon see that this last assumption is correct. O. Peschel hasn't fully accepted Krusenstern's view, but he points out that Bering Bay is inaccurately positioned. He places Bering's landing site west of Kayak Island and argues against identifying Mt. St. Elias as the promontory observed by Bering, which seems somewhat unnecessary.[76]

This uncertainty is all the more striking, as, from the beginning of this century, there have been accessible, in the works of Sauer and Sarycheff, facts enough to establish the identity of the island of St. Elias with the present Kayak Island, and since the publication of Bering's own map, in 1851, by the Russian Admiralty, there can no longer be a shadow of a doubt. The map is found in the appendix of this work, and hence a comparison between the islands of St. Elias and Kayak is possible (Map IV). The astronomical situation of the islands, their position with reference to the mainland, their surroundings, coast-lines, and geographical extension, the depths of the sea about both—everything proves that they are identical; and, moreover, Sauer's and Sarycheff's descriptions, which are quite independent of [Pg 147]the St. Peter's journal, coincide exactly with the journal's references to the island of St. Elias. Sauer says that the island, from its most southerly point, extends in a northeasterly direction ("trend north 46° east"), that it is twelve English miles long and two and a half miles wide, that west of the island's most northerly point there is a smaller island (Wingham), with various islets nearer the mainland, by which a well-protected harbor is formed behind a bar, with about seven feet of water at ebb-tide,—hence just at the place where Khitroff, as we have already seen, found an available harbor for the St. Peter. The journal, as well as Steller, describes St. Elias as mountainous, especially in the southern part, thickly covered with low, coniferous trees, and Waxel particularly mentions the fact that off the coast of the island's southern point, Bering's Cape St. Elias, there was a single cliff in the sea, a "kekur," which is also marked on the map. Sarycheff and Sauer speak of Kayak Island as mountainous and heavily timbered. Its southern extremity rises above the rest of the island and ends very abruptly in a naked, white, saddle-shaped mountain. A solitary cliff of the same kind of rock, a pyramid-shaped pillar ("kekur," "Abspringer") lies a few yards from the point. Cook, too, in his fine outlines of Kayak Island, puts this cliff directly south of the point. If we then consider that the true dimensions of Bering's island plainly point to Kayak, that his course along the new coast is possible only on the same supposition that the direction in which Bering from his anchorage saw Mt. St. Elias exactly coincides with this mountain's position with reference to Kayak, that the soundings given by him[Pg 148] agree with those of Kayak, but do not agree with those of Montague Island, which is surrounded by far more considerable depths that have none of the above described characteristics, and which, moreover, has so great a circumference that Khitroff could not possibly have circumnavigated it in twelve hours, and finally, considering the fact that everything which Steller gives as signs that a large current debouched near his anchorage finds an obvious explanation in the great Copper or Atna estuary, in 60° 17' N., then it will be difficult to resist the conviction that Kayak is Bering's St. Elias, and that Vancouver's Cape Hammond is his Cape St. Elias.

This uncertainty is particularly striking because, since the start of this century, Sauer and Sarycheff have provided enough evidence to confirm that the island of St. Elias is actually the current Kayak Island. After Bering's own map was published in 1851 by the Russian Admiralty, there can be no doubt about this. The map is included in the appendix of this work, allowing for a comparison between St. Elias and Kayak (Map IV). The geographical details of the islands—their location relative to the mainland, their surroundings, coastlines, and sea depths—all confirm their identity. Additionally, Sauer's and Sarycheff's descriptions, which are completely independent of the St. Peter's journal, match precisely with what the journal states about St. Elias. Sauer mentions that the island extends from its southernmost point in a northeasterly direction ("trend north 46° east"), measures twelve English miles in length and two and a half miles in width, and lies west of the island's northernmost point, where a smaller island (Wingham) is located, along with various islets near the mainland that create a sheltered harbor behind a bar with around seven feet of water at low tide. This is precisely where Khitroff found a suitable harbor for the St. Peter, as noted earlier. The journal and Steller describe St. Elias as mountainous, particularly in the southern area, and heavily covered with low coniferous trees. Waxel specifically points out a solitary cliff, a "kekur," off the southern point of the island, known as Bering's Cape St. Elias, which is also marked on the map. Sarycheff and Sauer describe Kayak Island as mountainous and densely wooded. Its southern tip rises above the island and ends abruptly in a stark, white, saddle-shaped mountain. Close to this point lies a solitary cliff of similar rock, a pyramid-shaped pillar ("kekur," "Abspringer"). Cook also illustrates this cliff as being directly south of the point in his detailed sketches of Kayak Island. Considering that the actual dimensions of Bering's island clearly indicate Kayak, and that his route along the new coast can only make sense under the assumption that the direction Bering saw Mt. St. Elias from his anchorage aligns perfectly with this mountain's position relative to Kayak, and that his soundings match those of Kayak, but not those of Montague Island—which is surrounded by much deeper waters that don't match the aforementioned characteristics, and which is so large that Khitroff couldn’t have circumnavigated it in twelve hours—plus the fact that everything Steller presents as evidence of a large current flowing near his anchorage can be easily explained by the large Copper or Atna estuary at 60° 17' N., it becomes hard to deny that Kayak is Bering's St. Elias, and that Vancouver's Cape Hammond is his Cape St. Elias.

Moreover, the traditions of the natives corroborate this conclusion. While Billings's expedition was in Prince William's Sound, says Sauer, an old man came on board and related that every summer his tribe went on hunting expeditions to Kayak.[77] Many years before, while he was a boy, the first ship came to the island and anchored close to its western coast. A boat was sent ashore, but when it approached land all the natives fled, and not until the ship had disappeared did they return to their huts, where in their underground store-rooms they found some beads, leaves (tobacco), an iron kettle, and some other things. Sarycheff gives an account of this meeting, which in the main agrees with Billings's. These stories also agree with Steller's account.[78]

Moreover, the traditions of the natives support this conclusion. While Billings's expedition was in Prince William's Sound, Sauer mentions that an old man came on board and shared how every summer his tribe went on hunting trips to Kayak.[77] Many years earlier, when he was a boy, the first ship arrived at the island and anchored near its western coast. A boat was sent to shore, but when it approached land, all the natives ran away, and they only returned to their huts after the ship had left, where they found some beads, tobacco leaves, an iron kettle, and other items in their underground storage. Sarycheff recounts this meeting, which mostly aligns with Billings's version. These stories also match Steller's account.[78]

These facts have not before, so far as the author knows, been linked together, but Sokoloff states, without proof, however, that Bering's landfall was Kayak [Pg 149]Island.[79] This correct view is now beginning to find its way into American maps, where, in the latest works, Cape St. Elias will be found in the proper place, together with a Bering Haven on the northern coast of Kayak.[80]

These facts haven't been connected before, as far as the author knows, but Sokoloff claims, without evidence, that Bering's landing point was Kayak [Pg 149] Island.[79] This accurate view is now starting to appear in American maps, where, in the latest editions, Cape St. Elias is shown in the correct location, along with Bering Haven on the northern coast of Kayak.[80]

FOOTNOTES:

[75] Note 57.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Footnote 57.

[76] Note 58.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 58.

[77] Note 59.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 59.

[78] Note 60.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 60.

[79] Bancroft, History of Alaska, p. 79, presents the same view: "The identity of Kayak is established by comparing Bering's with Cook's observations, which would be enough even if the chart appended to Khitroff's journal had not been preserved. At first both Cook and Vancouver thought it Yakutat Bay, which they named after Bering, but both changed their minds. As late as 1787 the Russian Admiralty college declared that the island Chukli (Montague of Vancouver) was the point of Bering's discovery, but Admiral Sarycheff, who examined the journals of the expedition, pointed at once to Kayak Island as the only point to which the description of Bering and Steller could apply. Sarycheff made one mistake in applying the name of Cape St. Elias to the nearest point of the mainland called Cape Suckling by Cook."—Tr.

[79] Bancroft, History of Alaska, p. 79, presents the same view: "The identity of Kayak is confirmed by comparing Bering's and Cook's observations, which would be sufficient even if the chart attached to Khitroff's journal hadn’t been preserved. Initially, both Cook and Vancouver believed it was Yakutat Bay, named after Bering, but they later changed their minds. As late as 1787, the Russian Admiralty College claimed that Chukli Island (Montague as named by Vancouver) was the site of Bering's discovery, but Admiral Sarycheff, after reviewing the expedition's journals, pointed directly to Kayak Island as the only location that matched Bering and Steller’s descriptions. Sarycheff did make one error by applying the name Cape St. Elias to the closest point of the mainland, which Cook called Cape Suckling."—Translation.

[80] Note 61.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 61.


CHAPTER XVII.
EXPLORATIONS ALONG THE AMERICAN COAST.—STELLER'S CENSURE OF BERING FOR UNDUE HASTE.—BERING DEFENDED.—DALL, THE AMERICAN WRITER, REPRIMANDED.—THE RETURN VOYAGE.

It is by no means an easy matter to form an unbiased opinion of Bering's stay off Kayak Island. Steller is about our only authority, but just at the point where it is most difficult to supplement his account, he gives vent to most violent accusations against the management of the expedition from a scientific standpoint. On the 16th of July, when land was first seen, he says: "One can easily imagine how happy all were to see land. No one failed to congratulate Bering, as chief of the expedition, to whom above all others the honor of discovery belonged. Bering, however, heard all this, not only with great indifference, but, looking toward land, he even shrugged his shoulders in the presence of all on board." Steller adds that on account of this conduct charges might have been preferred against him in St. Petersburg, had he lived.

It's definitely not easy to form an unbiased opinion about Bering's time off Kayak Island. Steller is pretty much our only source, but just when it's hardest to add to his account, he makes some very harsh accusations about how the expedition was managed scientifically. On July 16th, when land was first spotted, he says: "You can easily imagine how happy everyone was to see land. Everyone congratulated Bering, as the leader of the expedition, to whom the honor of discovery really belonged. However, Bering seemed completely indifferent to all this, and while looking at the land, he even shrugged his shoulders in front of everyone on board." Steller adds that because of this behavior, charges might have been brought against him in St. Petersburg, if he had lived.

As Bering during the first few succeeding days did not make any preparations for a scientific exploration of the country, as he even tried, according to Steller's assurance, to dissuade the latter from making the island a visit, and[Pg 151] as Steller only through a series of oaths and threats (for thus p. 30 must undoubtedly be interpreted) could obtain permission to make, without help or even a guard for protection, a short stay on the island, his anger grew to rage, which reached its culmination on the following morning when Bering suddenly gave orders that the St. Peter should leave the island. "The only reason for this," he says, "was stupid obstinacy, fear of a handful of natives, and pusillanimous homesickness. For ten years Bering had equipped himself for this great enterprise; the explorations lasted ten hours!" Elsewhere he says derisively that they had gone to the New World "simply to bring American water to Asia."

As Bering didn’t prepare for a scientific exploration in the days that followed, and even tried to dissuade Steller from visiting the island, Steller only managed to get permission to stay on the island for a short time through a series of oaths and threats (which must be interpreted as such). His frustration turned to rage, peaking the next morning when Bering suddenly ordered the St. Peter to leave the island. "The only reason for this," he said, "was sheer stubbornness, fear of a few natives, and cowardly homesickness. Bering had spent ten years getting ready for this big venture; the explorations lasted ten hours!" Elsewhere, he mockingly stated that they went to the New World "just to bring American water to Asia."

These accusations must seem very serious to every modern reader. Unfortunately for Bering, his second voyage is of interest principally from the standpoint of natural history. It is especially naturalists that have studied it. They are predisposed to uphold Steller. Hence his account threatens wholly to undermine Bering's reputation, and as a matter of course, W. H. Dall, in discussing this subject, finds opportunity to heap abuse upon Bering. He says: "On the 18th of July, Bering saw land. On the 20th he anchored under an island. Between two capes, which he called St. Elias and St. Hermogenes, was a bay where two boats were sent for water and to reconnoitre. * * * With characteristic imbecility, Bering resolved to put to sea again on the next day, the 21st of July. Sailing to the northward, the commander was confused among the various islands, and sailed hither and thither, occasionally landing, but making no explorations, and showing his total incapacity for the position[Pg 152] he occupied. He took to his bed, and Lieutenant Waxel assumed charge of the vessel."[81]

These accusations must seem very serious to every modern reader. Unfortunately for Bering, his second voyage is mainly of interest from a natural history perspective. Naturalists have particularly studied it and tend to support Steller. As a result, his account threatens to completely damage Bering's reputation. Naturally, W. H. Dall, while discussing this topic, takes the opportunity to criticize Bering harshly. He states: "On July 18th, Bering saw land. On the 20th, he anchored near an island. Between two capes, which he named St. Elias and St. Hermogenes, was a bay where two boats were sent for water and to scout the area. * * * With characteristic foolishness, Bering decided to set sail again the next day, July 21st. Heading north, the commander became confused among the numerous islands, sailing back and forth, occasionally landing, but not conducting any explorations, which showed his complete inability for the position he held. He went to bed, and Lieutenant Waxel took control of the vessel."[Pg 152]

This is not writing history. It is only a series of errors and incivilities. It was not the 18th of July that Bering first saw land. He did not sail north from Kayak, but southwest, and hence could not have lost his course among islands, for here there are no islands. Nor did he sail hither and thither, but kept the course that had been laid out, and charted the coasts he saw in this course. The most ridiculous part of this is what this nautical author tells of the bay between Cape St. Elias and Cape St. Hermogenes (Marmot Island off the coast of Kadiak Island), for these points are farther apart than Copenhagen and Bremen. If, according to this writer, Bering was unpardonably stupid, he must have been, on the other hand, astonishingly "far-sighted." After these statements it will surprise no one that this author considers illness a kind of crime, and blames a patient, sixty years of age, suffering with the scurvy, for taking to his bed! If Mr. Dall had taken the trouble to study the Bering literature to which he himself refers in his bibliography of Alaska, he would have been in a position to pass an independent opinion of the navigator, and would certainly have escaped making this series of stupid statements. His words now simply serve to show how difficult it is to eradicate prejudice, and how tenacious of life a false or biased judgment can be. Death prevented Bering from defending and explaining his conduct. No one has since that time sought to render him justice. I therefore consider it my duty—even if [Pg 153]I should seem to be yielding to the biographer's besetting sin—to produce everything that can be said in Bering's defense.

This isn't writing history. It's just a collection of mistakes and rudeness. It was not on July 18th that Bering first spotted land. He didn’t sail north from Kayak but southwest, so he couldn't have lost his way among islands because there aren't any islands here. Nor did he wander around aimlessly; he followed the planned route and mapped the coasts he encountered along the way. The most ridiculous part is what this nautical author claims about the bay between Cape St. Elias and Cape St. Hermogenes (Marmot Island off the coast of Kadiak Island), because those points are farther apart than Copenhagen and Bremen. If, according to this writer, Bering was unforgivably foolish, he must have also been surprisingly "far-sighted." After these claims, it’s no surprise that this author sees illness as a kind of crime and blames a 60-year-old patient suffering from scurvy for lying in bed! If Mr. Dall had taken the time to study the Bering literature mentioned in his bibliography of Alaska, he would have been better equipped to form an independent opinion of the navigator and would have certainly avoided making this series of foolish statements. His words simply illustrate how hard it is to eliminate bias and how persistent a false or skewed judgment can be. Bering was unable to defend or explain his actions because he died. Since then, no one has made the effort to give him a fair assessment. So, I feel it's my responsibility—even if [Pg 153] may make it seem like I'm succumbing to the biographer's common flaw—to present everything that can be said in Bering's defense.

In the first place, then, it must be remembered that on the 21st of July Bering had provisions left for no more than three months, and that these were not good and wholesome. His crew, and he himself, were already suffering from scurvy to such an extent that two weeks later one-third of them were on the sick-list. Furthermore, he was over fifty-six degrees of longitude from his nearest port of refuge, with a crew but little accustomed to the sea. The American coast in that latitude was not, according to Bering's judgment, nor is it according to our present knowledge, in any way a fit place to winter, and besides, he knew neither the sea nor its islands and depths, its currents and prevailing winds. All this could not but urge him to make no delay. And, in fact, Steller himself expressly says that it was a series of such considerations that determined Bering's conduct. "Pusillanimous homesickness" can scarcely have had any influence on a man who from his youth had roamed about in the world and lived half a generation in the wilds of Siberia. "The good Commander," thus Steller expresses himself, "was far superior to all the other officers in divining the future, and in the cabin he once said to myself and Mr. Plenisner: 'We think now that we have found everything, and many are pregnant with great expectations; but they do not consider where we have landed, how far we are from home, and what yet may befall us. Who knows but what we may meet trade winds that will prevent our return? We are unacquainted with the[Pg 154] country, and are unprovided with provisions for wintering here.'"

First of all, it should be noted that on July 21, Bering had supplies for no more than three months, and those were neither good nor wholesome. His crew, including himself, were already suffering from scurvy to such an extent that two weeks later, one-third of them were on the sick list. Furthermore, he was over fifty-six degrees of longitude away from his nearest safe port, with a crew that wasn’t very experienced at sea. According to Bering's assessment—and what we know now—the American coast in that area was not suitable for wintering, and he was unfamiliar with the sea, its islands and depths, currents, and prevailing winds. All of this pushed him to act without delay. In fact, Steller himself clearly states that it was a combination of these factors that guided Bering's decisions. "Nervous homesickness" couldn’t have influenced a man who had wandered the world since his youth and spent half a lifetime in the wilds of Siberia. "The good Commander," as Steller put it, "was far superior to all the other officers in predicting the future, and in the cabin, he once said to Mr. Plenisner and me: 'We think we have found everything now, and many have high hopes; but they don’t consider where we’ve landed, how far we are from home, and what might happen next. Who knows if we might encounter trade winds that could block our return? We don’t know this country, and we aren’t prepared with supplies for wintering here.'"

It must be conceded that his position was one fraught with difficulties. At this point there are two things which Steller either has not correctly understood, or suppresses. According to his instructions, Bering was authorized to spend two years and make two voyages in the discovery of America, and to undertake another expedition afterwards with new preparations and equipments. And in his explanations to the crew he calls special attention to this point. Under these circumstances it would not have been right in him to assume any more risks than absolutely necessary. But here again the old opposition between Bering's nautico-geographical and Steller's physico-geographical interests breaks out. As a discoverer of the old school Bering's principal object was to determine some elementary geographical facts: namely, the distribution of land and water along the new coast, and hence he left Kayak Island, not to reach Avacha as soon as possible, but to follow the coast of the newly discovered country toward the west and north. All authorities agree on this point. It was illness and the Aliaska peninsula, projecting so far into the ocean as it does, that prevented him from sailing up toward latitude 65°, his real goal. Even Steller testifies to this, and although he repeats his former accusations against Bering, it does not signify anything, as he was excluded from the councils and was obliged to guess at what was adopted. His accusations are especially insignificant from the fact that he definitely contradicts himself on this point, for later on in his narrative he says that not until the 11th of August was it resolved, on[Pg 155] account of the approaching autumn and the great distance from home, to start immediately on the return voyage to Kamchatka. That is to say, they had not then made a start. Until the 11th of August, for three weeks after their departure from Kayak, Bering pursued his task of nautical discovery along the new coast, and it would seem that he can be blamed for nothing more than considering this work of the expedition more important than that of the physico-geographical investigation which Steller represented. This was but natural. It was merely accidental that Steller accompanied Bering, and through him the expedition received a modern cast, which was not at all designed, and which Bering desired to make use of only under favorable circumstances. We may regret his haste, and we may especially regret the fact that so keen and clever a naturalist as Steller did not get an opportunity to explore the regions west of Mount St. Elias before European trade and white adventurers put in an appearance; but it hardly seems a question of doubt whether anyone for that reason has a right to make accusations against the chief of the expedition.

It has to be acknowledged that his position was really challenging. At this point, there are two things that Steller either hasn't understood correctly or decides to ignore. Based on his instructions, Bering was given permission to spend two years and undertake two voyages to discover America, and he was to organize another expedition afterwards with new preparations and supplies. He highlights this point in his briefings to the crew. Given these circumstances, it wouldn’t have been appropriate for him to take more risks than absolutely necessary. However, this is where the old conflict between Bering's nautical and geographical interests and Steller's physical and geographical interests comes into play. As a traditional discoverer, Bering's main goal was to establish some basic geographical facts: specifically, the layout of land and water along the new coast. That’s why he left Kayak Island, not to rush to Avacha, but to explore the coast of the newly found land toward the west and north. All experts agree on this point. It was the illness and the Aliaska peninsula, which extends so far into the ocean, that kept him from sailing northward toward latitude 65°, his true aim. Steller even supports this, and although he repeats his earlier accusations against Bering, they don't hold much weight, since he was left out of the decision-making and had to speculate on what was concluded. His accusations are especially trivial considering he contradicts himself on this matter, because later in his account he says that it wasn’t until August 11th that it was decided, due to the approaching autumn and the considerable distance from home, to start the return journey to Kamchatka. This means they hadn’t set out yet. Until August 11th, three weeks after leaving Kayak, Bering continued his mission of nautical discovery along the new coast, and it seems he can only be criticized for deeming this aspect of the expedition more significant than the physical and geographical studies that Steller represented. This was only natural. It was merely a coincidence that Steller accompanied Bering, and this gave the expedition a modern twist that had not been intended, which Bering only wished to take advantage of under the right conditions. We might lament his haste, and especially wish that such a sharp and intelligent naturalist as Steller had the chance to explore the areas west of Mount St. Elias before European trade and white adventurers arrived; but it seems pretty clear that no one has the right to blame the head of the expedition for that.

It was very early on the morning of July 21 that the chief suddenly, and contrary to his custom, appeared on deck and gave the command to weigh anchor and stand out to sea. In doing this he set aside his instructions from headquarters to act in accordance with the ship's council. He acted as a sovereign chief, and notwithstanding the fact that both of his lieutenants thought it wrong to leave the newly discovered coast without an adequate supply of water, he overruled all objections and informed them that he assumed all responsibility for[Pg 156] his conduct. He was convinced of the entire necessity of it, he said, and thought it unsafe to remain longer in this exposed anchorage. Time did not permit him to go in search of the harbor found by Khitroff on the day previous, and there was moreover a seaward breeze. One fourth of the water-casks remained unfilled.

It was very early on the morning of July 21 when the chief unexpectedly, and against his usual behavior, came on deck and ordered the anchor to be raised and the ship to head out to sea. In doing this, he ignored his instructions from headquarters to follow the ship's council. He acted like a sovereign leader, and despite both of his lieutenants believing it was wrong to leave the newly discovered coast without enough water, he dismissed all objections and informed them that he would take full responsibility for[Pg 156] his actions. He was convinced it was necessary, he said, and felt it was unsafe to stay longer in this vulnerable anchorage. There wasn't enough time for him to search for the harbor discovered by Khitroff the day before, and besides, there was a breeze coming in from the sea. One-fourth of the water casks still needed to be filled.

Before a strong east wind, the St. Peter on that day made fifty miles on a southwesterly course. During the two succeeding days, he continued in this general direction. It was misty, and the coast was invisible, but the sounding-line continued to show a depth of from forty to fifty fathoms. In a council, concerning the deliberations of which Steller has a very confused and incorrect account, it was decided, on July 25, to sail slowly towards Petropavlovsk and, at intervals as wind and weather permitted, to head for the north and west, in order to explore the coast they had left.

Before a strong east wind, the St. Peter that day traveled fifty miles southwest. For the next two days, it continued in that general direction. It was foggy, and the coast was out of sight, but the sounding line still showed a depth of forty to fifty fathoms. In a meeting, about which Steller has a very mixed-up and inaccurate account, it was decided on July 25 to slowly head towards Petropavlovsk and, when the wind and weather allowed, to steer north and west to explore the coast they had just left.

They continued on their southwesterly course, and on the next morning, July 26, they were off the Kadiak archipelago. In a latitude of 66° 30', and about sixteen miles toward the north, they saw a high and projecting point, which Bering called St. Hermogenes, in honor of the patron saint of the day. He thought that this point was a continuation of the continent they had left behind them, and as such it is represented on both Müller's and Krasilnikoff's manuscript maps in the archives of the Admiralty. On his third voyage, Cook explored the Kadiak group, which he too had assumed to be a part of the mainland. He now found that Bering's promontory was a small island east of Afognak, but out of respect for Bering, he retained the original name. Krusenstern also[Pg 157] calls it St. Hermogenes Island, but later the Russians changed it to Euratchey Island, on account of the great number of marmots there, and since the United. States came into possession of it, the name has been translated, and it is now known as Marmot Island.[82] Steller has not a single word in his diary about St. Hermogenes, and besides, his account at this point is full of inaccuracies.

They continued on their southwestern route, and the next morning, July 26, they found themselves off the Kadiak archipelago. At a latitude of 66° 30', about sixteen miles to the north, they spotted a high and prominent point, which Bering named St. Hermogenes, in honor of the day's patron saint. He believed this point was an extension of the continent they had just left, and it is shown as such on both Müller's and Krasilnikoff's manuscript maps in the Admiralty archives. On his third voyage, Cook explored the Kadiak group, which he also thought was part of the mainland. He later discovered that Bering's promontory was actually a small island east of Afognak, but out of respect for Bering, he kept the original name. Krusenstern also[Pg 157] refers to it as St. Hermogenes Island, but later the Russians renamed it Euratchey Island because of the large number of marmots there, and since the United States took ownership, the name has been translated, and it is now called Marmot Island.[82] Steller doesn’t mention St. Hermogenes at all in his diary, and his account at this point is full of errors.

"Consequently, until July 26," he says, "we sailed along the coast, as these gentlemen thought it was necessary to follow it, while it would have been sufficient, at intervals of a hundred versts, to have sailed a degree or two toward the north." He thus blames them for not having followed the method which at about that time they had agreed upon, and later did follow. His story of their having, for the first five days, sailed along the coast, simply proves, in connection with a series of other incidents in his work, that things were not entered in his diary daily, but written down later from memory; hence its value as proof is considerably diminished.

"Therefore, until July 26," he says, "we sailed along the coast because these gentlemen thought it was necessary to do so, even though it would have been enough to sail a degree or two north every hundred versts." He criticizes them for not sticking to the method they had agreed upon at that time, which they later did follow. His account of how they spent the first five days sailing along the coast only shows, along with several other incidents in his work, that things were not logged in his diary daily but rather recorded later from memory; as a result, its value as evidence is significantly reduced.

Along the southeastern coast of Kadiak the voyage was very dangerous. The average depth was twenty-five fathoms; the water was very roily, the weather heavy with fog and rain, and the wind violent. Not until the 31st of July was the weather clear enough for an observation, when they found themselves in a latitude of 54° 49', and had passed the Kadiak archipelago.

Along the southeastern coast of Kadiak, the journey was quite risky. The average depth was twenty-five fathoms, the water was very choppy, the weather was thick with fog and rain, and the wind was strong. It wasn't until July 31st that the weather cleared enough for a sighting, and they found themselves at a latitude of 54° 49', having passed the Kadiak archipelago.

In accordance with the plan adopted, they here veered to the northwest to seek the mainland for the purpose of determining its trend. On the night of August 1 (and 2), they suddenly approached land, having only four fathoms [Pg 158]of water below the keel. There was a heavy fog, no wind, and a swift current, but they succeeded in shifting about and getting out into eighteen fathoms of water, where they anchored to await daybreak. In the morning, at eight o'clock, a small island was seen at a distance of four miles. It was three miles long, with an east to west trend. A long reef extended out into the sea from the eastern point, seen by them in a direction E. S. E. by E. In the evening they weighed anchor, having a heavy fog, and on the next morning, the island was seen at a distance of seven geographical miles toward the south. Its latitude was calculated as 55° 32', but as all of Bering's determinations of latitude on his return voyage from America show an error of from 30' to 45' less than the true latitude, it must be concluded that the island was in latitude 56° and some minutes. He called the island St. Stephen from the calendar day, but his crew or lieutenants must have called it Foggy Island (Tumannoi), as even Krasilnikoff's manuscript map, in the possession of the Admiralty, has this name. Later the cartography of this region became considerably confused. The name St. Stephen disappeared. Cook called another island Fog Island, while it became customary to consider the island discovered by Bering as identical with Ukamok (Chirikoff Island, Vancouver's Island), where the Russians had a colony, and thus the island itself was finally lost to geography. Notwithstanding the fact that Admiral Krusenstern, in a clever essay, has given an able review of the literature pertaining to this question, and has shown that where Bering saw St. Stephen, Cook, Sarycheff, and Vancouver likewise saw an island,[Pg 159] different from Ukamok, and regardless of the fact that for these reasons he restored St. Stephen on his map, Lieutenant Sokoloff, who most recently, in Russian literature, has treated Bering's voyage to America, has wholly disregarded Krusenstern's essay, and says that St. Stephen is identical with Ukamok. Sokoloff's essay is very superficial, and, compared with Krusenstern's weighty reasons, is based on mere supposition. But, although the map of the North Pacific, in the Russian Admiralty (1844), has a Tumannoi Island (that is, Foggy Island, St. Stephen) somewhat northeast of Ukamok, it must be admitted that, until the United States undertakes a new and careful survey of the Aliaska peninsula and its southern surroundings, this question can not be thoroughly decided, probable as it may be that Bering and Krusenstern are both right.

Following the adopted plan, they shifted to the northwest to look for the mainland in order to determine its direction. On the night of August 1 (and into August 2), they unexpectedly approached land, with only four fathoms [Pg 158] of water beneath the keel. There was a thick fog, no wind, and a strong current, but they managed to maneuver into eighteen fathoms of water, where they dropped anchor to wait for daybreak. In the morning, at eight o'clock, a small island was spotted about four miles away. It measured three miles in length and ran from east to west. A long reef extended out into the sea from the island's eastern point, which they saw in a direction of E.S.E. by E. In the evening, they lifted anchor despite the heavy fog, and the next morning, the island appeared again, now seven geographical miles to the south. Its latitude was calculated to be 55° 32', but since all of Bering's latitude calculations on his return from America show an error of 30' to 45' less than the actual latitude, it can be concluded that the island's true latitude was about 56° and some minutes. He named the island St. Stephen after the calendar day, but his crew or lieutenants likely referred to it as Foggy Island (Tumannoi), as even Krasilnikoff's manuscript map, held by the Admiralty, bears this name. Later, the mapping of this area became quite confusing. The name St. Stephen fell out of use. Cook referred to another island as Fog Island, while it became standard to identify the island discovered by Bering as the same as Ukamok (Chirikoff Island, Vancouver's Island), where the Russians had a colony, effectively erasing the island from geographical records. Despite Admiral Krusenstern's insightful essay providing a thorough review of the related literature and demonstrating that where Bering noted St. Stephen, Cook, Sarycheff, and Vancouver also saw an island,[Pg 159] different from Ukamok, and despite his efforts to restore St. Stephen on his map, Lieutenant Sokoloff, in recent Russian literature on Bering's voyage to America, completely overlooked Krusenstern's essay and claims that St. Stephen is the same as Ukamok. Sokoloff's argument is rather superficial, and when compared to Krusenstern's substantial reasoning, it relies on mere speculation. However, although the map of the North Pacific in the Russian Admiralty (1844) shows Tumannoi Island (Foggy Island, St. Stephen) somewhat northeast of Ukamok, it must be acknowledged that until the United States conducts a new and thorough survey of the Aliaska peninsula and its southern vicinity, this question cannot be definitively resolved, although it is plausible that both Bering and Krusenstern are correct.

August 3, the voyage was continued toward the northwest. In a latitude of 56° (according to Steller) they saw the high snow-capped mountain peaks of the Aliaska peninsula in a direction N. N. W. by W., but on account of stormy and foggy weather they sought, with an easterly wind, to get back into their main course. Thus they reached, August 4, the Jefdokjejefski Islands in a direction S. S. E. ¾ by E., at a distance of twenty miles from 55° 45' N. These form a group of seven high and rocky islands, which on Russian maps still bears the same name, but in West Europe this name has been displaced, and they are usually called the Semidi, or Semidin, Islands, the name of the largest of the group.

August 3, the journey continued toward the northwest. At a latitude of 56° (according to Steller), they saw the tall, snow-capped mountain peaks of the Aliaska peninsula to the N. N. W. by W. However, due to stormy and foggy weather, they tried to make their way back to their main course with an easterly wind. On August 4, they reached the Jefdokjejefski Islands heading S. S. E. ¾ by E., about twenty miles from 55° 45' N. This group consists of seven high and rocky islands, which still carry the same name on Russian maps, but in Western Europe, they are usually referred to as the Semidi, or Semidin, Islands, named after the largest of the group.

On August 7, they found themselves south of the Jefdokjejefski Islands. But now misfortunes began to[Pg 160] pour in upon them. They encountered adverse winds which continued with but few interruptions during the succeeding months. The St. Peter was tossed about on the turbulent and unfamiliar waters of the Aleutian archipelago, where the crew experienced an adventure so fraught with suffering and dire events that it is quite beyond compare in the history of discoveries. At the same time, the scurvy got the upper hand. Bering had a severe attack which rendered him unfit for service. With his illness the bonds of discipline were relaxed. Under these circumstances there was called, on the 10th of August, an extraordinary council, in which all the officers participated. At this meeting it was finally decided to give up the charting of the American coast, and immediately start out upon the direct route homeward on parallel 52°, the latitude of Avacha. The whole crew, from the highest to the lowest, signed this resolution. The facts taken into consideration were that September had been fixed as the extreme limit of time within which to return home, and that they were then in the middle of August. Avacha was at least 1600 miles distant, autumn was at hand with dark nights and stormy weather, and sixteen of the crew were already sick with the scurvy.

On August 7, they found themselves south of the Jefdokjejefski Islands. But then, misfortunes started to[Pg 160] come pouring in on them. They faced strong winds that continued with only a few breaks over the next few months. The St. Peter was tossed around in the rough and unfamiliar waters of the Aleutian archipelago, where the crew went through an adventure filled with suffering and terrible events that is truly unmatched in the history of exploration. At the same time, scurvy took a heavy toll. Bering had a severe attack that left him unfit for duty. With his illness, discipline weakened. Under these circumstances, an extraordinary council was called on August 10, where all the officers participated. At this meeting, they ultimately decided to abandon the mapping of the American coast and head directly home along latitude 52°, the latitude of Avacha. The entire crew, from the highest officer to the lowest crew member, signed this resolution. The facts considered were that September had been set as the latest time to return home, and it was already the middle of August. Avacha was at least 1600 miles away, autumn was approaching with dark nights and stormy weather, and sixteen crew members were already suffering from scurvy.

With a strong head-wind, in raw and foggy weather, and now and then overtaken by fierce storms, they worked their way slowly along until the 27th of August. The condition of affairs on board had grown continually worse, when it was finally announced that through carelessness and irregularity the supply of water had been reduced to twenty-five casks, a quantity that could not[Pg 161] possibly suffice for the 1200 miles which, according to their calculations, yet remained. Hence it was necessary once more to find land to take in water, and on the 27th the St. Peter's prow was again headed for Aliaska. They sailed north one degree and a half, and after a lapse of three days they reached a multitude of high islands, behind which the coast of the mainland arose in the distance.

With a strong headwind, in cold and foggy weather, and occasionally hit by fierce storms, they slowly made their way until August 27th. Conditions on board continued to worsen, and it was finally announced that due to carelessness and irregularity, the supply of water had dwindled to twenty-five casks, a quantity that couldn’t possibly be enough for the 1,200 miles that, according to their calculations, lay ahead. Therefore, it was necessary to find land again to take on more water, and on the 27th, the St. Peter's bow was steered once more toward Aliaska. They sailed north for one and a half degrees, and after three days, they reached a cluster of high islands, behind which the coastline of the mainland appeared in the distance.

August 30, the St. Peter lay at anchor off the Shumagins, a group of thirteen treeless, barren, and rocky islands near the coast of Aliaska. The journal gives their situation as latitude 54° 48' N. and longitude 35° 30' E. from Avacha. While the latitude as here determined has the usual error, referred to several times before, the longitude has an error of 6½°. Among these islands the first death on board occurred. It was the sailor Shumagin, who, on the 30th, died in the hands of his mates as they were taking him ashore. The islands were named in honor of him. On the whole the situation was most deplorable. Bering had fallen away so much in his illness that he could not stand, and the others that were sick were carried ashore, and lay scattered along the coast, giving this a very sad and sorrowful aspect. Confusion and uncertainty grew apace, as those in command could not maintain their authority. Waxel and Khitroff, the highest in command, bandied words, whereas the situation demanded firmness and vigor. The only one that preserved any manner of self-possession and forethought was Steller. He immediately went ashore, examined the vegetation of the island, and collected a large number of anti-scorbutic plants,[Pg 162] especially scurvy-grass and berries, with which, in the course of a week, he succeeded in restoring Bering to sufficient strength to be able to use his limbs. Through the use of the same remedies the other sufferers were relieved. But Steller thought also of the future. The medicine chest contained "plasters and salves for half an army," but only extremely few real medicines, and hence he suggested to Lieut. Waxel, who was then in command, that he send a number of sailors ashore to gather anti-scorbutic plants, but this excellent and timely advice was rejected.

On August 30, the St. Peter was anchored off the Shumagins, a group of thirteen treeless, barren, and rocky islands near the coast of Alaska. The journal states their location as latitude 54° 48' N and longitude 35° 30' E from Avacha. While the latitude noted here has the usual errors mentioned several times before, the longitude is off by 6½°. Among these islands, the first death on board happened. It was the sailor Shumagin, who died on the 30th, in the hands of his crewmates as they were bringing him ashore. The islands were named in his honor. Overall, the situation was quite grim. Bering had deteriorated so much from his illness that he couldn't stand, and the other sick crew members were carried ashore, lying scattered along the coast, giving it a very sad and mournful appearance. Confusion and uncertainty escalated, as those in charge struggled to maintain control. Waxel and Khitroff, the highest-ranking officers, exchanged harsh words, while the situation called for decisiveness and strength. The only person who kept their composure and foresight was Steller. He immediately went ashore, examined the island's vegetation, and collected a large number of anti-scurvy plants, especially scurvy-grass and berries, which he used over the course of a week to restore Bering enough to use his limbs. With the same remedies, the other suffering crew members were also relieved. But Steller was also thinking about the future. The medicine chest held "plasters and salves for half an army," but only a very few real medicines, so he suggested to Lieutenant Waxel, who was in charge at the time, that he send several sailors ashore to gather anti-scurvy plants. However, this valuable and timely advice was rejected.

Furthermore, Steller used all his influence to procure good water. He went ashore with the sailors for this purpose, and as they began to dip water from the first pool they found, one, too, which was connected with the sea during high tide, he directed them to fresh springs a little farther in the interior, but the crew sent some samples on board, and from there came the report that the water was good enough. Thus it was that a new cause of disease—in spite of Steller's protestations—was added to all the others. The water was brackish, and on standing in the casks became unfit for use.

Furthermore, Steller used all his influence to find good drinking water. He went ashore with the sailors for this purpose, and as they started to scoop water from the first pool they found, which was also connected to the sea during high tide, he guided them to fresh springs a little further inland. However, the crew sent some samples back on board, and the report came back that the water was good enough. As a result, a new source of illness—despite Steller's objections—was added to all the others. The water was brackish, and after sitting in the barrels, it became unfit for use.

On the whole the stay at the Shumagins, which was unnecessarily prolonged, was very unfortunate. The St. Peter lay at anchor south of them in a very exposed position. On the evening of August 29, a fire was seen on one of the islands, and on this account, Khitroff wished to explore them more thoroughly, although Waxel firmly opposed releasing both of the ship's boats under the present dangerous circumstances. By applying to Bering, who was in the cabin, and hardly understood the situation,[Pg 163] Khitroff had his way, and left the ship with the yawl and five men. He was gone four days, during which time the St. Peter was forced to lie at anchor, while a favorable east wind might have carried them several hundred miles toward home. The yawl was dashed to pieces off one of the neighboring islands, and no more came from the expedition than that Lieutenant Waxel, under great difficulty, found it necessary to rescue the six shipwrecked adventurers. Moreover, they experienced a somewhat uninteresting clash with the Innuit (Esquimo)[83] inhabitants of the Aliaska peninsula, of which Müller and Steller both give a detailed account.

Overall, the stay at the Shumagins, which was unnecessarily extended, was very unfortunate. The St. Peter was anchored south of them in a very exposed position. On the evening of August 29, a fire was spotted on one of the islands, which led Khitroff to want to explore them more thoroughly, despite Waxel firmly opposing the release of both of the ship's boats under the current dangerous circumstances. By appealing to Bering, who was in the cabin and hardly understood the situation, Khitroff got his way and left the ship with the yawl and five men. He was gone for four days, during which the St. Peter had to remain anchored, while a favorable east wind could have taken them several hundred miles toward home. The yawl was destroyed off one of the nearby islands, and the only outcome from the expedition was that Lieutenant Waxel, with great difficulty, felt it necessary to rescue the six shipwrecked adventurers. Additionally, they had a rather dull encounter with the Innuit (Eskimo) inhabitants of the Aliaska peninsula, which Müller and Steller both recount in detail.

FOOTNOTES:

[81] Note 62.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 62.

[82] Note 63.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 63.

[83] For a full description of these people see H. H. Bancroft, Native Races, Vol. I.—Tr.

[83] For a complete description of these individuals, see H. H. Bancroft, Native Races, Vol. I.—Tr.


CHAPTER XVIII.
THE DISCOVERY OF THE ALEUTIAN ISLANDS.—TERRIBLE HARDSHIPS OF THE VOYAGE.—STELLER'S FAULT-FINDING.—BERING CONFINED TO HIS CABIN.—DEATHS ON BOARD FROM EXHAUSTION AND DISEASE.—BERING ISLAND DISCOVERED.—A NARROW ESCAPE.

The St. Peter left the Shumagin Islands September 6, and sailed southward to resume the direct course. The weather was very bad, with alternating fogs, mist, and storms. A west wind prevailed almost continuously. Now and then a regular hurricane crossed their course. If occasionally they had a favorable breeze, it seemed to last but a few hours. "I know no harder, more fatiguing life," says one of the St. Peter's officers, "than to sail an unknown sea. I speak from experience, and with truth can say that during the five months I spent on this voyage, without seeing any place of which the latitude and longitude had been fixed, I did not have many hours of quiet sleep. We were in constant danger and uncertainty."

The St. Peter left the Shumagin Islands on September 6 and headed south to get back on course. The weather was terrible, with constant fog, mist, and storms. A west wind blew almost nonstop. Occasionally, they encountered a full-blown hurricane. When they did manage to catch a good breeze, it only lasted for a few hours. "I know no harder, more exhausting life," says one of the St. Peter's officers, "than sailing on an unknown sea. I speak from experience and can honestly say that during the five months I spent on this voyage, without seeing any place with known latitude and longitude, I didn't get many hours of restful sleep. We were always in danger and uncertainty."

As a last resort, they even thought of returning to America, or of reaching Japan. For several days they were swept along by a storm. September 23, the second death occurred, and on the 24th they again saw, to their great astonishment, land toward the north. They were[Pg 165] then on about the 51st parallel. They were of the opinion that they were fourteen degrees from the Shumagins, and supposed that they were 21° 39' from Avacha, which of course was very erroneous, for they were in the vicinity of the present Atka. As they saw behind the islands a high, snow-capped mountain, which, from the calendar day, they called St. Johannes, they supposed the land to be a continuation of the American continent.

As a last resort, they even considered going back to America or trying to reach Japan. For several days, they were caught in a storm. On September 23, the second death occurred, and on the 24th, they were surprised to see land to the north. They were[Pg 165]around the 51st parallel. They thought they were fourteen degrees from the Shumagins and believed they were 21° 39' from Avacha, which was obviously a mistake, as they were actually near present-day Atka. When they spotted a tall, snow-capped mountain behind the islands, which they named St. Johannes based on the calendar day, they assumed the land was an extension of the American continent.

During the next seventeen days, from the 25th of September until the 11th of October, they carried their lower sails only, and were driven by a stormy west wind five degrees toward the southeast to a latitude of 48°. "The wind," says Steller, "seemed as if it issued forth from a flue, with such a whistling, roaring and rumbling, that we expected every moment to lose mast and rudder, or to see the ship crushed between the breakers. The dashing of a heavy sea against the vessel sounded like the report of a cannon, and even the old, experienced mate, Andreas Hesselberg, assured us that during a sailor's life of fifty years he had not before seen such a sea." No one was able to stand at his post. The ship was at the mercy of the angry elements. Half of the crew were sick and feeble, the other half well from dire necessity, but were confused and distracted by the great danger. For many days no cooking could be done, and all they had that was fit to eat was some burned ship-biscuits, and even these were on the point of becoming exhausted. No one showed any firmness of purpose; their courage was as "unsteady as their teeth." The officers now and then thought of returning to America, but their plans changed as often as the weather.

During the next seventeen days, from September 25th to October 11th, they only used their lower sails and were pushed by a stormy west wind five degrees southeast to a latitude of 48°. "The wind," Steller says, "sounded like it was coming from a flue, with such whistling, roaring, and rumbling that we expected to lose our mast and rudder at any moment or see the ship crushed by the waves. The crash of heavy seas against the vessel sounded like the blast of a cannon, and even the old, experienced mate, Andreas Hesselberg, told us that in his fifty years at sea, he had never seen such a storm." No one was able to stay at their post. The ship was at the mercy of the furious elements. Half the crew was sick and weak, while the other half, healthy out of sheer necessity, were confused and distracted by the immense danger. For many days, they couldn’t cook anything, and all they had to eat were some burnt ship biscuits, which were almost gone. No one showed any determination; their courage was as "unsteady as their teeth." The officers occasionally considered returning to America, but their plans changed as often as the weather.

During the first week in October it became very cold; heavy storms of hail and snow swept over the ship and made the work on board almost unendurable. On the 6th the ship's supply of brandy gave out, and, as the storm from the southwest still continued to rage, Waxel seriously proposed to return to America and seek a harbor of refuge, as it would be necessary in a few days, on account of the number on the sick list, to resign the ship to the mercy of the waves.

During the first week of October, it got really cold; heavy storms of hail and snow battered the ship, making work on board almost unbearable. On the 6th, the ship ran out of brandy, and since the storm from the southwest kept raging, Waxel seriously suggested going back to America and finding a safe harbor, because in a few days, due to the number of people on the sick list, it would be necessary to leave the ship to the mercy of the waves.

Bering, however, refused to entertain this idea, and exhorted the crew to make an offering to the church—the Russians to the church in Petropavlovsk, the Lutherans to the church in Viborg, Finland, where Bering had formerly resided.

Bering, however, dismissed this idea and urged the crew to make a contribution to the church—the Russians to the church in Petropavlovsk, and the Lutherans to the church in Viborg, Finland, where Bering had previously lived.

As elsewhere on this whole voyage, Steller was here geographically confused, and imagined that they were sailing in a latitude of 50-53°, while in reality they were on the 48th parallel, and hence his complaint that the officers would not sail to this parallel to get a better breeze, signifies nothing. Müller gives the correct position of the ship when he says that on the 12th of October it was in latitude 48° 18', but he too is wrong when he states that the weather did not permit them to make an observation, for just at this time they had fair weather and sunshine, and on the 11th, at noon, determined the latitude as 48° 15' and the longitude as 27° east of Avacha. During the succeeding ten days the weather was somewhat more favorable. Clear weather, with heavy frosts, prevailed; some hail and snow fell, but nevertheless they succeeded in making ten degrees on the parallel of 49° 30'. The condition on board was getting[Pg 167] much worse. Poor water, lack of bread and spirits, the cold and wet, vermin and anxiety, undermined the last remnants of their powers of resistance. On the 19th the grenadier Kisseloff, on the 20th the servant Charitonoff, and on the 21st the soldier Luka Savjaloff, died. Even men apparently well were unable to stand at their posts from sheer want and exhaustion.

As with other parts of this entire journey, Steller was geographically confused here, thinking they were sailing at a latitude of 50-53°, when they were actually on the 48th parallel. His complaint that the officers wouldn’t sail to this latitude for a better breeze doesn’t hold any weight. Müller accurately states the ship's position on October 12, when it was at latitude 48° 18', but he is also mistaken when he claims that the weather didn’t allow them to take an observation. At that moment, they actually had fair weather and sunshine, and on the 11th, at noon, they recorded the latitude as 48° 15' and the longitude as 27° east of Avacha. In the next ten days, the weather improved slightly. They experienced clear weather with heavy frosts; some hail and snow fell, yet they managed to make progress to 49° 30' latitude. Conditions on board were getting[Pg 167] much worse. They had poor water, shortages of bread and spirits, plus the cold and wet, vermin, and anxiety, which all weakened their last reserves of strength. On the 19th, the grenadier Kisseloff died; on the 20th, the servant Charitonoff; and on the 21st, the soldier Luka Savjaloff. Even those who appeared healthy could barely stand at their posts due to sheer hunger and exhaustion.

Then the water supply threatened to give out. They had but fifteen casks of water, a part of which was very poor. Waxel was again thinking of searching for land toward the north, when a strong wind carried them so far westward that they supposed they had passed all traces of American regions. They then determined to keep their course on the 52° of latitude, but on the following day, to their great astonishment, they sighted the Aleutian Islands and made some new discoveries. On October 25, at a distance of 8½ geographical miles toward the northwest, they saw a high, snow-capped island, which they called St. Marcus. By an observation at noon its latitude was found to be 50° 50', but as this island is our Amchitka, and as its southern extremity, according to Admiral Sarycheff, is in a latitude of 51° 35', it is evident that the St. Peter's determinations of latitude were constantly from one-half to three-fourths of a degree less than the true latitude. Later this fact had an extremely unfortunate effect on their resolutions. On October 28, Kiska, which Bering called St. Stephen, was discovered, besides three (in reality four) smaller islands east of it, and, carried along toward the north by a southwesterly wind, they sighted, on the morning of the 29th, some low islands, which are supposed to have been the present Semichi[Pg 168] Islands, situated east of Attu. These islands, which to them appeared as one, were called St. Abraham Island. According to the ship's journal they were seen at ten o'clock in the morning at a distance of six miles toward the west, and at noon ten miles in a direction W. S. W. It is evident that the St. Peter sailed north of these islands, but as the latitude on that day was determined as 52° 31', at least 45' too far south, and as the ship undoubtedly on the 29th and 30th of October passed the Blizhni group (the Nearer Aleutians) it is more than probable that the strait between the most westerly of the Semichi Islands and Attu was seen from the ship's deck, although the officers do not mention this island in the journal, but simply indicate it on the chart. It is, however, referred to by both Müller and Steller. The most westerly of the Semichi Islands and Attu must be the former's Deception Islands. Steller applies all of his acuteness of mind to show that they were the first two Kuriles. Nothing shows better than this assertion how confused Steller was; hence his unsparing attacks on Waxel, and his base insinuations, are not of the least moment. "Betrayed and sold by two unscrupulous leaders," he says, "we sailed, after October 31, in a northerly direction from the 51st to the 56th parallel!" How unreasonable! They were, already on the 30th, north of the 53d parallel. A sharp southwest wind was blowing, several deaths were occurring daily, the helmsmen were conducted to the wheel by companions so deathly sick that they could scarcely walk, the ship's rigging and sails were fast giving way, the weather was raw and damp, the nights dark and long, and all attempts at the determination of latitude[Pg 169] and longitude had about ceased. Under these circumstances was it not worthy of all honor that Waxel was still able to hold the vessel up to the wind at all and approach the Commander Islands from Attu? In a short time the wind veered to the east, and on November 4 (Steller has it the 5th), in a latitude calculated at 53° 30', they saw an elevated coast in the west at a distance of about sixteen miles. It is impossible to describe the joy occasioned by this sight. The sick and half-dead crawled on deck to see land once more, and all thanked God for their merciful rescue. Bering, almost completely exhausted, was greatly revived, and all thought of how they would rest and restore their health and vigor. Hidden brandy casks were brought out, in order that by the Vodka's assistance they might properly celebrate the happy return. And in the first moments of their exultation even the officers rejoiced to think that their calculations were not entirely wrong.

Then the water supply was at risk of running out. They had only fifteen barrels of water, some of which was quite poor. Waxel was again considering searching for land to the north when a strong wind pushed them so far west that they thought they’d passed all traces of American territories. They decided to maintain their course at 52° latitude, but the next day, to their great surprise, they spotted the Aleutian Islands and made some new discoveries. On October 25, about 8½ geographical miles to the northwest, they saw a high, snow-covered island, which they named St. Marcus. At noon, its latitude was determined to be 50° 50', but since this island is actually Amchitka, and its southern end, according to Admiral Sarycheff, is at 51° 35', it’s clear that the St. Peter's latitude readings were consistently about half to three-quarters of a degree less than the actual latitude. This error later had a very unfortunate impact on their decisions. On October 28, they discovered Kiska, which Bering named St. Stephen, along with three (actually four) smaller islands to the east of it. Carried northward by a southwest wind, they spotted, on the morning of the 29th, some low islands, which are presumed to be the present Semichi Islands, located east of Attu. These islands, which appeared as one to them, were called St. Abraham Island. According to the ship's journal, they were sighted at ten o'clock in the morning, six miles to the west, and at noon, ten miles in a W.S.W. direction. It’s clear that the St. Peter sailed north of these islands, but since the latitude that day was recorded as 52° 31', at least 45' too far south, and as the ship definitely passed the Blizhni group (the Nearer Aleutians) on the 29th and 30th of October, it’s very likely that they saw the strait between the westernmost Semichi Islands and Attu, although the officers don’t mention this island in the journal, but only illustrate it on the map. However, it is mentioned by both Müller and Steller. The westernmost of the Semichi Islands and Attu must be from the former’s Deception Islands. Steller uses all his cleverness to assert that they were the first two Kuriles. Nothing illustrates his confusion better than this claim; thus, his harsh attacks on Waxel and his deceitful insinuations are of no real consequence. “Betrayed and sold by two ruthless leaders,” he says, “we sailed north from the 51st to the 56th parallel after October 31!” How unreasonable! By the 30th, they were already north of the 53rd parallel. A strong southwest wind was blowing, several crew members were dying daily, the helmsmen were led to the wheel by companions so ill that they could barely walk, the ship's rigging and sails were falling apart, the weather was raw and damp, the nights were long and dark, and all attempts to determine latitude and longitude had nearly stopped. Under these circumstances, wasn’t it worthy of great honor that Waxel was still able to keep the vessel headed into the wind and approach the Commander Islands from Attu? Soon, the wind shifted to the east, and on November 4 (Steller states the 5th), at a latitude calculated to be 53° 30', they saw a high coastline to the west about sixteen miles away. It’s impossible to describe the joy this sight brought. The sick and nearly dead crawled on deck to see land once again, and everyone thanked God for their merciful rescue. Bering, nearly completely exhausted, felt greatly rejuvenated, and everyone thought about how they would rest and regain their health and strength. Hidden barrels of brandy were brought out so they could properly celebrate their happy return with some vodka. In the initial moments of their jubilation, even the officers were glad to think that their calculations might not have been entirely wrong.

All were agreed that they were off the mouth of Avacha Bay, and in the precipitous mountain sides of Copper Island they eagerly sought for the promontories which mark the entrance to that bay. The channel between Copper Island and Bering Island was hidden to their view, hence they thought they had reached Kamchatka. When, a little later, they saw through the mist the most northerly part of the strait, they were for a short time not indisposed to believe that they were near their home harbor. But soon an intense feeling of doubt seized them. According to the ship's reckoning, they were yet forty miles from Avacha. An observation at noon informed them they were at least one degree farther north than[Pg 170] this place, and before evening came on, the coast-lines assumed an appearance that compelled them to give up all thought of having reached home. But, as Bering on his first voyage had not found land for several days' sailing east of the mouth of the Kamchatka River, they still clung to the belief that they were off the coast of the mainland. During the night, they stood to the north so as to steer clear of land, as they feared a storm. With great difficulty the topsails were taken in, but the feeble crew were obliged to leave the other sails. In the night a storm from the east rent the starboard shrouds of the mainmast so that it could no longer carry sail. The next morning, a bright and magnificent November day, the whole crew assembled for a final consultation.

Everyone agreed that they were off the mouth of Avacha Bay, and they eagerly looked for the promontories that mark the entrance to that bay along the steep mountain sides of Copper Island. The channel between Copper Island and Bering Island was hidden from their view, so they thought they had reached Kamchatka. When, a little later, they saw the northernmost part of the strait through the mist, they briefly thought they might be close to their home harbor. But soon, a strong sense of doubt took hold of them. According to the ship's calculations, they were still forty miles from Avacha. A noon observation revealed they were at least one degree farther north than[Pg 170] this location, and before evening came, the coastal lines took on a look that forced them to abandon the idea that they had reached home. However, since Bering had not found land for several days sailing east of the mouth of the Kamchatka River on his first voyage, they still held on to the belief that they were off the mainland coast. During the night, they headed north to avoid land, fearing a storm. It was difficult to take in the topsails, but the weak crew had to leave the other sails up. A storm from the east tore the starboard shrouds of the mainmast during the night, making it unable to carry sail. The next morning, on a bright and beautiful November day, the entire crew gathered for one last consultation.

All that could walk or crawl, officers as well as crew, dragged themselves into the chief's cabin to hear the result. I have repeatedly called attention to the fact that Bering did not have the sovereign power with which the chief of an expedition is now-a-days endowed. The terrible disease that had overpowered him still further lessened his influence; but never had the rules and regulations appeared in worse light than on this occasion. Waxel and Khitroff, who had resolved to make a landing, sought both before and during the meeting to induce the crew to vote for this resolution; but Bering opposed it and put forth the last remnants of his strength and energy to rescue the expedition. "We have still the foremast," he said, "and six casks of water. After having endured so much suffering and hardship, we must risk everything in order to reach Avacha." Waxel and[Pg 171] Khitroff immediately endeavored to counteract the influence of this good advice, but the subordinates were in doubt, and would not sign any resolution except on the condition that the officers expressly assured them of the fact that the adjacent coast was Kamchatka. This Khitroff finally took upon himself to do, and so partly through compulsion and partly through persuasion the lieutenants succeeded in securing a majority for their proposition. But even yet Bering sought to save his convictions, and appealed to the reduced Lieutenant Ofzyn, who had had charge of the explorations from the Obi to the Yenesei and was now serving as a sailor on board the St. Peter; but as he immediately expressed his agreement with Bering, he was in most abusive language driven from the cabin. Under these circumstances Steller found it useless to support Bering. He confined himself to certifying to the very great enervation of the crew. Before the council adjourned, it was resolved to make for the coast, where the lieutenants, in an open bay, expected to find a harbor.

Everyone who could walk or crawl, both officers and crew, dragged themselves into the chief's cabin to hear the outcome. I've pointed out before that Bering didn’t have the absolute power that leaders of expeditions usually have today. The terrible illness that had overwhelmed him further diminished his authority; however, the rules and regulations had never seemed worse than at this moment. Waxel and Khitroff, who were determined to land, tried before and during the meeting to persuade the crew to vote in favor of this. But Bering opposed it and put forth the last of his strength and energy to save the expedition. "We still have the foremast," he said, "and six casks of water. After enduring so much suffering and hardship, we must risk everything to reach Avacha." Waxel and Khitroff immediately tried to undermine the impact of this sensible advice, but the crew was uncertain and wouldn't agree to any resolution unless the officers clearly assured them that the nearby coast was Kamchatka. Khitroff eventually took on this task, so through a mix of pressure and persuasion, the lieutenants managed to get a majority for their proposal. Even then, Bering tried to uphold his beliefs and appealed to the weakened Lieutenant Ofzyn, who had been in charge of explorations from the Obi to the Yenesei and was now serving as a sailor on the St. Peter; but when he immediately expressed his agreement with Bering, he was aggressively chased out of the cabin. Given these circumstances, Steller found it pointless to support Bering. He limited himself to confirming the crew's significant fatigue. Before the council ended, it was decided to head for the coast, where the lieutenants hoped to find a harbor in an open bay.

Before an easy northeast breeze, the St. Peter drifted toward the coast, without helmsman or commander. The chief lay at death's door in his cabin, Waxel and Khitroff were seeking rest and quiet, and not until the ship lay about four miles from land did Steller induce Bering to order them on deck. They soon began to sound, and one verst from shore they cast anchor. Night came on with bright moonlight. The ebb-tide receded over the rocky beach, producing heavy breakers. In these the ship was tossed about like a ball, until finally the cable snapped. They now expected to be dashed against the[Pg 172] rocks at any moment. The confusion became indescribable. In order not to have a corpse on board, the dead bodies of two of their companions were thrown overboard. It had been the intention to take them ashore for burial. At this juncture the second anchor was lost; but at the last moment, just as the third was on the point of being cast, Ofzyn succeeded in establishing order and keeping the anchor on board. The vessel glided safely across the reefs, and in a few moments the boatswain and Ofzyn were able to anchor in a sheltered place. The St. Peter was safe for the time being. In this still and bright November night (the night of Nov. 6, 1741) the ship was riding at anchor off the center of the northeast coast of Bering Island, scarcely 600 yards from shore. Thus ended this frightful adventure. Very fortunately, the ship had happened to strike the only navigable channel on the east that leads to the coast of the island.

Before a gentle northeast breeze, the St. Peter drifted toward the coast, without a helmsman or captain. The chief lay on his deathbed in his cabin, while Waxel and Khitroff sought rest and quiet. It wasn't until the ship was about four miles from land that Steller convinced Bering to order them on deck. They soon began to take soundings, and one verst from shore, they dropped anchor. Night fell with a bright moon. The ebb tide receded over the rocky beach, creating heavy waves. The ship was tossed around like a ball until the cable finally snapped. They expected to be slammed against the[Pg 172]rocks at any moment. The confusion became overwhelming. To avoid having a corpse on board, the bodies of two of their companions were thrown overboard. They had planned to take them ashore for burial. At this point, the second anchor was lost; but at the last moment, just as they were about to drop the third, Ofzyn managed to restore order and keep the anchor on board. The vessel glided safely over the reefs, and in a few moments, the boatswain and Ofzyn were able to anchor in a sheltered spot. The St. Peter was safe for now. On this calm and bright November night (the night of Nov. 6, 1741), the ship was anchored off the center of the northeast coast of Bering Island, barely 600 yards from shore. Thus concluded this terrifying adventure. Thankfully, the ship had found the only navigable channel to the island's coast on the east.

It yet remains to determine with more exactness the place of stranding. On this point literature offers no reliable information. I am aware that Steller says that the vessel stranded on the northern coast of the island, but this is not to be taken literally. After the St. Peter had passed the northern point of Copper Island, which lies parallel with the trend of Bering Island, it was carried west and southwest by a northeasterly wind, and hence would strike the coast of Bering Island off, or a few minutes north of, the northern extremity of Copper Island. At this point the eastern coast of Bering Island recedes to the west and forms that bay which the officers saw ahead. From this it is evident that the place where[Pg 173] the vessel ran ashore was four or five miles north of the present Cape Khitroff. In Waxel's journal the geographical position is entered as 55° 5' north latitude, but Fr. Lütke gives it as latitude 54° 58' and longitude 193° 23' west from Greenwich. On his large map of a part of the Aleutian Islands, with Russian and French text, he marks the place of landing at this point with these words: "C'est près de cet endroit que le commandeur Bering a fait naufrage"[84] (i. e., in the vicinity of this place Bering stranded). This place is at about the center of the eastern coast of the island, which extends at least 28' farther north to Cape Waxel, and hence only from a local point of view, just as it must have seemed to Steller as the vessel approached land, can this receding part of the coast be designated as the northern side of the island. The view here set forth is further corroborated by many places in Steller's diary, and by other accounts of the stay on the island.[85]

It still needs to be determined more precisely where the ship ran aground. On this matter, literature provides no reliable information. I know that Steller claims the vessel ran aground on the northern coast of the island, but that shouldn’t be taken literally. After the St. Peter passed the northern tip of Copper Island, which is aligned with Bering Island, it was pushed west and southwest by a northeast wind, which means it would have struck the coast of Bering Island slightly north of the northern tip of Copper Island. At this point, the eastern coast of Bering Island curves back to the west, forming the bay that the officers saw ahead. This makes it clear that the location where the vessel ran aground was four to five miles north of the current Cape Khitroff. In Waxel's journal, the geographical coordinates are listed as 55° 5' north latitude, but Fr. Lütke states them as latitude 54° 58' and longitude 193° 23' west from Greenwich. On his detailed map of part of the Aleutian Islands, with Russian and French text, he marks the landing spot with the words: "C'est près de cet endroit que le commandeur Bering a fait naufrage"[84] (i. e., near this place Bering ran aground). This location is about in the middle of the eastern coast of the island, which extends at least 28' further north to Cape Waxel, so only from a local perspective, just as it must have appeared to Steller as the vessel approached land, can this receding part of the coast be referred to as the northern side of the island. The viewpoint presented here is further supported by several entries in Steller's diary and by other accounts of their time on the island.[85]

FOOTNOTES:

[84] Map III., Appendix.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Map III, Appendix.

[85] My view has been most strongly confirmed by the excellent Norwegian naturalist, Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, who in the years 1882-'84 passed eighteen months on Bering island and circumnavigated it. In Deutsche Geographische Blätter, 1885, he describes his trip and gives a good contour map of the island, as well as of Bering's stranding-place, which in honor of him is still called "Komandor," and is situated in the place described above, on the northeastern coast of the island.—Author's Note to American Edition.

[85] My perspective has been particularly validated by the remarkable Norwegian naturalist, Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, from the Smithsonian Institution in Washington. Between 1882 and 1884, he spent eighteen months on Bering Island and explored it completely. In Deutsche Geographische Blätter, 1885, he details his journey and provides a clear map of the island's shape, alongside a map of Bering's landing site, which is still referred to as "Komandor" in his honor, located at the previously mentioned spot on the northeastern shore of the island.—Author's Note to American Edition.

For Dr. Stejneger's final remarks on this point the reader is referred to Note 64, in the Appendix, where will be found a letter to the translator.

For Dr. Stejneger's final comments on this point, the reader is directed to Note 64 in the Appendix, where a letter to the translator can be found.


CHAPTER XIX.
THE STAY ON BERING ISLAND.—FAUNA OF THE ISLAND.—A RICH FIELD FOR STELLER.—HIS DESCRIPTIONS IMMORTALIZE THE EXPEDITION.—THE SEA-COW.—ITS EXTERMINATION.—NORDENSKJÖLD REFUTED.—PREPARATIONS FOR WINTERING.—SAD DEATH OF BERING.—AN ESTIMATE OF HIS WORK.—CHIRIKOFF'S RETURN.—THE CREW OF THE ST. PETER LEAVE THE ISLAND.—THE GREAT NORTHERN EXPEDITION DISCONTINUED.—BERING'S REPORTS BURIED IN RUSSIAN ARCHIVES.—BERING HONORED BY COOK.

The island upon whose shores Bering, after a voyage of four months, was cast, was a high, rocky, and uninviting country. The snowless mountains of Plutonic rock, wild and jagged, arose perpendicularly out of the sea, and deep ravines with seething mountain streams led into the treeless interior.[86] There was snow on only the highest peaks, and on this cold November night the coast appeared to the shipwrecked unfortunates in all its naked and gloomy solitude, and hence [Pg 175]great was their surprise on landing to find the island teeming with animal life, yet undisturbed by human habitation. The Commander Islands, as the group is now called, consist of two large islands and a few rocky islets. The most easterly of the former is Copper Island (Mednie), about thirty-five miles long and three miles wide, covered with high, steep, and jagged mountains, which lie athwart the main trend of the island, S. E. to N. W., and terminate precipitously, often perpendicularly, with a narrow strand at the base scarcely fifty feet wide. On a somewhat larger scale, the same description applies to Bering Island, which, according to Steller, is 23½ geographical miles long and nearly 3¼ wide. It is situated about 30 geographical miles from Kamchatka, between latitude 54° 40' and 55° 25' north, and longitude 165° 40' and 166° 40' east of Greenwich. Only on the west coast, within the shelter of the Sea Lion Island (Arii Kamen) and a lesser islet, is there a fairly good harbor, where the Russians later founded the only colony of the island, consisting of a few Aleuts who cultivate some vegetables, but maintain themselves principally by hunting and fishing. For this purpose they have built, here and there on the east coast, some earth-huts which are used only temporarily. The very high mountains, having a trend from N. W. to S. E., almost everywhere extend clear to the sea, and only here and there along the mouths of the brooks do semicircular coves recede from 700 to 1300 yards into the interior. In Bering's day these coves or rookeries contained a fauna entirely unmolested by human greed and love of chase, developed according to nature's own laws, for[Pg 176] which reason great scientific interest attaches to the stranding of the St. Peter. Of this animal life Steller gives us in his various works descriptions which are unexcelled in power and fidelity. These have made Bering's second voyage immortal. Naturalists will again and again turn to them. For this reason it would seem that Steller had no ground for complaint that Bering had taken him from his real field of investigation: Kamchatka—a complaint made in our day by O. Peschel—for on Bering Island he first found that field of labor and that material, the description of which has immortalized his name.[87]

The island where Bering, after four months at sea, ended up was a high, rocky, and unwelcoming place. The snow-free mountains made of solid rock, wild and jagged, rose straight up from the ocean, and deep ravines with rushing mountain streams led into the treeless land. There was snow only on the highest peaks, and on that cold November night, the coast looked completely bare and gloomy to the shipwrecked victims, so they were shocked when they landed and discovered the island alive with animals but untouched by human presence. The Commander Islands, as this group of islands is now known, includes two large islands and a few rocky outcrops. The easternmost island is Copper Island (Mednie), which is about thirty-five miles long and three miles wide, covered with steep, sharp mountains stretching from southeast to northwest that drop sharply, often nearly straight down, with a narrow beach at the base that is barely fifty feet wide. A similar description applies to Bering Island, which, according to Steller, is 23½ geographical miles long and almost 3¼ miles wide. It is located about 30 geographical miles from Kamchatka, between latitudes 54° 40' and 55° 25' north, and longitudes 165° 40' and 166° 40' east of Greenwich. There's only a decent harbor on the west coast, sheltered by Sea Lion Island (Arii Kamen) and a smaller islet, where the Russians later established the island's only colony, consisting of a few Aleuts who grow some vegetables but mainly live off hunting and fishing. For this, they have built some temporary earth huts scattered along the east coast. The very tall mountains, running from northwest to southeast, extend almost all the way to the sea, with only a few semicircular coves that recede 700 to 1300 yards into the land along the mouths of the streams. In Bering's time, these coves or rookeries had wildlife that was completely untouched by human greed and the desire to hunt, evolving according to nature’s own rules, which is why the stranding of the St. Peter is of great scientific interest. Steller provided descriptions of this animal life in his various works that are unmatched in power and accuracy. These writings have made Bering's second voyage famous. Naturalists will continue to refer to them. Therefore, it seems that Steller had no reason to complain that Bering took him away from his true field of study: Kamchatka—a complaint echoed in our time by O. Peschel—because on Bering Island, he first found that field of work and the material, the description of which has made his name unforgettable.

STELLER'S TRIUMPHAL ARCH.

STELLER'S TRIUMPHAL ARCH.

With the exception of the Arctic fox, the higher fauna of these islands were found exclusively among the sea mammals. The most important furred animal at that time was the sea-otter (Enhydra lutris, Linn.), which lived in families on the coast during the whole year, especially, however, in the winter. Its velvety fur brought about 100 rubles on the Chinese border, and hence this animal later became the object of a most eager search. Nordenskjöld says these otters have been driven away, not only from Bering Island, but also from other grounds, where formerly they were slaughtered by the thousand. This statement, however, is not entirely correct. The sea-otter may still be found on Bering Island,[Pg 178] and on the adjacent Copper Island (Mednie) it is frequently found, and is protected by just such laws as Nordenskjöld demands for its preservation.

Apart from the Arctic fox, the main wildlife on these islands was found exclusively among the sea mammals. The most significant fur-bearing animal at that time was the sea otter (Enhydra lutris, Linn.), which lived in family groups along the coast year-round, especially during the winter. Its soft fur fetched around 100 rubles at the Chinese border, making this animal a target of intense hunting. Nordenskjöld claims that these otters have been driven away not only from Bering Island but also from other areas where they used to be hunted by the thousands. However, this statement isn't entirely accurate. The sea otter can still be found on Bering Island,[Pg 178] and it is often seen on the nearby Copper Island (Mednie), where it is protected by the same laws that Nordenskjöld advocates for its conservation.

The greatest number of marine animals here were found to belong to the family of eared seals (Otariidœ); namely, the sea-lion (Eumetopias Stelleri), from which oil is obtained, and the fur-seal (Callorhinus ursinus), which is still the world's most important fur-bearing animal. Since the close of the last century, the Russian government has with great care sought to protect this animal, and has built up a national enterprise which yields a large annual income, and which makes it possible for the Russo-American company which has a lease of the business, to kill annually about 30,000 seals and still increase the stock. On this point, too, Nordenskjöld's statements are unreliable and misleading. He puts the annual catch much too high, which, at the time, caused no slight trouble between the Russian government and the company.[88]

The largest number of marine animals here belong to the family of eared seals (Otariidœ), including the sea lion (Eumetopias Stelleri), which is used for oil, and the fur seal (Callorhinus ursinus), still the world's most important fur-bearing animal. Since the end of the last century, the Russian government has worked diligently to protect this animal and has established a national enterprise that generates a significant annual income. This allows the Russo-American company, which has a lease on the business, to annually hunt about 30,000 seals while still increasing their population. On this issue, Nordenskjöld's claims are unreliable and misleading. He overstates the annual catch significantly, which caused considerable issues between the Russian government and the company.[88]

On the whole, it seems humiliating to West Europe that it is only decried and tyrannical Russia that has understood how to protect this useful animal. When Russian America, the present Alaska, in 1867 was sold to the United States, some of the best seal fisheries, the Pribyloff Islands, were a part of the purchase. The United States has found it profitable to retain the Russian regulations for seal hunting, for those small islands alone yield the interest on the sum paid for the whole territory.

Overall, it feels embarrassing for Western Europe that only the criticized and oppressive Russia has managed to protect this valuable animal. When Russian America, now known as Alaska, was sold to the United States in 1867, some of the best seal fishing areas, the Pribyloff Islands, were included in the deal. The United States has found it beneficial to keep the Russian rules for seal hunting, as those small islands alone generate enough profit to cover the investment made for the entire territory.

The eared seals put in their appearance on the Commander Islands in the spring, and are found in the rookeries by the hundreds of thousands until August or September. They proved of the greatest importance for the support of the shipwrecked expedition, and after the sea-otter for a circuit of many miles had been driven away, they furnished a part of the crew's daily means of sustenance.

The eared seals arrive on the Commander Islands in the spring and can be found in the rookeries by the hundreds of thousands until August or September. They were extremely important for the survival of the shipwrecked expedition, and after the sea otter had been driven away for miles around, they provided a portion of the crew's daily food supply.

But the most interesting animal on Bering Island was the sea-cow (Rhytina Stelleri),[89] a very large and ponderous animal from eight to ten meters long and weighing about three tons. It was related to the dugong and lamantine of the southern seas, and the manatus which occurs in Florida and along the Gulf coast. Its habitat seems to have been confined to the shores of the Commander Islands, where it was found in great numbers. Its flesh was very excellent food. Later it was eagerly sought after by the Siberian hunter, whose rapacity exterminated the whole species in less than a generation. The last specimen is said to have been killed in 1768, and hence museums have been very unsuccessful in procuring skeletons of the animal. In his "Voyage of the Vega," Nordenskjöld attempts to show that sea-cows were seen much later, even as late as 1854; but as he bases his assumption chiefly on the statements of some Aleutian natives, who, according to what Dr. Leonhard Stejneger recently has proved, confounded the sea-cow with a toothed whale (denticete), there seems to be no reason [Pg 180]whatever for modifying the results arrived at by Baer, Brandt, and Middendorff.[90]

But the most fascinating animal on Bering Island was the sea cow (Rhytina Stelleri),[89] a massive and hefty creature measuring between eight and ten meters long and weighing around three tons. It was related to the dugong and manatees found in warmer waters, like Florida and the Gulf coast. Its habitat appeared to be limited to the shores of the Commander Islands, where it existed in large numbers. Its meat was considered excellent food. Eventually, it was eagerly hunted by Siberian hunters, whose greed led to the extinction of the entire species in less than a generation. The last known specimen was reportedly killed in 1768, making it difficult for museums to acquire skeletons of the animal. In his "Voyage of the Vega," Nordenskjöld claims that sea cows were spotted much later, even as recently as 1854; however, he bases this mainly on the accounts of some Aleutian natives who, as Dr. Leonhard Stejneger has recently demonstrated, mistook the sea cow for a toothed whale (denticete), leaving no reason to reconsider the conclusions reached by Baer, Brandt, and Middendorff.[90]

Without this animal wealth it would have gone hard with Bering's expedition as it did later with the unfortunate La Pérouse, whose monument has found a place in Petropavlovsk by the side of Bering's. It would have been hopelessly lost on Bering Island. None of the participants would have seen Asia again, none would even have survived the winter 1741-42, for when the St. Peter stranded, there were on board only a few barrels of junk, a small quantity of groats, and some flour. The flour had been lying in leathern sacks for two years, and in the stranding had been saturated with turbid sea water, and hence was very unfit for food. How fatal, therefore, Waxel's and Khitroff's opposition to Bering might have been.

Without this animal wealth, Bering's expedition would have faced significant challenges, similar to what later happened to the unfortunate La Pérouse, whose monument now stands alongside Bering's in Petropavlovsk. They would likely have been hopelessly lost on Bering Island. None of the crew would have seen Asia again, and none would have survived the winter of 1741-42. When the St. Peter ran aground, there were only a few barrels of trash, a small amount of groats, and some flour on board. The flour had been stored in leather sacks for two years and, during the stranding, had soaked up dirty seawater, making it very unfit for consumption. Thus, Waxel's and Khitroff's opposition to Bering could have been fatal.

It was the night between the 5th and 6th of November that the St. Peter reached this coast. On the 6th the weather was calm and clear, but the crew were kept on board from weakness and work, and only Steller and Pleniser could go ashore with a few of the sick. They immediately betook themselves to examining the country, and walked along the coast on either side. Was this an island, or was it the mainland? Could they expect to find human assistance, and could they reach home by land? After two days of exploration, Steller succeeded in satisfying [Pg 181]himself on these points, although it was nearly six months before he definitely ascertained that the place was an island. Unlike Kamchatka, the country was treeless, having only a few trailing willows of the thickness of a finger. The animals of the coast were entirely new and strange, even to him, and showed no fear whatever. They had no sooner left the ship, when they saw sea-otters, which they first supposed to be bears or gluttons. Arctic foxes flocked about them in such numbers that they could strike down three or four score of them in a couple of hours. The most valuable fur-bearing animals stared at them curiously, and along the coast Steller saw with wonderment whole herds of sea-cows grazing on the luxuriant algæ of the strand. Not only he had never seen this animal before, but even his Kamchatkan Cossack did not know it. From this fact, Steller concluded that the island must be uninhabited. As the trend of Kamchatka was not the same as that of the island, and as the flora was nevertheless identical, and as he moreover found a window frame of Russian workmanship that had been washed ashore, he was convinced that the country must be a hitherto unknown island in the vicinity of Kamchatka.

It was the night between November 5th and 6th when the St. Peter reached this coast. On the 6th, the weather was calm and clear, but the crew had to stay on board due to weakness and exhaustion, so only Steller and Pleniser could go ashore with a few of the sick. They immediately set out to explore the area, walking along the coast in both directions. Was this an island or the mainland? Could they expect to find human help, and could they get home by land? After two days of exploring, Steller managed to determine these things, although it took nearly six months for him to confirm that the place was indeed an island. Unlike Kamchatka, the land was treeless, with only a few willow trees as thick as a finger. The coastal animals were completely new and strange to him, showing no fear. They had barely left the ship when they spotted sea otters, which they initially thought were bears or wolverines. Arctic foxes surrounded them in such numbers that they could take down three or four dozen in just a couple of hours. The most valuable fur-bearing animals watched them with curiosity, and along the coast, Steller marveled at entire herds of sea cows grazing on the rich algae. Not only had he never seen this animal before, but even his Kamchatkan Cossack hadn’t recognized it. From this, Steller concluded that the island must be uninhabited. Since the direction of Kamchatka didn't match that of the island, yet the plant life was the same, and he also found a window frame of Russian craftsmanship that had washed ashore, he was convinced that this was an undiscovered island near Kamchatka.

Bering shared this view, but the other officers still clung to their illusions, and when Waxel, on the evening of the 6th, came ashore, he even spoke of sending a message for conveyance. Steller, on the other hand, began to make preparations for the winter. In the sand-banks, near an adjacent mountain stream, he and his companions dug a pit and made a roof of[Pg 182] driftwood and articles of clothing. To cover up cracks and crevices on the sides, they piled up the foxes they had killed. He exerted himself to obtain wild fowl, seal-beef, and vegetable nourishment for the sick, who were gradually taken ashore and placed under sail tents upon the beach. Their condition was terrible. Some died on deck as soon as they were removed from the close air of their berths, others in the boat as they were being taken ashore, and still others on the coast itself. All attempts at discipline were abandoned, and those that were well grouped themselves into small companies, according to their own pleasure and agreement. The sick and dying were seen on every hand. Some complained of the cold, others of hunger and thirst, and the majority of them were so afflicted with scurvy that their gums, like a dark brown sponge, grew over and entirely covered the teeth. The dead, before they could be buried, were devoured by foxes, which in countless numbers flocked about, not even fearing to attack the sick.

Bering agreed with this perspective, but the other officers still held onto their fantasies. When Waxel came ashore on the evening of the 6th, he even suggested sending a message for delivery. In contrast, Steller started getting ready for winter. Near a mountain stream, he and his team dug a pit in the sandbanks and built a roof from[Pg 182] driftwood and clothing. They filled the gaps and cracks on the sides with the foxes they had caught. He worked hard to gather wild birds, seal meat, and vegetables for the sick, who were slowly brought ashore and placed under sail tents on the beach. Their situation was dire. Some died on deck as soon as they were taken out of the cramped air of their bunks, others in the boat while being brought ashore, and still more on the beach itself. All efforts at maintaining order were abandoned, and those who were well formed small groups according to their own wishes and agreements. The sick and dying were everywhere. Some complained about the cold, others about hunger and thirst, and most were suffering from scurvy, their gums expanding like dark brown sponges that completely covered their teeth. The dead, before they could be buried, were eaten by foxes that swarmed around, not even scared to attack the sick.

More than a week elapsed before the last of the sick were taken ashore. On November 10, the Commander was removed. He was well protected against the influence of the outer air, and was laid for the night under a tent on the strand. It snowed heavily. Steller passed the evening with him and marveled at his cheerfulness and his singular contentment. They weighed the situation, and discussed the probability of their whereabouts. Bering was no more inclined than Steller to think that they had reached Kamchatka, or that their ship could be saved. The next day he was[Pg 183] carried on a stretcher to the sand pits and placed in one of the huts by the side of Steller's. The few that were able to work sought to construct huts for all. Driftwood was collected, pits were dug and roofed, and provisions were brought from the ship. Steller was both cook and physician—the soul of the enterprise. On November 13, the barrack to be used as a hospital was completed, and thither the sick were immediately removed. But still the misery kept increasing. Steller had already given up all hopes of Bering's recovery. Waxel, who had been able to keep up as long as they were on the sea, now hovered between life and death. There was special anxiety on account of his low condition, as he was the only competent seaman that still had any influence, since Khitroff, by his hot and impetuous temper, had incurred the hatred of all. Moreover, those sent to reconnoiter, returned with the news that in a westerly direction they could find no connection with Kamchatka or discover the slightest trace of human habitation. It became stormy; for several days the boat could not venture out, and the ship, their only hope, lay very much exposed near a rocky shore. The anchor was not a very good one, and there was great danger that the vessel would be driven out to sea, or be dashed to pieces on the rocks. The ten or twelve able-bodied men that were left, being obliged to stand in icy water half a day at a time, soon gave way under such burdens. Sickness and want were on every hand. Despair stared them in the face, and not until November 25, when the vessel was driven[Pg 184] clear ashore and its keel buried deep in the sand, did their condition seem more secure. They then went quietly to work to prepare for the winter.

More than a week passed before the last of the sick were taken ashore. On November 10, the Commander was removed. He was well protected from the cold night air and was laid down for the night under a tent on the beach. It snowed heavily. Steller spent the evening with him and was amazed at his cheerful spirit and unique contentment. They assessed the situation and discussed where they might be. Bering was no more convinced than Steller that they had reached Kamchatka or that their ship could be saved. The next day he was[Pg 183] carried on a stretcher to the sand pits and placed in one of the huts next to Steller's. The few who could still work tried to build huts for everyone. They gathered driftwood, dug and roofed pits, and brought provisions from the ship. Steller acted as both cook and doctor—the heart of the operation. On November 13, the barracks designated as a hospital were finished, and the sick were immediately moved there. But the misery continued to grow. Steller had already lost hope for Bering's recovery. Waxel, who had managed to keep up as long as they were at sea, now lingered between life and death. There was special concern over his poor condition, as he was the only capable seaman still holding any sway, since Khitroff's hot temper had earned him the hatred of everyone. Furthermore, those sent to scout returned with news that they could not find any connection to Kamchatka to the west or discover even the slightest signs of human habitation. It became stormy; for several days, the boat couldn't go out, and the ship—their only hope—was left dangerously exposed near a rocky shore. The anchor was unreliable, and there was a significant risk that the vessel would be swept out to sea or smashed against the rocks. The ten or twelve able-bodied men left had to stand in icy water for half the day at a time and soon began to crumble under such pressures. Sickness and want were everywhere. Despair loomed over them, and not until November 25, when the vessel was driven[Pg 184] well ashore and its keel buried deep in the sand, did their situation seem more secure. They then quietly got to work preparing for the winter.

In December the whole crew was lodged in five underground huts (dug-outs) on the bank of the stream near the place of landing.[91] The ship's provisions were divided in such a way that every man daily received a pound of flour and some groats, until the supply was exhausted. But they had to depend principally upon the chase, and subsisted almost exclusively upon the above mentioned marine animals and a stranded whale. Each hut constituted a family with its own economical affairs, and daily [Pg 185]sent out one party to hunt and another to carry wood from the strand. In this way they succeeded in struggling through the winter, which on Bering Island is more characterized by raging snowstorms (poorgas) than severe cold.

In December, the entire crew stayed in five underground huts (dugouts) on the bank of the stream near where they landed.[91] The ship's supplies were divided so that each person received a pound of flour and some groats daily until they ran out. However, they mainly relied on hunting and mostly lived off the marine animals mentioned earlier and a stranded whale. Each hut functioned like a family unit with its own economic activities, and each day, one group would go hunting while another would gather wood from the beach. This way, they managed to get through the winter, which on Bering Island is marked more by fierce snowstorms (poorgas) than by extreme cold.

Meanwhile, death made sad havoc among them. Before they reached Bering Island, their dead numbered twelve, the majority of whom died during the last days of the voyage. During the landing and immediately afterwards nine more were carried away. The next death did not occur until November 22. It was the excellent and worthy mate, the seventy-year-old Andreas Hesselberg, who had plowed the sea for fifty years, and whose advice, had it been heeded, would have saved the expedition. Then came no less than six deaths in rapid succession; and finally in December the Commander and another officer died. The last death occurred January 6, 1742. In all, thirty-one men out of seventy-seven died on this ill-starred expedition.

Meanwhile, death wreaked terrible havoc among them. Before they reached Bering Island, their dead numbered twelve, most of whom died during the last days of the voyage. During the landing and right after, nine more were lost. The next death didn’t happen until November 22. It was the excellent and respected mate, the seventy-year-old Andreas Hesselberg, who had sailed the seas for fifty years, and whose advice, if it had been followed, would have saved the expedition. Then came six more deaths in quick succession; and finally in December, the Commander and another officer passed away. The last death occurred on January 6, 1742. In total, thirty-one men out of seventy-seven died on this ill-fated expedition.

When Bering exerted his last powers to prevent the stranding of the St. Peter, he struggled for life. Before leaving Okhotsk he had contracted a malignant ague, which diminished his powers of resistance, and on the voyage to America scurvy was added to this. His sixty years of age, his heavy build, the trials and tribulations he had experienced, his subdued courage, and his disposition to quiet and inactivity, all tended to aggravate this disease; but he would nevertheless, says Steller, without doubt have recovered if he had gotten back to Avacha, where he could have obtained proper nourishment and enjoyed the comfort of a warm room. In a sandpit on the coast of Bering Island, his condition was hopeless.[Pg 186] For blubber, the only medicine at hand, he had an unconquerable loathing. Nor were the frightful sufferings he saw about him, his chagrin caused by the fate of the expedition, and his anxiety for the future of his men, at all calculated to check his disease. From hunger, cold, and grief he slowly pined away. "He was, so to speak, buried alive. The sand kept continually rolling down upon him from the sides of the pit and covered his feet. At first this was removed, but finally he asked that it might remain, as it furnished him with a little of the warmth he so sorely needed. Soon half of his body was under the sand, so that after his death, his comrades had to exhume him to give him a decent burial." He died on the 8th[92] of December, 1741, two hours before daybreak, from inflammation of the bowels.

When Bering used his last strength to prevent the St. Peter from running aground, he was fighting for his life. Before leaving Okhotsk, he had caught a severe fever, which weakened his ability to fight off illness, and during the journey to America, scurvy set in as well. At sixty years old, with a heavy build, and after enduring numerous hardships, his diminished courage and tendency toward quietness only made his condition worse. However, according to Steller, he undoubtedly would have recovered if he had returned to Avacha, where he could have received proper nutrition and enjoyed the comfort of a warm room. In a sandpit on the coast of Bering Island, his situation was hopeless.[Pg 186] The only available remedy, blubber, made him feel an intense aversion. The horrific suffering of those around him, his disappointment over the expedition's fate, and his worry for the future of his crew contributed nothing to improving his health. Slowly, he wasted away from hunger, cold, and grief. "He was, in a sense, buried alive. Sand kept sliding down from the sides of the pit, covering his feet. Initially, it was cleared away, but eventually he requested it remain, as it provided him some much-needed warmth. Soon, half of his body was buried in sand, so after he died, his comrades had to dig him up to give him a proper burial." He passed away on December 8th[92] 1741, two hours before dawn, due to inflammation of the bowels.

"Sad as his death was," says Steller, "that intrepidity and seriousness with which he prepared to meet death was most worthy of admiration." He thanked God for having been his guide from youth, and for having given him success through life. He sought in every way possible to encourage his companions in misfortune to hopeful activity, and inspire them with faith in Providence and the future. Notwithstanding his conviction that they had been cast upon the shores of an unknown land, he was not disposed to discourage the others by expressing himself on this point. On the 9th of December his body was interred in the vicinity of the huts, between the graves of the second mate and the steward. At the departure from the island there was placed upon his grave a plain wooden cross, which [Pg 187]also served to show that the island belonged to the Russian crown. This cross was renewed several times, and in the sixties, so far as is known, twenty-four men erected a monument to his honor in the governor's garden (the old churchyard) in Petropavlovsk, where a monument to the unfortunate La Pérouse is also found, and where Cook's successor, Captain Clerke, found his last resting place.

"Even though his death was tragic," says Steller, "the courage and seriousness with which he faced it were truly admirable." He expressed gratitude to God for guiding him since childhood and for granting him success throughout his life. He tried in every possible way to uplift his fellow survivors, encouraging them to remain hopeful and to have faith in a higher power and a better future. Despite believing they had landed on an uncharted island, he refrained from discouraging his companions by voicing this opinion. On December 9th, his body was buried near their huts, between the graves of the second mate and the steward. When they left the island, they placed a simple wooden cross on his grave, which [Pg 187] also indicated that the island was part of the Russian crown. This cross was replaced several times, and in the 1860s, it is known that twenty-four men constructed a monument in his memory in the governor's garden (the old churchyard) in Petropavlovsk, where a monument to the ill-fated La Pérouse can also be found, and where Cook's successor, Captain Clerke, was laid to rest.

With Bering that mental power, which had been the life of these great geographical expeditions and driven them forward toward their goal, was gone. We have seen how his plans were conceived; how through long and dreary years he struggled in Siberia to combine and execute plans and purposes which only under the greatest difficulties could be combined and executed; how by his quiet and persistent activity he endeavored to bridge the chasm between means and measures, between ability to do and a will to do,—a condition typical of the Russian society of that time. We have seen how he surmounted the obstacles presented by a far-off and unwilling government, a severe climate, poor assistants, and an inexperienced force of men. We have accompanied him on his last expedition, which seems like the closing scene of a tragedy, and like this ends with the death of the hero.

With Bering, that mental power, which had been the driving force behind these major geographical expeditions, was lost. We have seen how his plans were developed; how through long and difficult years he struggled in Siberia to combine and carry out plans and purposes that could only be achieved with great challenges; how through his quiet and persistent efforts he tried to bridge the gap between resources and actions, between the ability to act and the desire to act—a situation typical of Russian society at that time. We have seen how he overcame the obstacles posed by a distant and reluctant government, a harsh climate, unhelpful assistants, and an inexperienced group of men. We have followed him on his final expedition, which feels like the closing act of a tragedy, ending with the hero's death.

He was torn away in the midst of his activity. Through his enterprise a great continent was scientifically explored, a vast Arctic coast, the longest in the world, was charted, a new route to the western world was found, and the way paved for Russian civilization beyond the Pacific, while enormous sources of wealth—a Siberian Eldorado—were opened on the Aleutian Islands for the[Pg 188] fur-hunter and adventurer. Russian authors have compared Bering with Columbus and Cook. He certainly was for Russia, the land of his adoption, what the two former were for Spain and England—a great discoverer, an honest, hardy, and indefatigable pioneer for knowledge, science, and commerce. He led Europe's youngest marine out upon explorations that will ever stand in history as glorious pages, and as living testimony of what Northern perseverance is able to accomplish even with most humble means.

He was pulled away in the middle of his work. Through his efforts, a vast continent was scientifically explored, the longest Arctic coast in the world was mapped, a new route to the western world was discovered, and the path was cleared for Russian civilization to extend beyond the Pacific. At the same time, huge wealth—like a Siberian Eldorado—was unlocked on the Aleutian Islands for fur hunters and adventurers. Russian writers have compared Bering to Columbus and Cook. He was definitely to Russia, his adopted land, what those two were to Spain and England—a great discoverer, a sincere, brave, and tireless pioneer for knowledge, science, and commerce. He led Europe's youngest navy on explorations that will always be remembered as glorious chapters in history, showcasing what Northern determination can achieve even with the most basic resources.

And yet he only partly succeeded in accomplishing what for sixteen years had been the object of his endeavors. His voyage to America was merely a reconnoitering expedition, which, in the following summer, was to have been repeated with better equipments.

And yet he only partly succeeded in achieving what had been his goal for sixteen years. His trip to America was just a scouting mission, which, the following summer, was supposed to be repeated with better equipment.

Chirikoff, who on the expedition in 1741, about simultaneously with Bering,[93] discovered a more southerly [Pg 189]part of the North American coast, returned to Avacha in such an impaired condition that, in 1742, he could undertake no enterprise of importance.[94] On account of the great misfortunes that overwhelmed the expedition, Laptjef was prevented from completing the charting of Kamchatka. Thus we see that on every side of Bering's grave lay unfinished tasks. These tasks were inherited from the Dano-Russian explorer by his great successor Cook, and other younger navigators. Moreover, his death occurred at an extremely fatal period; for in these same dark December days while Bering was struggling with death in the sandpits of Bering Island, Biron, Münnich, and Ostermann lost their supremacy in St. Petersburg. The Old Russian party, the opponents of Peter the Great's efforts at reform, came into power, [Pg 190]and during Elizabeth's inert administration, all modern enterprises, the Northern Expedition among them, were allowed to die a natural death. At Avacha and Okhotsk affairs wore a sorrowful aspect. The forces of the expedition had been decimated by sickness and death, their supplies were nearly exhausted, their rigging and sails destroyed by wind and weather, the vessels more or less unseaworthy, and East Siberia drained and devastated by famine; only Bering's great powers of perseverance could have collected the vanishing forces for a last endeavor. On September 23, 1743, an imperial decree put an end to any further undertakings. Meanwhile, the crew of the St. Peter had, in August, 1742, returned to Avacha in a boat made from the timber of the stranded vessel. Chirikoff had previously departed for Okhotsk, to which place also Spangberg returned from his third voyage to Japan. Gradually the forces of the various expeditions gathered in Tomsk, where, first under the supervision of Spangberg and Chirikoff, and later that of Waxel and other officers, they remained until 1745. Thus ended the Great Northern Expedition.

Chirikoff, who was part of the expedition in 1741 around the same time as Bering,[93] discovered a more southern section of the North American coast. He returned to Avacha in such bad shape that, in 1742, he couldn't take on any major projects.[94] Because of the many misfortunes that struck the expedition, Laptjef couldn't finish charting Kamchatka. We see that unfinished tasks surrounded Bering's grave. These tasks were passed down from the Dano-Russian explorer to his great successor Cook and other younger navigators. Furthermore, his death happened during a particularly disastrous time; while Bering was battling death in the sandpits of Bering Island, Biron, Münnich, and Ostermann lost their power in St. Petersburg during those dark December days. The Old Russian faction, which opposed Peter the Great's reforms, took control, and under Elizabeth's inactive administration, all modern initiatives, including the Northern Expedition, were allowed to fade away. In Avacha and Okhotsk, the situation looked grim. The expedition's members had been reduced by sickness and death, their supplies were nearly gone, their rigging and sails were damaged by the elements, and the ships were mostly unfit for sailing, while East Siberia suffered from famine. Only Bering's remarkable perseverance could have rallied the dwindling forces for one last effort. On September 23, 1743, an imperial decree brought all further activities to a halt. Meanwhile, the crew of the St. Peter had returned to Avacha in August 1742 using a boat made from the timber of their wrecked vessel. Chirikoff had already left for Okhotsk, from where Spangberg also returned after his third trip to Japan. Gradually, the members of the various expeditions assembled in Tomsk, where they stayed under the supervision of Spangberg and Chirikoff initially, and later Waxel and other officers, until 1745. Thus ended the Great Northern Expedition.

But Bering's ill fate pursued him even after death. During the reign of Empress Elizabeth, nothing was done to make known the results of these great and expensive explorations, nor to establish the reputation of the discoverers. The reports of Bering and his co-workers, which make whole cartloads of manuscript, were buried in the archives of the Admiralty. Only now and then did a meager, and usually incorrect, account come to the knowledge of the world. Some of the[Pg 191] geographers of that day insisted that the Russian government system of suppression merely aimed at excluding the rest of Europe from that profitable maritime trade through the Arctic seas for which the Northern Expedition had opened the way. Ignorance on this subject was so great that Joseph de l'Isle ventured even before the French Academy to refer to himself as the originator of the expedition,—to rob Bering of his dearly bought honor, and to proclaim to the world that Bering accomplished no more on this expedition than his own shipwreck and death. With Buache he published a book and a map to prove his statements. The name De l'Isle at that time carried with it such weight that he might have succeeded in deceiving the world for a time, if G. F. Müller had not, in an anonymous pamphlet written in French, disproved these falsehoods. But even Müller's sketch in Sammlung Russischer Geschichte (1758), the first connected account published concerning these expeditions, has great defects, as we have seen, not only from the standpoint of historical accuracy, but it also shows a lack of appreciation of the geographical results obtained by Bering. Hence it would have been impossible for Cook to render the discoverer long-deferred justice, if he had not known D'Anville's map and Dr. Campbell's essay. Thus it was West Europe that last century rescued Bering's name from oblivion. In our day the Russian Admiralty has had this vast archival material examined and partly published, but much must yet be done before a detailed account can be given of the enterprises we have attempted to sketch, or of the man who was the soul of them all. We hardly feel disposed, with Professor Von[Pg 192] Baer, to urge the erection of a monument in St. Petersburg, as a restitution for long forgetfulness, former misjudgment, and lack of appreciation. As Russia's first navigator and first great discoverer, he certainly has merited such a distinction. We shall, however, consider our task accomplished, if we have succeeded in giving in these pages a reliable account of the life and character of a man who deserves to be remembered, not only by that nation which must ever count Vitus Bering among her good and faithful sons, but also by the country that harvested the fruits of his labors.

But Bering's unfortunate fate followed him even after his death. During Empress Elizabeth's reign, no efforts were made to publicize the outcomes of these significant and costly explorations, nor to recognize the discoverers' contributions. The reports from Bering and his team, which consist of tons of manuscripts, were hidden away in the Admiralty's archives. Occasionally, a sparse and often inaccurate account would surface, reaching the public. Some geographers of that time argued that the Russian government's strategy of suppression was intended to keep the lucrative Arctic maritime trade, opened up by the Northern Expedition, exclusive to them. The ignorance on this topic was so profound that Joseph de l'Isle even had the audacity to claim before the French Academy that he was the mastermind behind the expedition—to rob Bering of the honor he had rightfully earned and to declare to the world that Bering achieved nothing more on the expedition than his shipwreck and death. Together with Buache, he published a book and a map to back up his assertions. De l'Isle’s name held such authority at that time that he could have successfully misled the world for a while if G. F. Müller hadn't written an anonymous pamphlet in French to refute these lies. However, even Müller's sketch in Sammlung Russischer Geschichte (1758), the first comprehensive account published about these expeditions, has serious flaws—not only in terms of historical accuracy but also in its failure to recognize the geographical achievements made by Bering. Therefore, it would have been impossible for Cook to finally give the discoverer the recognition he deserved if he hadn't known D'Anville's map and Dr. Campbell's essay. Thus, it was Western Europe that rescued Bering's name from obscurity in the last century. In our times, the Russian Admiralty has had this extensive archival material examined and partially published, but much more work needs to be done before a detailed account can be provided of the endeavors we've attempted to outline, or of the man who was at the heart of them all. We hardly feel inclined, with Professor Von[Pg 192] Baer, to advocate for a monument in St. Petersburg as a remedy for long-standing neglect, past misjudgments, and lack of appreciation. As Russia's first navigator and foremost great discoverer, he certainly deserves such recognition. We will, however, consider our task fulfilled if we have managed to provide within these pages a trustworthy account of the life and character of a man who should be remembered, not only by the nation that will always count Vitus Bering among its loyal sons, but also by the country that reaped the rewards of his efforts.

BERING'S MONUMENT IN PETROPAVLOVSK.

Bering's Monument in Petropavlovsk.

(FROM WHYMPER.)

(FROM WHYMPER.)

FOOTNOTES:

[86] Dr. Stejneger, to whom the translator is indebted for various notes and corrections of scientific interest, says: "The mountains which Steller and his companions saw were not eruptive rocks. The whole island consists of a more or less coarsely grained sandstone or conglomerate,—Plutonic rock cropping out only in isolated spots. The mountain streams of Bering island are anything but 'seething'; on the contrary, they are as a rule very quiet."

[86] Dr. Stejneger, who helped the translator with several notes and scientific corrections, says: "The mountains that Steller and his companions saw weren't volcanic rocks. The entire island is made up of mostly coarse sandstone or conglomerate, with Plutonic rock only appearing in isolated areas. The mountain streams of Bering Island are far from 'seething'; in fact, they are usually quite calm."

[87] Dr. Stejneger, ever on the alert to honor Steller, says in Deutsche Geographische Blätter, 1885: "It was due to Steller that not only a majority of the participants survived, but that the expedition won a lasting name in the history of science. Bering left his name to the island upon which he died, and the group to which it belongs. Komandorski (Commander Islands), was named after his rank. Moreover, Bering Sea, Bering Strait, a peninsula in Asia, and a bay in America have been named in honor of him. But what is there in these regions to remind one of the immortal Steller, the Herodotus of these distant lands? Search the map of the island of which he has given such a spirited description. His name is nowhere to be found, while three capes have received the names of Bering's lieutenants and helmsmen, who were the authors of the whole misfortune: Waxel, Khitroff, and Jushin. The man that rescued and immortalized the expedition has fallen into oblivion. I consider it an honor that it has been granted to me to render long deferred justice to this great German investigator. The highest mountain peak on Bering's Island will henceforth be called Mount Steller."

[87] Dr. Stejneger, always eager to pay tribute to Steller, states in Deutsche Geographische Blätter, 1885: "Thanks to Steller, not only did most of the participants survive, but the expedition also earned a lasting place in the history of science. Bering gave his name to the island where he died, and to the group it belongs to. Komandorski (Commander Islands) was named after his rank. Additionally, Bering Sea, Bering Strait, a peninsula in Asia, and a bay in America bear his name. But where in these areas is there anything to remind us of the immortal Steller, the Herodotus of these remote lands? Look on the map of the island he described so vividly. His name is nowhere to be found, while three capes are named after Bering's lieutenants and helmsmen, who were responsible for the entire tragedy: Waxel, Khitroff, and Jushin. The man who saved and immortalized the expedition has been forgotten. I take it as a privilege that I can finally give long-overdue recognition to this great German researcher. From now on, the highest peak on Bering's Island will be called Mount Steller."

In speaking of a description by Steller of some rock formations on the western coast that resembled ancient ruins, Dr. S. says in the same article: "I landed at the only remaining one of these arches, under which Steller had probably walked. It is a fine specimen of a natural triumphal arch, standing quite by itself. In honor of Steller I called it Steller's Triumphal Arch. No monument marks his resting-place on the desert steppes of Siberia; Russia has never forgiven him for his ingenuous criticism of the injustice of her courts; but Steller's name will nevertheless live. His Triumphal Arch, gaily decked with the variegated lichens Caloplaca murorum and crenulata, and adorned with the lovely white golden-eyed blossoms of the Chrysanthemum arcticum, is a monument that does fitting honor to the great naturalist."—Tr.

In discussing Steller's account of some rock formations on the western coast that looked like ancient ruins, Dr. S. states in the same article: "I landed at the only remaining arch, under which Steller likely walked. It’s a stunning example of a natural triumphal arch, standing alone. To honor Steller, I named it Steller's Triumphal Arch. No monument marks his grave on the barren steppes of Siberia; Russia has never forgiven him for his honest critique of the injustice in her courts; but Steller's name will endure. His Triumphal Arch, brightly adorned with the colorful lichens Caloplaca murorum and crenulata, and decorated with the beautiful white golden-eyed flowers of the Chrysanthemum arcticum, is a fitting tribute to the great naturalist."—Tr.

[88] Dr. Stejneger, in "Contributions to the History of the Commander Islands," published in Proceedings of U.S. Nat. Museum, 1882, p. 86, calls attention to Professor Nordenskjöld's erroneous statement, and gives the exact figures.—Tr.

[88] Dr. Stejneger, in "Contributions to the History of the Commander Islands," published in the Proceedings of U.S. Nat. Museum, 1882, p. 86, highlights Professor Nordenskjöld's mistake and provides the correct numbers.—Tr.

[89] The correct name of this animal, Dr. Stejneger informs me, is Rhytina gigas.—Tr.

[89] Dr. Stejneger tells me the proper name for this animal is Rhytina gigas.—Tr.

[90] Dr. Stejneger says, after a very careful and exhaustive discussion of this question: "It may thus be regarded as fairly proved that the unknown cetacean, which in 1846 was observed near the southern end of Bering Island, was a female narwhal. But, whatever it may have been, one thing is absolutely sure: it was not a sea-cow!" For references see Note 65.—Tr.

[90] Dr. Stejneger states, after a thorough discussion on this matter: "It can be considered reasonably established that the unidentified whale, spotted in 1846 near the southern tip of Bering Island, was a female narwhal. However, regardless of its identity, one thing is completely certain: it was not a sea cow!" For references see Note 65.—Tr.

[91] These pits or earth huts lay in a direction from north to south. Next to Steller's hut was the miserable pit in which Vitus Bering, a hundred and forty-eight years ago, drew his last breath. August 30, 1882, Dr. Stejneger visited this place, of which he gives the following description in Deutsche Geographische Blätter, 1885, pp. 265-6: "I was first attracted to the ruins of the huts in which the shipwrecked crew passed a winter a hundred and forty-one years previous. On a projecting edge of the western slope of the mountain, in the northern corner of the valley, stands a large Greek cross. Tradition says that Bering was buried there. The present cross is of recent date. The old one, erected by the Russian company, was shattered by a storm, but the stump may still be seen. No one thought of erecting a new one, until Hr. von Grebnitski attended to the matter. Directly southeast of the cross, close to the edge of a steep declivity, about twenty feet high, lie the fairly well preserved ruins of the house. The walls are of peat, about three feet high and three feet thick. They were covered with a very luxuriant growth of grass, and, moreover, swarms of mosquitoes helped make investigation very unpleasant work. * * * The floor was covered with a thick turf, the removal of which was out of the question. I probed the whole surface with a bayonet, but nothing of significance was found. * * * A part of the crew were undoubtedly lodged in the sandpits under the barrow, of which Steller speaks. And in fact traces of the pits still exist, although they no longer have any definite form, being, moreover, so overgrown with vegetation that nothing could be ascertained from them. Some Arctic foxes had burrowed there. At our approach the whole brood came out, and in close proximity stood curiously gazing at us. Steller and his companions are gone, but the Arctic fox, which played them so many tricks, is still there. The pits, now merely an irregular heap of sand filled with burrows, lie close to the brook, where it curves sharply toward the west, cutting into the declivity on which the house stands."—Author's Note to American Edition.

[91] These pits or earth huts were aligned from north to south. Next to Steller's hut was the sad pit where Vitus Bering, one hundred and forty-eight years ago, took his last breath. On August 30, 1882, Dr. Stejneger visited this site and provided the following description in Deutsche Geographische Blätter, 1885, pp. 265-6: "I was initially drawn to the ruins of the huts where the shipwrecked crew spent a winter one hundred and forty-one years earlier. On a protruding edge of the western slope of the mountain, in the northern corner of the valley, stands a large Greek cross. Tradition holds that Bering was buried there. The current cross is of recent origin. The original, erected by the Russian company, was broken by a storm, but the stump can still be seen. No one thought to put up a new one until Hr. von Grebnitski took care of it. Directly southeast of the cross, near the edge of a steep drop, about twenty feet high, lie the ruins of the house, which are fairly well preserved. The walls are made of peat, roughly three feet high and three feet thick. They were covered with a thick growth of grass, and swarms of mosquitoes made the exploration very unpleasant. * * * The floor was layered with thick turf, which couldn't be removed. I checked the entire surface with a bayonet, but found nothing significant. * * * Part of the crew undoubtedly stayed in the sandpits under the barrow mentioned by Steller. Indeed, traces of the pits still remain, though they no longer have a clear shape as they are so overgrown with vegetation that nothing could be determined from them. Some Arctic foxes had made burrows there. When we approached, the whole litter came out and stood nearby, watching us curiously. Steller and his companions are gone, but the Arctic fox, which played so many tricks on them, is still around. The pits, now just an irregular mound of sand filled with burrows, are close to the stream, where it bends sharply to the west, cutting into the slope on which the house stands."—Author's Note to American Edition.

[92] Old style

Old school

[93] Bancroft, who, strange to say, calls Chirikoff "the hero of this expedition," gives a detailed account of the voyage of the St. Paul after its separation from the St. Peter. Lauridsen does not do this, for the obvious reason that he considers Chirikoff's expedition of but comparatively little importance, although he doubtless would be willing to second Bancroft's estimate of Chirikoff as a man "who, amongst Russians, was the noblest and most chivalrous of them all." There seems to be no reason to doubt that Chirikoff sighted the coast of Northwest America about thirty-six hours before Bering did. On the 11th of July signs of land were seen, and on the 15th land was sighted in latitude 55° 21', according to Bancroft, who, at this point in his narrative, exclaims: "Thus was the great discovery achieved." Chirikoff's return voyage was fraught with hardships and suffering. Before the expedition reached Avacha Bay, October 8, twenty-one were lost. The pilot Yelagin alone of all the officers could appear on deck, and he finally brought the ship into the harbor of Petropavlovsk. Croyère, the astronomer, died as soon as he was exposed to the air on deck. Chirikoff, very ill, was landed the same day. Eventful as the expedition in some respects was, it nevertheless possesses no particular geographical or scientific interest, for there is great doubt even as to where landings were made and what islands were seen. Bancroft speaks very cautiously on these points. Sokoloff, however, declares emphatically that the land first discovered by Chirikoff was a slight projection of the coast between Capes Addington and Bartholomew of Vancouver's map. Moreover, the lands in these regions received no names from the St. Paul, whereas the St. Peter forged, along the islands of the North Pacific, a chain of names, many of which are still the permanent possession of geography. When it is furthermore remembered that Chirikoff was one of Bering's assistants, that the fitting out of the expedition was under the charge of Bering, and that upon him rested all responsibility to the government, it is certainly impossible for any fair minded person to accept the statement that Chirikoff "must ever be regarded as the hero of this expedition." Bancroft does not, however, approve of Sokoloff's vainglorious expressions concerning "the achievements of Chirikoff, a true Russian, as against Bering the Dane." Principally in the one fact of a few hours' priority of discovery, Solokoff finds proof of "the superiority of the Russians in scientific navigation!" Bancroft occasionally reminds the reader that "Russian historians are perhaps a little inclined to magnify the faults of Bering the Dane," and in this instance administers to Sokoloff the following reproof: "So the learner is often apt to grow bold and impudent and despise the teacher. The great Peter was not above learning navigation from Bering the Dane." In speaking of Bering's death, Bancroft further retrieves himself—indeed, seems quite to supersede his former opinion—by saying: "Thus passed from earth, as nameless tens of thousands have done, the illustrious commander of the expeditions which had disclosed the separation of the two worlds and discovered north-westernmost America." See History of Alaska, p. 68 et seq.Tr.

[93] Bancroft, who oddly calls Chirikoff "the hero of this expedition," provides a detailed account of the St. Paul's voyage after it split from the St. Peter. Lauridsen doesn't do this, mainly because he thinks Chirikoff's expedition wasn't very significant, although he would likely agree with Bancroft's view of Chirikoff as a man "who, among Russians, was the noblest and most chivalrous of them all." There seems to be no reason to doubt that Chirikoff spotted the Northwest America coast about thirty-six hours before Bering. On July 11, they saw signs of land, and on the 15th, they sighted land at latitude 55° 21', according to Bancroft, who at this point in his story exclaims: "Thus was the great discovery achieved." Chirikoff's return trip was filled with hardships and suffering. Before reaching Avacha Bay on October 8, twenty-one people were lost. The pilot Yelagin was the only officer able to go on deck, and he eventually brought the ship into the harbor of Petropavlovsk. Croyère, the astronomer, died as soon as he was exposed to the air on deck. Chirikoff, very ill, was offloaded the same day. While the expedition was notable in some ways, it lacks particular geographical or scientific significance, as there's considerable uncertainty about where they landed and what islands they saw. Bancroft is cautious about these details. However, Sokoloff strongly states that the first land discovered by Chirikoff was a slight extension of the coast between Capes Addington and Bartholomew on Vancouver's map. Furthermore, the areas in those regions were not named by the St. Paul, while the St. Peter created a chain of names along the North Pacific islands, many of which are still part of geography today. When considering that Chirikoff was one of Bering's assistants, that Bering oversaw the expedition's preparation, and that all responsibility to the government fell on him, it's certainly unfair for anyone to say that Chirikoff "must ever be regarded as the hero of this expedition." Nevertheless, Bancroft doesn't support Sokoloff's boastful claims about "the achievements of Chirikoff, a true Russian, compared to Bering the Dane." Sokoloff primarily finds proof of "the superiority of the Russians in scientific navigation!" in the mere fact of a few hours' lead in discovery. Bancroft occasionally reminds readers that "Russian historians might be a little prone to exaggerate Bering the Dane's faults," and in this case, he gives Sokoloff the following reprimand: "So a learner can often become bold and arrogant and look down on the teacher. The great Peter was not above learning navigation from Bering the Dane." When discussing Bering's death, Bancroft seems to revise his earlier opinion, stating: "Thus passed from earth, as nameless tens of thousands have done, the illustrious commander of the expeditions that revealed the separation of the two worlds and discovered the far northwest of America." See History of Alaska, p. 68 et seq.Tr.

[94] Note 66.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Note 66.


APPENDIX.

APPENDIX.

APPENDIX.

BERING'S REPORT TO THE ADMIRALTY FROM OKHOTSK, DEC. 5, 1737.[95]

BERING'S REPORT TO THE ADMIRALTY FROM OKHOTSK, DEC. 5, 1737.[95]

From the instructions forwarded to me by His Imperial Highness, I learn that the Imperial College of Admiralty is inclined to the opinion that the expedition is lingering along idly on account of my heedlessness. This arouses in me no little anxiety for fear that I may incur undeserved wrath; yet in this matter I await the will of his Imperial Highness and the most gracious resolution of the Imperial College. For although, from the time the expedition was put in my charge until the present time, I have faithfully and diligently sought as quickly as possible to build vessels, put out to sea, and begin the execution of my work proper, everything has suffered delay on account of unexpected obstacles over which I have had no control. Prior to our arrival in Yakutsk, not a single pood of provisions had been sent to Okhotsk for the crew there, not a single vessel had been built for transporting these provisions and supplies, and not a single magazine had been built at the stopping places on the Maya and Yudoma rivers. No laborers were to be had, and no arrangements whatsoever had [Pg 196]been made by the Siberian government officials, notwithstanding the fact that an imperial ukase had ordered these things. We have done all this. We built transports, demanded laborers from Yakutsk, and with great difficulty brought our provisions in these transports to Yudomskaya Krest,—yes, with superhuman efforts our command and these laborers—since even upon my demand but very few were sent—also brought the supplies at Yudomskaya Krest (12,000 poods of flour and rice) to Okhotsk. Moreover, at the stopping place on the Maya, at the mouth of the Yudoma, at the Cross, and on the Urak, we erected magazines and dwellings for the forces, and also built four winter-huts between Yudomskaya Krest and Urak as places of refuge during the winter. Furthermore, in accordance with our plans, we built, in 1736, at the stopping place on the Urak, fifteen, and during this year, 1737, sixty-five vessels on which to float the provisions down the Urak. Of these, forty-two are still at the place of construction, the remaining thirty-seven having departed with provisions in 1735. All of this has been done under my orders, not by the government officials of Siberia.

From the instructions sent to me by His Imperial Highness, I understand that the Imperial College of Admiralty believes the expedition is stalling due to my carelessness. This makes me quite anxious that I might face undeserved anger; however, in this matter, I will wait for the will of His Imperial Highness and the kind decision of the Imperial College. From the time the expedition was assigned to me until now, I have worked hard to build ships, set sail, and start my actual work as quickly as I could, but everything has been delayed by unexpected obstacles beyond my control. Before we arrived in Yakutsk, no supplies had been sent to Okhotsk for the crew there, no vessels had been built to transport these supplies, and no storage depots had been established at the stopping points on the Maya and Yudoma rivers. There were no laborers available, and no arrangements had been made by the Siberian government officials, despite an imperial decree ordering these actions. We accomplished all of this ourselves. We constructed transports, requested laborers from Yakutsk, and, with great effort, transported provisions to Yudomskaya Krest—indeed, with extraordinary efforts, our team and those laborers—since very few were sent despite my requests—also delivered the supplies at Yudomskaya Krest (12,000 poods of flour and rice) to Okhotsk. Moreover, at the stopping places on the Maya, at the mouth of the Yudoma, at the Cross, and on the Urak, we built storage facilities and lodgings for the teams, and also constructed four winter huts between Yudomskaya Krest and Urak for shelter during the winter. Additionally, according to our plans, we built fifteen vessels at the stopping point on the Urak in 1736, and during this year, 1737, sixty-five vessels to carry provisions down the Urak. Of these, forty-two are still under construction, while the remaining thirty-seven have already departed with supplies in 1735. All of this was done under my command, not by the officials of Siberia.

In Yakutsk, where I was at that time staying, we built two vessels, the boat Irkutsk and the sloop Yakutsk, and in 1735 sent them out on the expeditions assigned to them. We took pains to provision them well, and furthermore sent four barges to the mouth of the Lena with additional provisions for them. In 1736 the Yakutsk had the misfortune to lose its chief, Lieut. Lassenius, and many of the[Pg 197] crew. Others were hopelessly ill, and hence, as I feared that the work assigned to this expedition would not be accomplished, I was obliged to man the vessel anew from Yakutsk. The sick were taken to Yakutsk to be nursed. I did all that was possible for them, and by the help of God they were saved. For these same two ships I sent, in 1736, from the provisions of my command, two lighters with provisions, and during the present year, 1737, I have likewise sent a boat to the mouth of the Lena, as the provisions sent in 1735 were nearly exhausted. But from the voivode in Yakutsk we received no support whatever. From this it is evident that my stay in Yakutsk was necessarily prolonged. Nor was it possible for me to go to Okhotsk with my men until I had sent some provisions ahead. Otherwise I should have taken the risk of starving them to death, putting an end to all hopes of accomplishing anything, and thus incurring a heavy responsibility. Some of my men remained in Yakutsk in charge of the affairs of the expedition there, and to forward provisions. Others remained at the Maya harbor, Yudomskaya Krest, and at the Urak landing, to guard the magazines and attend to the transportation of necessaries to Okhotsk, for it is not yet possible to feed so many at Okhotsk. The fact that the voivode in Yakutsk made such long delay in appointing commissioners to receive and send me supplies, prevented me from keeping my men together and availing myself of their assistance. As early as June 2, 1735, I demanded the appointment of three commissioners and such assistants as I thought necessary,[Pg 198] to be stationed along the route. The authorities at Yakutsk did not comply until the present year, 1737, and then only after repeated demands on my part. But if I had neglected to attend to these matters, and had hastened the departure to Okhotsk, the voivode—in my absence—would have done nothing, and it remains to be seen how the transportation to Yudomskaya Krest will be attended to. * * * As the difficulties with which we have had to contend are very obvious, and although as a consequence the immediate starting out of the expedition is improbable, I can, nevertheless, conscientiously say that I do not see how I could have in a greater degree hastened the work of the expedition, or how I could have intensified the zeal with which I have worked from the very beginning. Through this report I therefore most humbly seek at the hands of the Admiralty a considerate judgment, and hope that it will show that matters have not been delayed through my carelessness.

In Yakutsk, where I was staying at that time, we built two vessels, the boat Irkutsk and the sloop Yakutsk, and in 1735, we sent them out on their assigned expeditions. We made sure to stock them well with supplies and also sent four barges to the mouth of the Lena with additional provisions for them. In 1736, the Yakutsk faced the unfortunate loss of its leader, Lieutenant Lassenius, along with many of the crew. Others were seriously ill, and I feared that the work assigned to this expedition wouldn't be completed, so I had to crew the vessel again from Yakutsk. The sick were taken back to Yakutsk for care. I did everything I could for them, and with God's help, they were saved. For these same two ships, I sent two lighters with provisions from my supplies in 1736, and during this year, 1737, I've also sent a boat to the mouth of the Lena, as the provisions sent in 1735 were nearly used up. However, we received no support whatsoever from the voivode in Yakutsk. This clearly shows that my stay in Yakutsk had to be extended. It wasn't possible for me to go to Okhotsk with my men until I sent some supplies ahead. Otherwise, I would have risked starving them, ending all hopes of achieving anything, and incurring serious responsibility. Some of my men stayed in Yakutsk to handle the expedition's affairs and to send on provisions. Others remained at Maya Harbor, Yudomskaya Krest, and at the Urak landing, to guard the supplies and ensure the transportation of essentials to Okhotsk since it's not yet feasible to feed so many there. The delay from the voivode in Yakutsk in appointing commissioners to receive and send me supplies made it impossible for me to keep my men together and benefit from their help. As early as June 2, 1735, I requested the appointment of three commissioners and any necessary assistants to be stationed along the route. The authorities in Yakutsk didn't comply until this year, 1737, and only after I repeatedly asked. If I had neglected these matters and rushed the departure to Okhotsk, the voivode—in my absence—would have done nothing, and it remains to be seen how transportation to Yudomskaya Krest will be managed. * * * The challenges we've faced are quite apparent, and although this means that the immediate launch of the expedition is unlikely, I can sincerely say that I don't see how I could have accelerated the work of the expedition any further or increased the dedication with which I've worked from the very start. Through this report, I humbly ask the Admiralty for a fair judgment, and I hope it will show that delays have not been due to my negligence.

It is on account of these obstacles, together with the fact that there was much work to be done in Okhotsk, that I have been unable to prepare, in a short time, the ships necessary for the voyage. My command has had to work at Spangberg's ships, which are now ready. But also in Okhotsk, on the "Cat" (Koschka), where these vessels and packet-boats are being built, everything was bare and desolate. There was not a building there,—nowhere to stay. Trees and grass do not grow there, and are not found in the vicinity on account of the gravel. In spite of the fact that the region is so barren, it is nevertheless[Pg 199] very well suited for ship-building. It is a good place for launching, for starting out, and as a harbor of refuge for these ships. There is, in fact, no better place on this coast. Hence, according to Spangberg's directions, a house was built on the "Cat" for the officers, and barracks and huts for the men. For these buildings our men hauled the clay, made the tiles, brought wood from a distance of three to four miles, and carried fresh water from a distance of about two miles; for although the Koschka is situated at the mouth of the Okhota, the water in the river is very salty on account of the tide-water. Moreover, we have built storehouses and a powder magazine. I enclose three diagrams, showing what has been done in the years 1735, 1736, and 1737. My men in Okhotsk are now preparing ship-biscuits for the voyages, and are floating the necessary timber for the boats twenty miles down the river. They burn the charcoal used in forging, and the necessary pitch must be prepared and brought from Kamchatka, as there is no pitch-pine in the vicinity of Okhotsk.

Due to these challenges, combined with the fact that there was a lot of work to be done in Okhotsk, I haven't been able to quickly prepare the ships needed for the voyage. My team had to focus on Spangberg's ships, which are now ready. However, in Okhotsk, on the "Cat" (Koschka), where these vessels and packet-boats are being constructed, everything was barren and bleak. There was no building there—no place to stay. Trees and grass don't grow there and aren't found nearby because of the gravel. Despite the area's barrenness, it's still very suitable for shipbuilding. It's a good spot for launching, setting out, and as a safe harbor for these ships. In fact, there’s no better place on this coast. Therefore, following Spangberg's instructions, a house was built on the "Cat" for the officers, along with barracks and huts for the crew. For these structures, our men transported clay, made the tiles, brought wood from three to four miles away, and carried fresh water from about two miles away; even though the Koschka is located at the mouth of the Okhota, the river water is very salty due to the tides. Additionally, we constructed storehouses and a powder magazine. I’m including three diagrams that show what has been accomplished in the years 1735, 1736, and 1737. My team in Okhotsk is now preparing ship biscuits for the voyages and floating the necessary timber for the boats twenty miles down the river. They burn charcoal for forging, and the required pitch needs to be sourced from Kamchatka since there's no pitch-pine around Okhotsk.

In addition to this we are obliged to make our own dog-sledges, and on these bring our provisions from Yudomskaya Krest to the Urak landing. There is, too, much other work in Okhotsk that must be done in preference to ship-building, for it is quite impossible to get anything in the way of food except the legal military provisions, consisting of flour and groats. I must state, in this connection, that in the summer some cattle are sent with the transports from Yakutsk. These are obtained at the regular price and are distributed[Pg 200] among the crews; but on account of the great distance, and the reluctance of the Yakuts to sell to others than the yassak collectors, except when in great need, the supply has been limited.

In addition to this, we have to make our own dog sleds and use them to bring our supplies from Yudomskaya Krest to the Urak landing. There’s also a lot of other work in Okhotsk that needs to be done instead of shipbuilding, because it's nearly impossible to get any food aside from the standard military rations, which consist of flour and groats. I should mention that in the summer, some cattle are sent with the shipments from Yakutsk. These are bought at the regular price and distributed among the crews; however, because of the long distance and the reluctance of the Yakuts to sell to anyone other than the yassak collectors unless they are in desperate need, the supply has been limited.[Pg 200]

Notwithstanding the fact that the authorities at Okhotsk were directed to prepare fish for the expedition, I found that nothing whatever had been done in this regard; but, on the contrary, they monopolized the supplies of the Tunguses, who furnished my first expedition with an abundance of fish, and upon whom I had depended. For this reason we are forced to give the men leave of absence in the summer, so that they may obtain food by fishing, thus causing a loss of time and neglect of the work of the expedition. Our force might be divided into different parties, for ship-building, fishing, and miscellaneous work, but we have not found it expedient to do this. Especially on account of the fact that many have been assigned to the work of transportation, there are not as many engaged in ship-building as necessary, or as was ordered by the Imperial College of Admiralty. Lack of sufficient provisions has prevented this. Here in Okhotsk we have but a small number of laborers. The rest, for whom there will be no provisions until in the spring, we have sent to Yudomskaya Krest to bring provisions and other necessary supplies on dog-sledges to the Urak landing, and to construct at this place twenty new barges for use in the spring of 1738. New barges must be built every year, for those that are floated down the Urak can not be returned on account of the swiftness of the current. They are, however, used for other purposes in Okhotsk. It takes four men ten days to build a barge,[Pg 201] and four or five to man one. I most respectfully ask the Imperial College of Admiralty to consider the number of men employed at this work, and what they are accomplishing. All of this, too, is being done by my forces. From the government officer in Okhotsk, Skornjakoff-Pissarjeff, we have not, since the day of our arrival here up to the present time, received the slightest assistance in transportation, ship-building, or anything else whatsoever. Nor have we any hope of obtaining any such assistance in the future. And even if we should demand support from him, we would only have long and fruitless negotiations with him, for while in Yakutsk, he sent me a written notification (February 28, 1737), refusing to assist in the transportation from Yudomskaya Krest to Okhotsk.

Despite the fact that the authorities in Okhotsk were instructed to prepare fish for the expedition, I discovered that nothing had been done in this regard. Instead, they were hoarding the supplies from the Tunguses, who had provided my first expedition with plenty of fish and on whom I relied. Because of this, we were forced to give the men time off in the summer so they could get food by fishing, which wasted time and distracted from the expedition's work. We could have divided our team into different groups for shipbuilding, fishing, and other tasks, but we found it impractical to do so. Particularly because many were assigned to transport work, there weren't enough people focused on shipbuilding as needed or as directed by the Imperial College of Admiralty. Insufficient provisions have hindered this process. Here in Okhotsk, we have very few workers. The rest, who won't have any provisions until spring, have been sent to Yudomskaya Krest to fetch supplies and other necessities on dog sleds to the Urak landing, and to build twenty new barges for use in the spring of 1738. New barges must be constructed every year because the ones that are moved downstream cannot be returned due to the swift current. However, they are used for other purposes in Okhotsk. It takes four men ten days to build a barge,[Pg 201] and four or five to operate one. I respectfully ask the Imperial College of Admiralty to consider the number of men working on this task and what they are accomplishing. All of this work is being carried out by my team. Since our arrival in Okhotsk, we have not received any assistance in transportation, shipbuilding, or anything else from the government officer here, Skornjakoff-Pissarjeff. We also have no hope of getting any support from him in the future. Even if we were to request his help, it would likely lead to lengthy and unproductive negotiations, as he sent me a written notice (February 28, 1737) in Yakutsk refusing to assist with transportation from Yudomskaya Krest to Okhotsk.

In addition to the facts here adduced, together with my earlier reports to the Imperial College of Admiralty, wherein I have given an account of my efforts for the progress of the enterprise and shown the impossibility of an early consummation of the main object of my expedition, I appeal to the testimony of all the officers of my command. All of which is respectfully submitted.

In addition to the facts presented here, along with my earlier reports to the Imperial College of Admiralty, where I detailed my efforts to advance the project and highlighted the challenges in achieving the main goal of my expedition anytime soon, I ask for the support of all the officers under my command. All of this is respectfully submitted.

Bering, Commander.

Bering, Commander.

FOOTNOTES:

[95] Abridged from the Russian.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Adapted from the Russian.


NOTES.

1. List of Russian Naval Officers. St. Petersburg, 1882.—V. Berch: The First Russian Admirals.—Scheltema: Rusland en de Nederlanden, III., p. 287.—L. Daae: Normænd og Danske i Rusland.

1. List of Russian Naval Officers. St. Petersburg, 1882.—V. Berch: The First Russian Admirals.—Scheltema: Russia and the Netherlands, III., p. 287.—L. Daae: Norwegians and Danes in Russia.

As Berch hints that Bering had many enemies in the Department of the Marine, I have made inquiries on this point. Admiral Th. Wessalgo informs me that Berch's account is entirely without foundation. Bering demanded and got his discharge in 1724, because he was dissatisfied with the regulations governing promotions.

As Berch suggests, Bering had many rivals in the Marine Department, so I looked into it. Admiral Th. Wessalgo tells me that Berch's story is completely unfounded. Bering requested and received his discharge in 1724 because he was unhappy with the rules around promotions.

2. Sammlung Russ. Geschichte, III., p. 50.—P. Avril's Accounts of America, collected in Smolensk, 1686.—Vaugondie: Memoires, p. 4. Les géographes des 16' et 17' siècles ont toujours pensé que la mer separait l'Asie de l'Amérique.

2. Sammlung Russ. Geschichte, III., p. 50.—P. Avril's Accounts of America, collected in Smolensk, 1686.—Vaugondie: Memoires, p. 4. Geographers of the 16th and 17th centuries always believed that the sea separated Asia from America.

See also a very interesting essay on the first Russian accounts of America: The Great Land, Bolshaia Zemlia, in the Memoirs of the Department of Hydrography (Zapiski), Vol. IX., p. 78.

See also a very interesting essay on the first Russian accounts of America: The Great Land, Bolshaia Zemlia, in the Memoirs of the Department of Hydrography (Zapiski), Vol. IX., p. 78.

The name Anian Strait has arisen through a misunderstanding of Marco Polo's book (lib. III., cap. 5). His Ania is no doubt the present Anam, but the Dutch cartographers thought that this land was in Northeast Asia, and called the strait that was said to separate the continents the Strait of Anian. The name appears for the first time on Gerh. Mercator's famous maritime chart of 1569.

The name Anian Strait came about due to a misunderstanding of Marco Polo's book (lib. III., cap. 5). His Ania is likely referring to present-day Anam, but Dutch mapmakers believed this land was in Northeast Asia and named the strait that was said to divide the continents the Strait of Anian. The name first appeared on Gerh. Mercator's famous maritime chart in 1569.

Dr. Soph. Ruge: Fretum Aniam, Dresden, 1873, p. 13.

Dr. Soph. Ruge: Fretum Aniam, Dresden, 1873, p. 13.

3. G. F. Müller, in Schreiben eines Russ. Officiers von der Flotte p. 14, seeks to take to himself all the honor for our knowledge of Deshneff's journey, but this is not tenable. See Beiträge zur Kenntniss des russischen Reiches, XVI., 44. Bering did not collect his information concerning Deshneff in Kamchatka, but in Yakutsk, and referred Müller to this matter.

3. G. F. Müller, in Schreiben eines Russ. Officiers von der Flotte p. 14, tries to claim all the credit for our understanding of Deshneff's journey, but that's not valid. See Beiträge zur Kenntniss des russischen Reiches, XVI., 44. Bering didn't gather his information about Deshneff in Kamchatka, but in Yakutsk, and pointed this out to Müller.

A. Strindberg: P. J. v. Strahlenberg, in the Swedish Society for Anthropology and Geography, 1879, No. 6.

A. Strindberg: P. J. v. Strahlenberg, in the Swedish Society for Anthropology and Geography, 1879, No. 6.

4. V. Berch: The First Voyage of the Russians, pp. 2-5.

4. V. Berch: The First Voyage of the Russians, pp. 2-5.

5. Bering's report to the Admiralty, in The First Voyage of the Russians, p. 14, together with his original account in Description géographique, historique de l'empire de la Chine. Par le Père J. B. Du Halde. La Hague, 1736, IV., 562.

5. Bering's report to the Admiralty, in The First Voyage of the Russians, p. 14, along with his original account in Description géographique, historique de l'empire de la Chine. Par le Père J. B. Du Halde. La Hague, 1736, IV., 562.

6. G. W. Steller: Beschreibung v. dem Lande Kamtschatka. Frankfurt, 1774.

6. G. W. Steller: Description of the Land of Kamchatka. Frankfurt, 1774.

Krasheninikoff: The History of Kamtschatka. Glocester, 1764.

Krasheninikoff: The History of Kamchatka. Glocester, 1764.

7. A species of bears-foot, Sphondylium foliolis pinnatifides. Cleff.

7. A type of bears-foot plant, Sphondylium foliolis pinnatifides. Cleff.

8. Bering's fear of the Chukchees may seem in our day to put him in a bad light; but they who are familiar with the history of this people know that at the time of Bering they were very warlike. Both Schestakoff and Pavlutski fell in combat with them. Neue nordische Beiträge, I., 245.

8. Bering's fear of the Chukchees might seem questionable today, but those who know the history of this group understand that during Bering's time, they were quite aggressive. Both Schestakoff and Pavlutski were killed in battles with them. Neue nordische Beiträge, I., 245.

J. Bulitsheff: Reise in Ostsibirien. Leipzig, 1858, p. 33.

J. Bulitsheff: Journey in East Siberia. Leipzig, 1858, p. 33.

9. The ship's journal, kept by Lieut. P. Chaplin, is the basis of this presentation. The first Voyage of the Russians, pp. 31-65. Von Baer has used it to some extent, but no other West European author.

9. The ship's journal, written by Lieut. P. Chaplin, is the foundation of this presentation. The first Voyage of the Russians, pp. 31-65. Von Baer has referenced it somewhat, but no other Western European author has.

In Bering Strait there are two Diomede islands. The boundary line between Russia and North America passes between them. The Russian island is called Ratmanoff or Imaklit, the American Krusenstern or Ingalisek. Sea W. H. Dall: Alaska, Boston, 1870, p. 249.

In the Bering Strait, there are two Diomede islands. The border between Russia and North America runs between them. The Russian island is named Ratmanoff or Imaklit, and the American island is called Krusenstern or Ingalisek. Sea W. H. Dall: Alaska, Boston, 1870, p. 249.

10. That Bering himself was the author, would seem to be shown by the fact that Weber who knew and associated with Bering, uses verbatim the same expressions concerning the first expedition. See Weber: Das veränderte Russland, III., 157.

10. That Bering himself was the author seems to be supported by the fact that Weber, who knew and interacted with Bering, uses the exact same phrases regarding the first expedition. See Weber: Das veränderte Russland, III., 157.

11. Cook and King: Voyage to the Pacific Ocean. III., 244.—The only place where I have found any testimony to show that America was seen from the Gabriel is a chart by J. N. De l'Isle: "Carte Génerale des Découvertes de l'Admiral de Fonte," Paris, 1752, on which chart, opposite the Bering peninsula, a coast line is represented with the words: "Terres vues par M. Spangberg en[Pg 204] 1728, frequentées à présent par les Russes, qui en apportent de très belles fourrures."

11. Cook and King: Voyage to the Pacific Ocean. III., 244.—The only evidence I've found indicating that America was visible from the Gabriel is a map by J. N. De l'Isle: "Carte Génerale des Découvertes de l'Admiral de Fonte," Paris, 1752. On this map, next to the Bering peninsula, there’s a coastline marked with the words: "Terres vues par M. Spangberg en[Pg 204] 1728, frequentées à présent par les Russes, qui en apportent de très belles fourrures."

12. The Academy's map, 1737.—Müller's map, 1758.

12. The Academy's map, 1737.—Müller's map, 1758.

13. See A. Th. v. Middendorff: Reise in den Aeussersten Norden und Osten Sibiriens., IV., 56.

13. See A. Th. v. Middendorff: Journey to the Far North and East of Siberia., IV., 56.

Concerning Bering's determinations of longitude and latitude, O. Peschel says: "Auf der ganzen Erde gibt es vielleicht keine wichtigere Ortsbestimmung, als die von Petropaulovski, insofern von ihr die mathematischen Längen in der Beringsstrasse abhängen, welche die Erdveste in zwei grosse Inseln trennt. Mit lebhafter Freude gewahrt man, dass schon der Entdecker Bering auf seiner ersten Fahrt trotz der Unvollkommenheit seiner Instrumente die Längen von Okhotsk, die Südspitze Kamchatkas und die Ostspitze Asiens, bis auf Bruchtheile eines Grades richtig bestimmte."—Geschichte der Erdkunde, pp. 655-56.

Concerning Bering's determinations of longitude and latitude, O. Peschel says: "There may be no more important geographical location on Earth than that of Petropavlovsk, as the mathematical longitudes in the Bering Strait depend on it, dividing the landmass into two large islands. With great pleasure, it's noted that the discoverer Bering, on his first voyage, despite the limitations of his instruments, accurately determined the longitudes of Okhotsk, the southern tip of Kamchatka, and the eastern tip of Asia, down to fractions of a degree. —Geschichte der Erdkunde, pp. 655-56."

A list of Bering's determinations is found in Harris's Collection of Voyages, II., 1021, London, 1748.

A list of Bering's findings can be found in Harris's Collection of Voyages, II., 1021, London, 1748.

About the middle of the eighteenth century there was a violent attack on Bering's determinations. Samuel Engel, Vaugondie, and Bushing tried to show that according to these Asia had been put too far east. S. Engel: Remarques sur la partie de la relation du voyage du Capt. Cook qui concerne le détroit entre l'Asie et l'Amérique. Berne, 1781.—M. D. Vaugondie: Mémoire sur les pays de l'Asie, etc., Paris, 1774.—Bushing's Magazine, VIII., IX.

About the middle of the 18th century, there was a strong challenge to Bering's findings. Samuel Engel, Vaugondie, and Bushing attempted to prove that, according to these, Asia had been placed too far east. S. Engel: Notes on the part of Captain Cook's voyage report that concerns the strait between Asia and America. Berne, 1781.—M. D. Vaugondie: Memoir on the countries of Asia, etc., Paris, 1774.—Bushing's Magazine, VIII., IX.

14. Cook and King: Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, III., 473: "In justice to the memory of Bering, I must say that he has delineated the coast very well, and fixed the latitude and longitude of the points better than could be expected from the methods he had to go by. This judgment is not formed from Mr. Müller's account of the voyage or the chart prefixed to his book, but from Dr. Campbell's account of it in his edition of Harris's Collection and a map thereto annexed, which is both more circumstantial and accurate than that of Mr. Müller." The chart which Cook refers to is a copy of Bering's own chart as given by D'Anville.

14. Cook and King: Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, III., 473: "To be fair to Bering's memory, I have to say that he mapped the coastline really well and determined the latitude and longitude of the points better than could be expected given the tools he had. This opinion isn't based on Mr. Müller's account of the voyage or the chart included in his book, but on Dr. Campbell's account in his edition of Harris's Collection and the map that goes with it, which is both more detailed and accurate than Mr. Müller's. The chart that Cook mentions is a copy of Bering's own chart as provided by D'Anville."

Concerning East Cape, Cook says: "I must conclude, as Bering did before me, that this is the most eastern point of Asia," p. 470.

Concerning East Cape, Cook says: "I have to conclude, like Bering did before me, that this is the farthest eastern point of Asia," p. 470.

16. See Steller's various works, especially the introduction to the one on Kamchatka, where it is stated that Bering returned "ohne[Pg 205] doch das geringste entdeckt zu haben." This introduction was written by J. B. S. (Scherer).

16. See Steller's various works, especially the introduction to the one on Kamchatka, where it says that Bering returned "without having discovered the slightest thing." This introduction was written by J. B. S. (Scherer).

16. In Petermann's Mittheilungen, 1879, p. 163, Dr. Lindemann says that Bering turned back "without having seen, strange to say, either the Diomedes or the American coast." The author's authority is evidently W. H. Dall, an extremely unfortunate historian. The latter says: "Bering, naturally timid, hesitating, and indolent, determined to go no farther for fear of being frozen in, and returned through the Strait—strange to say—without seeing the Diomedes or the American coast." See Dall: Alaska and its Resources. Boston, 1870, p. 297.

16. In Petermann's Mittheilungen, 1879, p. 163, Dr. Lindemann states that Bering turned back "without having seen, oddly enough, either the Diomedes or the American coast." The author's source is clearly W. H. Dall, who is considered quite an unfortunate historian. Dall writes: "Bering, who was naturally timid, hesitant, and lazy, decided not to go any further for fear of getting stuck in the ice and returned through the Strait—oddly enough—without seeing the Diomedes or the American coast." See Dall: Alaska and its Resources. Boston, 1870, p. 297.

17. Geschichte der Entdeckungen im Norden, p. 463.

17. History of Discoveries in the North, p. 463.

18. C. C. Rafn: Grönlands historiske Mindesmærker. Copenhagen, 1838, III.

18. C. C. Rafn: Historical Monuments of Greenland. Copenhagen, 1838, III.

19. Hazii: Karten von dem Russ. Reiche, Nürnberg, 1788.—T. C. Lotter: Carte géogr. de Siberie, Augsburg.

19. Hazii: Maps of the Russian Empire, Nuremberg, 1788.—T. C. Lotter: Geographical Map of Siberia, Augsburg.

20. Harris's Collection of Voyages, II., 1021, Note 34.

20. Harris's Collection of Voyages, II., 1021, Note 34.

21. V. Berch: The First Voyage of the Russians.

21. V. Berch: The First Voyage of the Russians.

22. Beiträge zur Kenntniss des Russ. Reiches, XVI.

22. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Russian Empire, XVI.

23. The name appears earlier on the chart which accompanies Gmelin's Reise durch Sibirien, IV., 1752, and in Steller's Reise von Kamtschatka nach Amerika. But both of these authors must here be considered an echo of Müller.

23. The name shows up earlier on the chart that goes along with Gmelin's Reise durch Sibirien, IV., 1752, and in Steller's Reise von Kamtschatka nach Amerika. However, both of these authors should be seen as reflecting Müller.

24. See Müller's own review of the Russians' early knowledge of the peninsula in Vol. III. of Sammlung Russ. Geschichte. Even as late as 1762 the Cossacks could travel among the Chukchees only in disguise.—Pallas: N. Nord. Beiträge, I., 245.—During Billings's expedition hostilities were still smoldering.—East Cape is 600 miles from Anadyrskoi Ostrog.

24. See Müller's own review of the Russians' early knowledge of the peninsula in Vol. III of Sammlung Russ. Geschichte. Even as late as 1762, the Cossacks could only travel among the Chukchees in disguise. —Pallas: N. Nord. Beiträge, I., 245. —During Billings's expedition, hostilities were still smoldering. —East Cape is 600 miles from Anadyrskoi Ostrog.

26. J. D. Cochrane has, in Narrative of a Pedestrian Journey, London, 1825, App. p. 299, attempted to establish Pavlutski's route, unsuccessfully, however, we think. On the whole, accounts and opinions concerning Pavlutski are so uncertain, that it is impossible by means of the literature on this point, to give a final opinion. See Fr. Lütke: Voyage autour du monde, II., 238. "Sauer dit que Pavlovtsky vint jusqu'au détroit de Bering; ce qui, au reste, n'est pas en lui même vraisenable."

26. J. D. Cochrane has, in *Narrative of a Pedestrian Journey*, London, 1825, App. p. 299, tried to establish Pavlutski's route, but we think he was unsuccessful. Overall, the accounts and opinions about Pavlutski are so uncertain that it's impossible to give a definitive opinion based on the available literature. See Fr. Lütke: *Voyage autour du monde*, II., 238. "*Sauer says that Pavlovtsky reached the Bering Strait; which, in itself, is not reasonable.*"

26. Pallas: N. Nord. Beiträge. I. Chart.—Martin Sauer: An Account of Com. Billings's Geog. and Astr. Expedition. 1785-94. Chart.

26. Pallas: N. Nord. Beiträge. I. Chart.—Martin Sauer: A Report on Com. Billings's Geographic and Astronomical Expedition. 1785-94. Chart.

27. M. Sauer: An Account, etc., p. 252, Note.—Fr. Lütke: Voyage autour du monde, II., 238. Note and chart: Carte de la Baie de Sct. Croix. Levée par les emb. de la Corvette le Seniavine, 1828, where the original Serdze Kamen is found in its proper place with the original Chukchee name, Linglingay.

27. M. Sauer: An Account, etc., p. 252, Note.—Fr. Lütke: Voyage autour du monde, II., 238. Note and chart: Carte de la Baie de Sct. Croix. Levée par les emb. de la Corvette le Seniavine, 1828, where the original Serdze Kamen is found in its proper place with the original Chukchee name, Linglingay.

28. Steller: Beschreibung von dem Lande Kamtschatka, p. 15. Steller sways back and forth between Müller's views and the account that he himself obtained of the real state of affairs. He met Müller in West Siberia in 1739, when the latter was filled with his supposed epoch-making discoveries in Yakutsk archives. In Reise nach Amerika, p. 6, Steller says: "So verblieb es nichts desto weniger auf Seiten der damals gebrauchten Officiere bey einer kurzen Untersuchung des Landes Kamtschatka, von Lopatka bis zu dem sogenannten Serze Kamen, welche bey weitem das Tschuktschiske Vorgebirge noch nicht ist." He has so little knowledge of Bering's work that he can immediately go on to say: "Gwosdew ist viel weiter und bis 66 Grad Norderbreite gekommen."

28. Steller: Beschreibung von dem Lande Kamtschatka, p. 15. Steller goes back and forth between Müller's views and his own account of the actual situation. He met Müller in West Siberia in 1739, when Müller was excited about his supposed groundbreaking discoveries in Yakutsk archives. In Reise nach Amerika, p. 6, Steller states: "So verblieb es nichts desto weniger auf Seiten der damals gebrauchten Officiere bey einer kurzen Untersuchung des Landes Kamtschatka, von Lopatka bis zu dem sogenannten Serze Kamen, welche bey weitem das Tschuktschiske Vorgebirge noch nicht ist." He has such limited knowledge of Bering's work that he quickly continues with: "Gwosdew ist viel weiter und bis 66 Grad Norderbreite gekommen."

29. How varying the views on this subject have been even in the narrowest academical circles may be seen from the following: In a German edition of Atlas Russicus, 1745, Serdze Kamen appears as a mountain in the center of the Chukchee peninsula. (By Calque, placed at my disposal by A. Thornam, of St. Petersburg. In the French edition the name is not found at all.) On the maps which accompany J. E. Fischer's Sibirische Geschichte, 1768, and Ginelin's work, Serze Kamen and Kammenoie Serdze are found, but in different places of Bering Strait, both different from Müller's.

29. The different opinions on this topic, even within the tightest academic circles, can be seen in the following: In a German edition of Atlas Russicus, 1745, Serdze Kamen is identified as a mountain in the center of the Chukchee peninsula. (This information was provided to me by A. Thornam from St. Petersburg.) In the French edition, the name doesn’t appear at all. On the maps included with J. E. Fischer's Sibirische Geschichte, 1768, and in Ginelin's work, Serze Kamen and Kammenoie Serdze are noted, but in different locations in Bering Strait, both distinct from Müller's.

30. Cook and King: Voyage, etc., I., 469: "Thus far Bering proceeded in 1728, that is, to this head, which Müller says is called Serdze Kamen on account of a rock upon it shaped like a heart. But I conceive that Mr. Müller's knowledge of these parts is very imperfect. There are many elevated rocks upon this cape, and possibly some one or other of them may have the shape of a heart.

30. Cook and King: Voyage, etc., I., 469: "So far, Bering went in 1728, reaching this point, which Müller claims is called Serdze Kamen because of a rock on it that looks like a heart. However, I think Mr. Müller's understanding of this area is quite limited. There are many tall rocks on this cape, and possibly one or more of them might resemble a heart.

"At four in the morning the cape, which, on the authority of Müller, we have called Serdze Kamen, bore S. S. West." III., 261.

"At four in the morning, the cape, which we have named Serdze Kamen based on Müller's findings, was located to the southwest." III., 261.

31. Gvosdjeff's Reise. Note 121.

Gvosdjeff's Journey. Note 121.

32. Beiträge zur Kenntniss, etc., XVI., 44. Note.

32. Beiträge zur Kenntniss, etc., XVI., 44. Note.

33. Philip Johann Tabbert, ennobled in 1707 and called Von Strahlenberg, was born at Stralsund in 1676, and taken captive after the battle of Pultowa as captain in the army of Charles XII. He was banished to Tobolsk, traveled some years with Dr. Messerschmidt in Siberia, and together with other Swedish officers he made several maps of Siberia, which, without his knowledge or consent, were published in Holland by Bentinck, 1726, in L'Histoire des Tartares, etc., and reprinted in various works such as La Russie asiatique, tirée de la Carte donnée par ordre du feu Czar. In 1730, Strahlenberg's own work appeared in Leipsic; it is marked by its minute knowledge of details. His representation of the Chukchees peninsula deserves attention as evidence of the knowledge the Cossacks had of this region, whereas there is nothing original in his representation of the coast-lines of Eastern Asia. Baer says that Strahlenberg's book and map was made by a Leipsic student, and that whatever it contains that is of value is taken from Messerschmidt. Beiträge, XVI., 126. Note 18.

33. Philip Johann Tabbert, who was honored in 1707 and known as Von Strahlenberg, was born in Stralsund in 1676. He was captured after the battle of Pultowa while serving as a captain in Charles XII's army. He was exiled to Tobolsk and spent several years traveling through Siberia with Dr. Messerschmidt. Along with other Swedish officers, he created several maps of Siberia, which were published in Holland without his knowledge or consent by Bentinck in 1726 in L'Histoire des Tartares, etc., and were reprinted in various works, such as La Russie asiatique, tirée de la Carte donnée par ordre du feu Czar. In 1730, Strahlenberg's own book was published in Leipsic; it is notable for its detailed knowledge. His depiction of the Chukchees peninsula highlights the understanding the Cossacks had of the area, while his representation of the coastlines of Eastern Asia lacks originality. Baer states that Strahlenberg's book and map were created by a student from Leipsic and that any valuable content they contain was taken from Messerschmidt. Beiträge, XVI., 126. Note 18.

34. This map is reproduced in Nordenskjöld's Voyage of the Vega.

34. This map is reprinted in Nordenskjöld's Voyage of the Vega.

35. Steller: Reiss von Kamtschatka, etc., p. 6, where a very erroneous and unreasonable account of the result of Bering's first expedition is given.

35. Steller: Reiss von Kamtschatka, etc., p. 6, where a very inaccurate and unreasonable description of the outcome of Bering's first expedition is provided.

36. Kiriloff's map is found in Russici imperii Tab. Generalis et Specialis, Vol. XLIII.

36. Kiriloff's map is located in Russici imperii Tab. Generalis et Specialis, Vol. XLIII.

37. Strangely enough, no original copy seems to have remained in the archives of the Admiralty. Berch insists that no such copy exists. I investigated the matter in 1883, and later Mr. A. Thornam has examined the archives for this purpose, but without result.

37. Oddly enough, there doesn’t seem to be an original copy left in the Admiralty's archives. Berch insists that no such copy exists. I looked into it in 1883, and later, Mr. A. Thornam examined the archives for this purpose, but found nothing.

38. Du Halde writes: Ce Capitaine revint á Sct. Petersburg le premier jour de Mars de l'année 1730, et apporta une relation succinte de son voyage, avec la Carte qu'il en avoit dressée. Cette Carte fût envoyée au Sérénissime Roi de Pologne, comme une présent digne de son attention et de sa curiosité, et Sa Majesteté a bien voulu qu'elle me fût communiquée en me permettant d'en faire tel usage qu'il me plairot. J'ai cru que le Public me scauroit quelque gré de l'avoir ajoutée à toutes celles que je lui avois promises.

38. Du Halde writes: This Captain returned to St. Petersburg on the first day of March in the year 1730 and brought a brief account of his journey along with the map he had prepared. This map was sent to the Most Serene King of Poland as a gift worthy of his attention and curiosity, and His Majesty kindly allowed me to be informed about it, permitting me to use it as I see fit. I believed the public would appreciate my adding it to all the maps I had promised them.

In the Swedish geographical journal, "Ymer," 1884, there is an interesting account by E. W. Dahlgren of the copies of Bering's chart in Sweden.

In the Swedish geographical journal, "Ymer," 1884, there is an interesting account by E. W. Dahlgren about the copies of Bering's chart in Sweden.

39. Gmelin: Reise durch Sibirien. Introduction.

39. Gmelin: Journey Through Siberia. Introduction.

40. Bering's proposition was formulated as follows: (1) As the waves, according to my observation, are smaller east of Kamchatka [than in the open ocean], and, moreover, as I have on Karaginski Island found large fir-trees washed ashore, which do not grow in Kamchatka, it is my opinion that America or some intervening land can not be very far from Kamchatka (150-200 geographical miles). In case this is so, commercial relations with that country that would be to the advantage of the Russian empire could be established. This matter can be investigated, if a vessel is built of from 45 to 50 tons burden. (2) This vessel ought to be built at Kamchatka, as at this place more available timber is found than at other places [on the east coast]; moreover, provisions for the crew, fish and other animals are easily obtained. Besides, greater assistance can be obtained from the Kamchadales than from the inhabitants of Okhotsk. (3) It would not be without advantage to find out the sea-route from Okhotsk or Kamchatka to the mouth of the Amoor and farther on to the Japan Islands, as we there have hopes of finding inhabited regions. It would be well to establish commercial relations with them, especially with the Japanese, which promises the Russian empire no small advantage in the future. For this purpose a ship of the same size or a little smaller than the first might be built. (4) The expenses of this expedition in addition to the salaries and the materials, which could not be secured there, but would have to be taken along from here or Siberia, would, including the transport, amount to ten or twelve thousand rubles. (5) If it is considered advisable to chart the northern coast of Siberia, especially from the mouth of the Obi to the Yenisei and hence to the Lena, this can be done by sailing down these rivers or by expeditions by land, as these regions are under Russian rule.

40. Bering's proposal was laid out like this: (1) Based on my observations, the waves are smaller east of Kamchatka than in the open ocean, and I’ve found large fir trees washed up on Karaginski Island that don’t grow in Kamchatka. So, I believe that America or some nearby land isn't too far from Kamchatka (about 150-200 geographical miles). If that’s the case, it would be possible to establish beneficial trade relations with that country for the Russian Empire. We could investigate this if a vessel of 45 to 50 tons is built. (2) This vessel should be constructed in Kamchatka since there is more available timber there than other places on the east coast, and provisions for the crew, along with fish and other food sources, are easy to obtain. Plus, we can get greater support from the Kamchadales than from the people in Okhotsk. (3) It would also be beneficial to find the sea route from Okhotsk or Kamchatka to the mouth of the Amoor and further on to the Japanese Islands, where we hope to find populated areas. Establishing trade with them, especially with the Japanese, could significantly advantage the Russian Empire in the future. For this, we could build another ship that's the same size or slightly smaller than the first. (4) The costs for this expedition, including salaries and materials that can’t be sourced locally and must be brought from here or Siberia, would amount to about ten or twelve thousand rubles, including transportation. (5) If it seems sensible to map the northern coast of Siberia, particularly from the mouth of the Obi to the Yenisei and then to the Lena, this could be done by navigating these rivers or via land expeditions since these regions fall under Russian control.

Vitus Bering.

Vitus Bering.

April 30, 1730.

April 30, 1730.

These propositions were first published by Berch in "The First Russian Admirals," and later reprinted by Sokoloff in Zapiski Hydrograficheskago Departamenta (Journal of Hydr. Dept.), St. Petersburg, IX., Appendix.

These statements were initially published by Berch in "The First Russian Admirals," and later reprinted by Sokoloff in Zapiski Hydrograficheskago Departamenta (Journal of Hydr. Dept.), St. Petersburg, IX., Appendix.

41. Part II. is based upon the works of Von Baer, Middendorff, and Sokoloff.

41. Part II. is based on the works of Von Baer, Middendorff, and Sokoloff.

42. General List of Russian Naval Officers, St. Petersburg, 1882.

42. General List of Russian Naval Officers, St. Petersburg, 1882.

43. Zapiski, IX., 250.—Beiträge zur Kenntniss, etc., Introduction.—Sokoloff: "Chirikoff's Voyage to America," St. Petersburg, 1849.—Bering's wife was suspected of having acquired goods illegally, but there is no proof of this. When she, in the year 1738, returned from Siberia, the Senate, influenced by the numerous denunciations of her conduct, issued an ukase that her goods should be examined. At the inspection on the borders of Siberia it was found that she had a suspiciously large quantity of furs and other things. She rather overawed the authorities, however, and returned to St. Petersburg unmolested. Sokoloff gives no information as to whether the furs were illegally obtained or not. She was very much younger than Bering; in 1744, on making application for a widow's pension, she gave her age as 39 years.

43. Zapiski, IX., 250.—Beiträge zur Kenntniss, etc., Introduction.—Sokoloff: "Chirikoff's Voyage to America," St. Petersburg, 1849.—Bering's wife was suspected of illegally acquiring goods, but there is no evidence to support this. When she returned from Siberia in 1738, the Senate, swayed by numerous complaints about her behavior, issued a decree for her goods to be inspected. During the inspection at the Siberian border, it was discovered that she had an unusually large amount of furs and other items. However, she seemed to intimidate the authorities and returned to St. Petersburg without any trouble. Sokoloff does not provide any information on whether the furs were obtained illegally. She was significantly younger than Bering; in 1744, when applying for a widow's pension, she stated her age as 39 years.

44. The author is indebted to Admiral Th. Wessalgo for the following archival accounts.

44. The author thanks Admiral Th. Wessalgo for the following archival accounts.

The Admiralty to Captain Bering, Feb. 26, 1736.

The Admiralty to Captain Bering, Feb. 26, 1736.

Your expedition is a very protracted one, and apparently it is being conducted somewhat carelessly on your part, which is shown by the fact that it has taken nearly two years to reach Yakutsk. Moreover, it appears from your report that your stay in Yakutsk will be too long; in fact, there seems to be no reason to hope that you will succeed in getting any farther. As a consequence of all this the Admiralty is extremely dissatisfied with your arrangements, and will not let matters go on without an investigation. If in the future any negligence whatever occurs, an investigation will be instituted against you for insubordination to the decrees of His Imperial Highness and for negligence in an affair of state.

Your expedition is taking a lot longer than expected, and it seems like you're not managing it very carefully, as shown by the fact that it has taken almost two years to reach Yakutsk. Additionally, your report indicates that your stay in Yakutsk is going to be too long; in fact, there's little reason to believe you'll make any further progress. Because of all this, the Admiralty is very unhappy with your plans and will not let things continue without an investigation. If there are any signs of negligence in the future, an investigation will be launched against you for disobeying the orders of His Imperial Highness and for failing to handle a matter of state responsibly.

The Admiralty to Captain Bering, Jan. 31, 1737.

The Admiralty to Captain Bering, Jan. 31, 1737.

Inasmuch as you—in spite of the express orders of the Admiralty, wherein it is stated that your expedition is protracted and is carelessly conducted—have not reported to the Admiralty the cause of your delay, and say nothing about when you intend to leave Yakutsk, you are hereby deprived of your supplemental salary, and will receive only the regular salary, until you send such a report, and until you continue on the expedition which has been entrusted to you.

Since you, despite the clear orders from the Admiralty stating that your expedition is extended and poorly managed, have not reported the reason for your delay and have not mentioned when you plan to leave Yakutsk, you are now losing your supplemental salary and will only receive your regular salary until you send that report and resume the expedition assigned to you.

The Admiralty to Captain, Bering, Jan. 23, 1738.

The Admiralty to Captain, Bering, Jan. 23, 1738.

From Captain Chirikoff there has been received by the Admiralty a report from Okhotsk with an accompanying copy of a proposition laid before you by Chirikoff, suggesting measures for a more speedy completion of the Kamchatka expedition under your charge. As no steps had been taken by you in this direction as late as May 8 of the same year, the Admiralty has concluded to demand an answer from you, if any plans have been made on the basis of Chirikoff's proposition, and if, contrary to our expectations, nothing has been done, we desire to know why,—since, according to the orders issued to you Feb. 21, 1737, you were instructed to show zeal and solicitude for the activity of the expedition, and that any neglect on your part would make you liable to the same punishment as that suffered by Lieutenants Muravjeff and Pauloff for negligence in conducting expeditions entrusted to them.[96]

From Captain Chirikoff, the Admiralty has received a report from Okhotsk along with a copy of a proposal he presented to you, suggesting ways to speed up the completion of the Kamchatka expedition under your leadership. Since no actions had been taken by you in this regard as of May 8 of the same year, the Admiralty has decided to request an update from you about whether any plans have been made based on Chirikoff's proposal. If, against our expectations, nothing has been done, we would like to know why,—since, according to the orders issued to you on February 21, 1737, you were instructed to demonstrate diligence and concern for the expedition's progress, and any neglect on your part could result in the same punishment faced by Lieutenants Muravjeff and Pauloff for their negligence in leading expeditions assigned to them.[96]

(These officers were reduced to the rank of ordinary sailors.)

(These officers were demoted to the rank of regular sailors.)

According to Bering's reports there were engaged in the Great Northern Expedition, excluding the Academists and the crew on the White Sea expedition, the following number of men:

According to Bering's reports, the number of men involved in the Great Northern Expedition, not including the Academists and the crew on the White Sea expedition, was as follows:

In the year 1737 1738 1739
From the Admiralty 259 254 256
From Siberia 324 320 320
Total 583 574 576

45. To an inquiry directed to the Russian Admiralty asking the reason for Bering's long stay in Yakutsk, Admiral Th. Wessalgo has given me the following information:

45. In response to an inquiry sent to the Russian Admiralty about why Bering stayed in Yakutsk for so long, Admiral Th. Wessalgo provided me with the following information:

"In Yakutsk, which was the base of operations for the whole expedition, Bering was to secure wood, iron, and other materials for the building of the necessary ships, and, what is most important, he was to secure provisions, of which a yearly supply of 16,000 poods was necessary. Although the furnishing of provisions had been assigned to the Siberian authorities, they did nothing, in spite of urgent and repeated demands; hence Bering had to undertake this work himself. Moreover, the immense amount of materials and provisions collected here was to be sent to Okhotsk, a task which presented insurmountable obstacles: the country was a wild and [Pg 211]desolate region, the local authorities refused their co-operation in promoting the enterprise, there was constant contention and disagreement among the various officers in charge, who were more concerned in their own personal interests than in the common weal, and Bering himself—was a weak character."

"In Yakutsk, which served as the base for the entire expedition, Bering was responsible for securing wood, iron, and other materials needed to build the necessary ships. Most importantly, he had to gather provisions, requiring an annual supply of 16,000 poods. Although the Siberian authorities were tasked with providing the supplies, they failed to act despite urgent and repeated requests, forcing Bering to take on this responsibility himself. Additionally, the vast amount of materials and provisions collected here needed to be transported to Okhotsk, a task fraught with obstacles: the area was a wild and desolate region, the local authorities refused to cooperate in facilitating the endeavor, there was constant conflict and disagreement among the various officers involved, who prioritized their own interests over the common good, and Bering himself had a weak character."

46. Stuckenberg: Hydrographie des russischen Reiches, II.—Krasheninikoff: Kamtschatka.—Pallas: N. Nord, Beiträge, IV.—Sarycheff: Reise, etc.—Zapiski, etc.: IX., 331.—Schuyler: Peter the Great, II., 544.

46. Stuckenberg: Hydrography of the Russian Empire, II.—Krasheninikoff: Kamchatka.—Pallas: N. Nord, Contributions, IV.—Sarycheff: Journey, etc.—Notes, etc.: IX., 331.—Schuyler: Peter the Great, II., 544.

47. On account of the Chukchee war, D. Laptjef was to go from Kolyma to Anadyr and from there send word to Bering for a vessel or to go himself to Kamchatka for it,—in either case he was to sail around the northeast point of Asia, and reach the mouth of the Kolyma. When he, in 1741, arrived at Anadyr, Bering had departed for America, and hence he could do no more than build some boats, by means of which he, in 1742, charted the lower course of the Anadyr, and returned in 1743 to Yakutsk. Zapiski, etc.: IX., pp. 314-327.—Beiträge, XVI., pp. 121-122.

47. Due to the Chukchee war, D. Laptjef was supposed to travel from Kolyma to Anadyr and then send a message to Bering for a ship or go himself to Kamchatka for it. In either case, he had to sail around the northeast tip of Asia and reach the mouth of the Kolyma. When he arrived in Anadyr in 1741, Bering had already left for America, so he could only build some boats. With those, he mapped out the lower course of the Anadyr in 1742 and returned to Yakutsk in 1743. Zapiski, etc.: IX., pp. 314-327.—Beiträge, XVI., pp. 121-122.

48. Baer says: Es hätte dieser Expedition auch die volle Anerkennung nicht fehlen können, die man ihnen jetzt erst zollen muss, nachdem die verwandte Nordküste von Amerika nach vielfachen Versuchen noch immer nicht ganz bekannt worden ist. Auch hätten wir den Britten zeigen können, wie eine solche Küste aufgenommen werden muss, nämlich in kleinen Fahrzengen, zwar mit weniger Comfort, aber mit mehr Sicherheit des Erfolges.—Beiträge, XVI., 123.

48. Baer says: This expedition could have also received the full recognition it deserves, which is only now being given to them, after the related northern coast of America has still not been fully explored despite many attempts. We could have also shown the British how to survey such a coast, namely in small boats, with less comfort but a higher chance of success.—Beiträge, XVI., 123.

Middendorff: Reise, etc., IV., Part I., 49, says: Mit gerechtem Stolze dürfen wir aber in Erinnerung rufen, dass zu seiner Zeit Russland im Osten des Nordens durch seine "Nordische Expedition" nicht minder Grosses vollbracht, als die Britten im Westen.

Middendorff: Reise, etc., IV., Part I., 49, says: With justifiable pride, we can recall that in his time, Russia in the Eastern North achieved just as much with its "Northern Expedition" as the British did in the West.

Petermann's Mittheilungen, 1873, p. 11: Der leitende Gedanke zur Aussendung jener Reihe grossartiger Expeditionen war der Wunsch * * * eine nordöstliche Durchfahrt zu entdecken.

Petermann's Mittheilungen, 1873, p. 11: The main idea behind launching that series of grand expeditions was the desire * * * to discover a northeast passage.

49. A. Stuxberg: Nordöstpassagens Historie. Stockholm, 1880.—Th. M. Fries: Nordöstpassagen. Nær og Fjærn 1880, No, 417.

49. A. Stuxberg: History of the Northeast Passage. Stockholm, 1880.—Th. M. Fries: The Northeast Passage. Near and Far 1880, No. 417.

A. E. Nordenskjöld: The Voyage of the Vega.—In a long and favorable review of Nordenskjöld's book in Beiträge zur Kenntniss[Pg 212] des russ. Reiches, St. Petersburg, 1883, VI., 325, the Academist Fr. Schmidt expresses himself in the following manner concerning Nordenskjöld's presentation of the history of the Northeast passage: Die dritte Gruppe bilden endlich die russischen Reisen im Eismeer und an den Küsten desselben, die ebenfalls ausführlich behandelt werden. Hier fällt es uns nun auf, dass im Bestreben, jedem das Seine zukommen zu lassen, die weniger bekannten Mitarbeiter an der Erweiterung unsrer Kenntniss, denen wir gewiss ihre Verdienste nicht absprechen wollen, fast möchte ich sagen auf Kosten unsrer berühmten gelehrten Forscher hervorgezogen scheinen, von denen namentlich Wrangell und auch Baer an mehreren Stellen Angriffe zu erdulden haben, die wir nicht für gerechtfertigt halten können. Auch Lütke * * * kommt sehr kurz weg.

A. E. Nordenskjöld: The Voyage of the Vega.—In a detailed and positive review of Nordenskjöld's book in Beiträge zur Kenntniss[Pg 212] des russ. Reiches, St. Petersburg, 1883, VI., 325, the Academist Fr. Schmidt comments on Nordenskjöld's presentation of the history of the Northeast passage: The third group consists of the Russian expeditions in the Arctic Ocean and along its coasts, which are also discussed in detail. Here, we notice that in the effort to give credit to everyone involved, the lesser-known contributors to our increased knowledge, whose merits we certainly do not deny, seem to overshadow our renowned scholarly researchers, particularly Wrangell and also Baer, who face criticism in several instances that we cannot consider justified. Lütke * * * is also given very little attention.

This criticism might be applied to other parts of Nordenskjöld's historical writings.

This criticism could be applied to other sections of Nordenskjöld's historical writings.

50. St. Petersburg Academy's Memoirs (Bull. phys. math. Tom. III., No. 10.)

50. St. Petersburg Academy's Memoirs (Bull. phys. math. Vol. III, No. 10.)

51. Beiträge, etc., IX., 495. Baer says: Es ist höchst erfreulich, die mit schweren Opfern erkämpften Verdienste unserer Marine-Officiere vom vorigen Jahrhundert von dem neuesten Reisenden in vollem Maase anerkannt zu sehen.—Nach Herrn v. Middendorf ist nun gerade Tscheljuskin der beharrlichste und genaueste unter den Theilnehmern jener Expedition gewesen. Wir wollen ihn also gern vollständig in integrum restituiren.

51. Contributions, etc., IX., 495. Baer says: It is very gratifying to see the hard-won achievements of our naval officers from the last century fully recognized by the latest travelers. According to Mr. v. Middendorf, Tscheljuskin was the most persistent and precise among the participants of that expedition. So, we are happy to completely restore him to his rightful place.

52. Zapiski, etc., IX., 308. Chelyuskin's original account is found in the same volume, pp. 61-65. The German translation appears in Petermann's Mittheilungen, 1873, p. 11.

52. Zapiski, etc., IX., 308. Chelyuskin's original account is found in the same volume, pp. 61-65. The German translation appears in Petermann's Mittheilungen, 1873, p. 11.

53. Cook and King: Voyage, etc., III., 391: "For the group of islands, consisting of the Three Sisters, Kunashir and Zellany (which in D'Anville's Atlas are placed in the track we had just crossed) being, by this means, demonstratively removed from that situation, an additional proof is obtained of their lying to the westward, where Spangberg actually places them, between the long. 142° and 147°. But as this space is occupied, in the French charts, by that part of the supposed Land of Jeso and Staten Island, Mr. Müller's opinion becomes extremely probable that they are all the same lands; and, as no reasons appear for doubting Spangberg's accuracy, we have ventured in our general map to reinstate the[Pg 213] Three Sisters, Zellany and Kunashir, in their proper situation, and have entirely omitted the rest."—Cf. O. Peschel's account, p. 467, 2d Ed.

53. Cook and King: Voyage, etc., III., 391: "The group of islands, which includes the Three Sisters, Kunashir, and Zellany (shown in D'Anville's Atlas along the route we just crossed) is clearly located away from that spot. This gives further evidence that they actually lie to the west, where Spangberg places them, between longitudes 142° and 147°. However, since this area is filled in on French maps with what is thought to be the Land of Jeso and Staten Island, Mr. Müller's view becomes highly likely that they are all the same land. And since there are no reasons to doubt Spangberg's accuracy, we have taken the liberty in our general map to place the Three Sisters, Zellany, and Kunashir back in their correct positions and have completely left out the others."—Cf. O. Peschel's account, p. 467, 2d Ed.

54. W. Coxe: An Account of the Russian Discoveries. London, 1781.

54. W. Coxe: An Account of the Russian Discoveries. London, 1781.

55. The pre-Bering explorations of Northwest America did not extend beyond the northern boundary of California, and had not succeeded in ascertaining a correct outline of the country. In the oldest maps of the new world, that of Ortelius (1570), Mercator (1585), Ramusio (1606), and W. Blaew (1635), California is represented as a peninsula; but on the maps of later cartographers as W. Samson (1659), Wischer (1660), J. Blaew, Jansen (1662), Fr. de Witt (1666), and Nic. Samson (1667), the country is represented as an island, and this view was held until G. de L'Isle (1720) adopted in his atlas the old cartography of the peninsula.

55. The explorations of Northwest America before Bering didn’t go beyond the northern edge of California and failed to accurately define the shape of the land. In the earliest maps of the New World, like those by Ortelius (1570), Mercator (1585), Ramusio (1606), and W. Blaeu (1635), California is shown as a peninsula. However, on the maps by later cartographers such as W. Samson (1659), Wischer (1660), J. Blaeu, Jansen (1662), Fr. de Witt (1666), and Nic. Samson (1667), the area is depicted as an island, which was the prevailing belief until G. de L'Isle (1720) included the old peninsula mapping in his atlas.

Gvosdjeff's expedition to Bering's Strait in 1732 is but slightly and very imperfectly known in West Europe. It was undertaken by Ivan Fedoroff, Moschkoff, who had accompanied Bering on his first expedition, and the surveyor Gvosdjeff. Fedoroff is thus the real discoverer of America from the east, and the world has given Gvosdjeff the honor simply for the reason that the reports of Fedoroff and his associate were lost and he himself died the year after. There is an interesting account of this enterprise in Zapiski, etc., IX., 78.

Gvosdjeff's expedition to Bering's Strait in 1732 is only minimally and very imperfectly known in Western Europe. It was led by Ivan Fedoroff Moschkoff, who had joined Bering on his first expedition, along with the surveyor Gvosdjeff. Fedoroff is therefore the true discoverer of America from the east, but history has credited Gvosdjeff because the reports from Fedoroff and his team were lost, and he himself passed away the following year. There is an interesting account of this venture in Zapiski, etc., IX., 78.

56. G. W. Steller: Reise von Kamtschatka nach Amerika. St. Petersburg, 1793.

56. G. W. Steller: Journey from Kamchatka to America. St. Petersburg, 1793.

57. R. Greenhow: History of Oregon, California and the Northwest Coast of North America, 3d ed., New York, 1845, p. 216.—W. H. Dall: Alaska and its Resources. Boston, 1870, p. 257.—Milet-Mureau: Voyage de la Pérouse autour du Monde, II., 142-144 and Note.—Vancouver: Voyage, etc.—Oltmann's: Untersuchungen über die Geographie des neuen Continentes. Paris, 1810, II.

57. R. Greenhow: History of Oregon, California and the Northwest Coast of North America, 3rd ed., New York, 1845, p. 216.—W. H. Dall: Alaska and its Resources. Boston, 1870, p. 257.—Milet-Mureau: Voyage de la Pérouse autour du Monde, II., 142-144 and Note.—Vancouver: Voyage, etc.—Oltmann's: Untersuchungen über die Geographie des neuen Continentes. Paris, 1810, II.

58. A. J. v. Krusenstern: Hydrographie, etc., p. 226,—O. Peschel: Geschichte der Erdkunde, 2d ed., p. 463 and Note.

58. A. J. v. Krusenstern: Hydrographie, etc., p. 226,—O. Peschel: Geschichte der Erdkunde, 2nd ed., p. 463 and Note.

59. According to Wrangell, Dall and others, both Indians and Eskimos inhabit this region. Clans of the great Tinné tribe, Ugalenses, stay during the summer on the Atna River, and during[Pg 214] the winter on Kayak Island; but on the coast of the continent from Ice Bay to the Atna River there are also found Innuits, the Ugalakmuts.—See Vahl: Alaska, p. 39. The people that Bering found on the island must, according to Sauer, have been Chugachees, Eskimos that live about Prince William's Sound.

59. According to Wrangell, Dall, and others, both Native Americans and Eskimos live in this area. Clans of the large Tinné tribe, Ugalenses, spend the summer on the Atna River and during[Pg 214] the winter on Kayak Island; however, along the coast from Ice Bay to the Atna River, there are also Innuits, the Ugalakmuts.—See Vahl: Alaska, p. 39. The people Bering encountered on the island were likely Chugachees, Eskimos who reside near Prince William Sound, according to Sauer.

See also H. H. Bancroft, Native Races, San Francisco, 1882, Vol. I.—Tr.

See also H. H. Bancroft, Native Races, San Francisco, 1882, Vol. I.—Tr.

60. Gavrila Sarycheff: Achtjährige Reise im nordöstlichen Sibirien, auf dem Eismeer und dem nordöstlichen Ocean. Leipzig, 1806, II., 57.—Sauer: An Account, etc., p. 198. "This perfectly answers to Steller's account of the Cape St. Elias of Bering, and is undoubtedly the very spot where Steller landed, and where the things above mentioned were left in the cellar. Thus it is very plain that Cape St. Elias is not the southern point of Montague Island, but Kay's Island."—G. Shelikoff: Erste und Zweite Reise. St. Petersburg, 1793.

60. Gavrila Sarycheff: Achtjährige Reise im nordöstlichen Sibirien, auf dem Eismeer und dem nordöstlichen Ocean. Leipzig, 1806, II., 57.—Sauer: An Account, etc., p. 198. "This perfectly aligns with Steller's account of Cape St. Elias from Bering, and it is undoubtedly the exact place where Steller landed, and where the items mentioned above were left in the cellar. Therefore, it is very clear that Cape St. Elias is not the southern point of Montague Island, but Kay's Island."—G. Shelikoff: Erste und Zweite Reise. St. Petersburg, 1793.

61. Zapiski, IX., 303.—The Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882. Maps.

61. Zapiski, IX., 303.—The Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1882. Maps.

62. Dall: Alaska and its Resources, p. 300.—Vahl in his work on Alaska repeats Dall's opinion in a somewhat milder form.

62. Dall: Alaska and its Resources, p. 300.—Vahl, in his work on Alaska, reiterates Dall's opinion in a slightly softer way.

63. Krusenstern: Recueil de Mémoires Hydrogr., II., 72.—Cook and King: Voyage, III., 384.—The Geodetic Coast Survey, 1882.

63. Krusenstern: Recueil de Mémoires Hydrogr., II., 72.—Cook and King: Voyage, III., 384.—The Geodetic Coast Survey, 1882.

64. Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, under date of June 9, 1889, writes the translator: "The locality indicated in Lütke's map is correct. It is consequently on the eastern side of the island. Steller's statement that it was on the northern side is easily explained as follows: The valley where he landed opens toward the northeast, and the corresponding valley on the other side of the island runs southwest; this side consequently became the southern side. At the time of the shipwreck the magnetic deviation was much more easterly than it is now, so that by compass the direction of the eastern coast was much more E.-W. than at present. Throughout his description of Bering Island, Steller says north and south, where we would say east and west.

64. Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, writing on June 9, 1889, tells the translator: "The location shown on Lütke's map is accurate. Therefore, it's on the eastern side of the island. Steller's claim that it was on the northern side can be easily explained: The valley where he landed faces northeast, and the corresponding valley on the other side of the island runs southwest; this side thus became the southern side. At the time of the shipwreck, the magnetic deviation was much more easterly than it is now, so that by compass the direction of the eastern coast was much more E.-W. than it is now. Throughout his description of Bering Island, Steller refers to north and south when we would say east and west."

"My visit to this locality in 1882, I have described in detail in Deutsche Geographische Blätter (1885), where you will also find a sketch map of it, as well as a plan of the house in which the survivors wintered.

"My visit to this area in 1882 is detailed in Deutsche Geographische Blätter (1885), where you will also find a sketch map of it, along with a layout of the house where the survivors spent the winter."

"Since I wrote my account, I have been able to consult Steller's own description of the wintering, and I find that the house which I have described and given the plan of, was the one they built in the spring, after the freshet which drove them out of the dug-outs (Gruben) on the bank of the creek, traces of which are still visible. I also found a number of relics at a place which I took to be the point where they rebuilt the vessel. In a letter Mr. Lauridsen suggested to me the probability that I had found not this place, but the locality where the store-house was built, in which the men left what they could not carry on the new vessel, and that the latter must have been built near the southern end of the bay. After reading Steller's own account, however, I feel absolutely certain that the ship was built at the northern end, near the huts and dug-outs, at the place where I found the relics. It is quite probable, however, that the store-house was built in very close proximity, if not on the very spot."

"Since I wrote my account, I’ve been able to look at Steller's own description of the winter, and I realize that the house I described and illustrated was the one they built in the spring, after the flood that forced them out of the dug-outs on the bank of the creek, where traces are still visible. I also discovered several relics at a site that I believe is where they rebuilt the ship. In a letter, Mr. Lauridsen suggested that I might have found not this site, but the location where the storehouse was built, where the men left what they couldn’t take on the new ship, and that the ship must have been built near the southern end of the bay. However, after reading Steller's own account, I’m completely convinced that the ship was built at the northern end, close to the huts and dug-outs, where I found the relics. It’s quite possible, though, that the storehouse was built very close by, if not right on the spot."

65. Leonhard Stejneger: Fra det yderste Osten. Naturen, Vol. 8. Kristiania, 1884, pp. 65-69.—Proceedings of the United States National Museum, 1884. Investigations Relating to the Date of the Extermination of Steller's Sea-Cow, by Leonhard Stejneger.—Henry W. Elliott: A Monograph of the Seal Islands of Alaska, Washington, 1882.—Neue N. Beiträge, II., 279.—G. W. Steller: Ausf. Beschreibung von sonderbaren Meerthieren. Halle, 1753.—E. Reclus: Geographie, etc., VI., 794.

65. Leonhard Stejneger: From the Far East. Nature, Vol. 8. Kristiania, 1884, pp. 65-69.—Proceedings of the United States National Museum, 1884. Research on the Date of the Extermination of Steller's Sea-Cow, by Leonhard Stejneger.—Henry W. Elliott: A Monograph of the Seal Islands of Alaska, Washington, 1882.—New Contributions, II., 279.—G. W. Steller: A Detailed Description of Unusual Sea Creatures. Halle, 1753.—E. Reclus: Geography, etc., VI., 794.

66. Concerning Chirikoff, full information is given in Sokoloff: Chirikoff's Voyage to America, St. Petersburg, 1849 (Russian). He died in 1748 at Moscow.

66. About Chirikoff, detailed information can be found in Sokoloff: Chirikoff's Voyage to America, St. Petersburg, 1849 (Russian). He died in 1748 in Moscow.

See also H. H. Bancroft, History of the Pacific States of North America, Vol. XXXIII., History of Alaska. San Francisco, 1886.—Tr.[Pg 216]
[Pg 217]

See also H. H. Bancroft, History of the Pacific States of North America, Vol. XXXIII., History of Alaska. San Francisco, 1886.—Tr.[Pg 216]
[Pg 217]

FOOTNOTES:

[96] The author gives extracts from other reports of the same tenor, which the translator has seen fit to omit, referring the reader for further information on this subject to Bering's own report, p. 195 of this volume.

[96] The author provides excerpts from other reports with the same message, which the translator has decided to leave out. For more information on this topic, the reader is directed to Bering's own report, page 195 of this volume.


INDEX.

A

Academists, 70, 78; leave Tobolsk, 81.

Academy of Science, Russian, 57.

Addington, cape, 189.

Admiralty Bay, 145.

Admiralty, Russian, dissatisfaction with Bering, 95.

Afgonak, island, 156.

Aïno, 124.

Akischis, strait, 124.

Alaska, 178.

Aldan, river, 23.

Aleutian Islands, 134, 140;
discovery of, 167, 187.

Aleutians, Nearer, 168.

Aliaska, 161.

Amassoff, 18.

Amchitka, 167.

America Pars, 14.

Anadyr, fort, 42.

Anadyr, river, Cossacks at, 16;
the Gabriel at, 30.

Anadyrsk, 46.

Anian, strait, 13, 15.

Anjou, 110.

Anna Ivanovna, 63.

Apraxin, 9.

Archangel Michael, ship, 100.

Arctic Coast, charting of, 62, 83.

Arctic expeditions, 107.

Arctic explorations, work of Russia and England in, 3.

Arctic foxes, 181.

Arii Kamen, 175.

Asia and America, boundary between,
13.

Atka, island, 165.

Atna, estuary, 148.

Attu, island, 168.

Avacha, 127, 134, 170, 190.


B

Baikal, lake, 91.

Balshaya, river, 26.

Bancroft, H. H., note on, 64;
note from, 73, 140;
note on identity of Kayak and St. Elias, 149;
note on, 188.

Baranoff Cliff, 109.

Barents, map of, 14.

Bartholomew, cape, 189.

Bear Islands, 18, 67.

Bellini, map by, 20, 118.

Berch, V., authority, 41;
opinion of Bering, 52, 61.

Bering Bay, 144;
incorrect location of, 146.

Bering Island, 51;
discovery of, 169;
description of, 174.

Bering Haven, 149.

Bering Peninsula, 67.

Bering, Rivière de, 145.

Bering Strait, discovery of, 32;
Gvosdjeff in, 130.

Bering, Vitus, first expedition, 2;
nativity, 6;
in Baltic fleet, 9;
in Sea of Azov and Black Sea, 10;
promotions, 10;
in Archangel, 10;
home of, 11;
discharge and re-appointment of, 11;
plans for first expedition, 12;
knowledge of Siberian geography, 19;
starts on first expedition, 21;
at Irkutsk, 22;
at Yakutsk, 22;
[Pg 218]in relation to Serdze Kamen, 40;
return to St. Petersburg, 42, 52;
winters at the Fort, 50;
recognition in West Europe, 57;
map by, 57;
plans for Great Northern Expedition, 61;
recommendations to Senate, 65;
instructions to, 66;
chief of Great Northern Expedition, 72;
estimate of, 76, 94;
Russian name of, 77;
report to Admiralty, 89, 195;
accusations against, 94;
wife of, 94;
at Okhotsk, 99;
at Avacha, 128;
plans for expedition to America, 129;
orders from Senate, 131, 134;
taken ill, 140;
discovers American coast, 140;
stay off Kayak Island, 150;
defense of, 152;
determinations of lat., 158;
removed from the St. Peter, 182;
sickness of, 183;
death of, 186;
monument of, 187, 192;
results, 187, 190;
reports of, 190.

Betge, surgeon, 135.

Billings, map by, 45, 145, 148.

Biron, 64, 189.

Blanco, cape, 14, 37.

Blizhni Islands, 168.

Bolsheretsk, 26, 52, 119.

Borkhaya Bay, 92.

Boussale Channel, 120.

Brandt, 180.

Bredal, Peter, 9.

Broughton, Capt., at Kuriles, 120, 123.

Buache, 191.

Byistraya, river, 26.

Bykoff, river, 92.


C

California, 37.

Campbell, Dr., opinion of Bering, 29, 47, 57.

Chamisso, 137.

Chaplin, Peter, 21.

Charitonoff, 167.

Charlesvoix, Peter, Histoire du Japan, 20.

Chegatchoff, 135.

Chekin, 81.

Chelyuskin, 81, 109, 114, 116.

Chelyuskin, cape, 114.

Chirikoff, A., in first expedition, 21;
instructions to, 66, 75, 77, 81, 95, 96, 103, 129, 131, 134, 135;
on Pacific expedition, 139;
results, 188;
at Okhotsk, 190.

Chirikoff Island, 158.

Chi-Shima Islands, 119.

Chukotskoi, cape, doubled by Bering, 32, 44.

Chuckchee Peninsula, 40, 44, 133.

Chukli, island, 145.

Clerke, Capt., 187.

Commander Islands, 169;
description of, 175;
seals on, 179.

Controller Bay, 146.

Cook, Capt., 30;
in Bering Strait, 36;
opinion of Bering, 38, 39, 47, 48, 53, 57, 67, 112, 125, 137;
Bering's place of landing, 144, 147, 156, 158, 191.

Copper, estuary, 148.

Copper Island, discovery of, 169;
description of, 175;
sea-otters on, 178.

Corea, 126.

Cossacks, 16.

Coxe, W., 125.

Cruys, C., made vice-admiral, 8.


D

Dall, W. H., opinion of Bering, 151.

Dalrymple, A., 39.

D'Anville, atlas of, 57.

Deception Islands, 168.

De l'Isle, G., 53 et seq.;
sketch of, 130.

De l'Isle, J. N., 18, 53, 56;
sketch of, 130, 191.

De Löwenörn, Danish admiral, 39.

Deshneff, 16, 20, 110, 111.

Diomede Island, discovery of, 33;
latitude of, 41.

Dixon, 144.

[Pg 219]Dolgoruki, 64.

Du Halde, 32, 40.

Dwina, 67, 112.


E

Eared Seals, 178, 179.

East Cape, 32.

Endoguroff, 96.

Engel, Richard, 21.

Euratchey Island, 157.


F

Fairweather, Mt., 144, 145.

Figurnyi, island, 123.

Foggy Island, 158.

Forster, R., 39.

Fortuna, ship, launching of, 25, 100.

Franklin, 21, 68.

Fries, T. M., Prof., 112.

Fur Company, Russo-American, 178.


G

Gabriel, ship, 29, 41, 100, 119.

Gama, Juan de, 55, 133.

Gamaland, 55, 121, 130;
situation of, 133, 134;
search for, 139.

Germans and Frenchmen in Russian service, 53.

Gmelin, J. G., 68;
opinion of Lassenius, 82, 91, 93.

Golovnin, 73.

Gordon, Admiral, 9.

Gore, Capt., 120.

Great Northern Expedition, 72;
leaves St. Petersburg, 77;
transportation of stores, 87;
discontinuance of, 190;
at Tomsk, 190.

Grib, Peder, 9.

Guanahani, 144.

Gvosdjeff, M., discovery of American coast by, 130.


H

Hammond, cape, 148.

Harris, P., 57.

Hartelpol, 135.

Hazius, 40.

Herzenberg, 9.

Hesselberg, 135, 166;
death of, 185.

Holy Cross, bay, 31.

Homann, 16.

Hondius, J., 15.

Hondo, 54.

Hope (Nadeshda), ship, 100.


I

Ilarion, Rev., 21.

Ilim, river, 22.

Ilimsk, 22.

Innuit, 163.

Irkutsk, 72, 74.

Irkutsk, boat, 81.

Irtish, 21.

Iturup, 117, 124.

Ivanoff, 114.


J

Japan Islands, 62, 111;
Spangberg's expedition to, 117 et seq.

Jeço, 124, 133.

Jefdokjejefski Islands, 159.

Jelmerland, 109.

Jerimo, cape, 124.

Jushin, 135.


K

Kadiak Island, 157.

Khariulakh, river, 92, 93.

Kamchadales, 74.

Kamchatka, conquest of, 17, 118;
charting of, 189.

Kamchatka, fort, 27.

Kamchatka, river, 30.

Kara Sea, 62, 109.

Kasanssoff, 94.

Kayak Island, 144;
identity with St. Elias, 146.

Kazan, 78.

Ket, river, 22.

Khatanga, river, 116.

[Pg 220]Khitroff, 135, 137, 141, 148, 156, 161, 170.

Khitroff, cape, 173.

Kiriloff, J. K., 52, 57, 65, 69;
support of Bering, 73.

Kiska, island, 167.

Kisseloff, 167.

Kolessoff, 128.

Kolyma, 20.

Kompagniland, 54, 117, 133.

Konosir Island, 124.

Kosyrefski, I., explorations of, 17;
as monk, 19, 52;
at Kuriles, 118.

Kotzebue, 137.

Krasheninnikoff, 92.

Krassilnikoff, 66, 131, 156.

Krusenstern, 125, 146, 157;
essay by, 158.

Kunashir, 123.

Kur, 12.

Kuriles, early knowledge of, 18;
location of, 51;
Spangberg's expedition to, 117, 118;
charting of, 122.

Kurile Strait, 121.

Kushka, 99.


L

La Croyère, L. (L. De L'Isle), 66, 69, 78, 103;
sketch of, 131.

La Pérouse, 67;
at Kuriles, 120, 125, 144, 145.

La Pérouse Strait, 54.

Laptjef, C., 109.

Laptjef, D., 93, 109, 114, 189.

Larionoff, Lieut., 102.

Lassenius, Peter, arctic expedition of, 82, 92;
death of, 93, 96.

Lau, surgeon, 135.

Lauridsen, Peter, reply to Nordenskjöld, 15.

Le Mesurier, cape, 146.

Lena River, 107, 109.

Liakhov Island, discovery of, 16.

Linglin Gaï, 45.

Lopatka, cape, 51.

Losseff, 89.

Lushin, 17;
in Yakutsk, 19, 52, 119, 132.

Lütke, Admiral, defense of Bering, 38, 113.


M

Mackenzie, 21.

Malespina, 144.

Malygin, 109.

Marmot Island, 152, 157.

Martinier, 114.

Matmai, cape, 124.

Maya River, 23.

McClure, 113.

Mednie (Copper Island), 175.

Melnikoff, 67.

Menshikoff, 9, 86.

Mercator. G., 15.

Mexico, 66.

Middendorff, 110, 114, 115, 180.

Minin, 109.

Montague Island, 145, 148.

Monti, Bay de, 145.

Morison, George, 21.

Müller, G. H., 32;
opinion on Serdze Kamen, 42;
at Yakutsk, 44, 53, 68, 91, 93, 118;
refutes De L'Isle, 191.

Munk, Jens, 92.

Münnich, 189.


N

Nadeshda, island, 120.

Nertchinsk, treaty of, 16.

Niakina Cove, 127.

Niemann, Dr., 21.

Nipon, island, 54, 118, 121.
Nordenskjöld, review by, 15, 110, 113-115;
note on, 116, 177-179.

Northeast passage, 13, 14;
Bering's opinion of, 35;
charting of, 36, 110, 125.

Northwest passage, 113.

Norwegians and Danes in service of Peter the Great, 7.

Notske, cape, 123.

Novaia Zemlia, 109, 111.

Novgorod, 78.

[Pg 221]Nystad, peace of, 11.


O

Obdorsk, 81.

Obi River, 21, 107.

Obi, gulf, 100.

Ofzyn, Lieut., 79;
at Obdorsk, 81;
in Gulf of Obi, 93, 109;
saves the St. Peter, 171, 172.

Okhotsk, arrival at, 24, 62, 79;
building of, 99;
fleet in, 103.

Okhotsk, sea of, explorations in, 26.

Olenek, 34, 92.

Ostermann, 64, 73, 189.

Ostrog, Kamchatka, 27.

Othere's, 114.


P

Pallas, 45.

Patience, bay, 123.

Patience, cape, 54.

Patiloff, 21.

Pavlutski, Capt., 43, 45, 83.

Peschel, O., 117, 118, 146.

Petchora, 107.

Peter the Great, Scandinavians in service of, 7;
death of, 21, 63.

Petroff, 96, 119.

Petermann, Dr., 111, 116.

Petropavlovsk, founding of, 127.

Pissarjeff, 65, 83;
quarrel with Bering, 84;
sketch of, 85, 95;
removal of, 103, 126.

Plauting, 93-96, 135.

Plenisner, 153.

Pontanus, J. J., 14.

Popoff, Cossack, on Chuckchee peninsula, 17, 66.

Preobrashensky, bay, 31.

Pribyloff Islands, 178.

Prince William's Sound, 145, 148.

Pronchisheff, 81, 92, 93, 96, 109.


R

Reclus, 67.

Remesoff, atlas of, 16.

Ruge, Prof., 117, 119.

Russian fleet, founding of, 9.


S

Saghalin, island, 54;
charting of, 125.

Sarycheff, Admiral, at Kuriles, 120, 146, 148.

Sauer, M., 146;
description of St. Elias, 147.

Saunders, Vice-Admiral, 11.

Savjaloff, 167.

Schaep, H. C., 54.

Schelagskii, cape, 110.

Schelting, Lieut., 119.

Scurvy, 182.

Schwatka, 21.

Sea Cow, 179: correct scientific name, 179;
extermination of, 179;
importance of, 180.

Sea Lion, 178.

Sea Lion Island, 175.

Sea Otter, 177.

Seljonyi, island, 123.

Semichi Islands, 167.

Semidi Islands, 159.

Senate, Russian, orders of, 64.

Serdze Kamen, cape, 30 et seq.

Shafiroff, 85.

Shantar Islands, 65.

Shestakoff, 18, 56.

Shumagins, discovery of, 161;
stay at, 162, 164.

Siberia, determinations of longitude in, 38;
scientific exploration of, 68.

Sievers, Peter, 9.

Sikotan, island, 123.

Skeving, 9.

Skuratoff, 109.

Soimonoff, 73.

Sokoloff, K., 75;
opinion of Spangberg, 84, 94;
Bering's assistants, 95;
opinion of Bering, 96, 100, 116;
qualifications of, 137, 159;
reproved by Bancroft, 189;
note.

Spangberg. M., in first expedition, 21;
at the Kut, 22;
winter at the Yudoma, 24;
sets sail, 26, 50;
instructions to, 66, 77, 82;
[Pg 222]nativity of, 84;
accusations against, 94, 96;
at Okhotsk, 100;
expedition to Japan, 102, 117;
return to Bolsheretsk, 120;
results of expedition, 125;
return to Yakutsk, 126;
at Kirinsk, 126;
return from third expedition to Japan, 190.

Spangberg's Island, 123.

Staaten Eiland, 54, 117, 133.

St. Abraham Island, 168.

Stanovoi Mts., 84, 89.

St. Elias, island, 141 et seq.

Stejneger, L., Dr., translator's preface;
note on, 173, 178;
note by, 174;
description of Steller's Arch, 176;
concerning sea-cow, 179, 180.

Steller, G. W., opinion of Bering's first expedition, 46, 57, 92;
estimate of Bering, 97;
at Okhotsk, 103;
joins the Pacific expedition, 135;
nativity and sketch of, 136;
diary of, 137;
on American soil, 141;
description of St. Elias, 147, 150;
ridicules Bering, 151;
165;
description of animal life, 176;
honored by Stejneger, 176, note;
care of the castaways, 181;
account of Bering's death, 186.

Steller, Mount, 176, note.

Steller's Triumphal Arch, description of, 176, note;
representation of, 177.

Sterlegoff, 80, 109.

St. Hermogenes, island, 152;
discovery of, 156.

St. Johannes, island, 165.

St. Kresta Bay, 31;
the Gabriel at, 31, 46.

St. Lawrence Island, 34, 41.

St. Marcus Island, 167.

St. Paul, ship, building of, 100, 102;
crew of, 135;
course of, 139.

St. Peter, building of, 100, 102;
crew of, 135;
journals of, 137;
course of, 139;
return voyage, 156 et seq.;
at Shumagins, 164;
determinations of latitude by, 167;
stranding of, 172.

Strahlenberg, 18;
outline maps by, 20, 118.

St. Stephen, island, 158, 167.

St. Thaddeus, cape, 30.

Stuxberg, A., Dr., 111.

Suckling, cape, 146.


T

Tabbert (Strahlenberg), 55.

Taimyr, peninsula, 82, 93, 109;
cartography of, 114, 115.

Taroko, islands, 123.

Texeïra, 55.

Three Sisters, islands, 124.

Tigil, 128.

Tobol, 79;
launching of, 80.

Tobolsk, arrival at, 21.

Tolbukhin, Lieut., 102.

Tordenskjold, Peter, note on, 9.

Trane, Thure, 9.

Tumannoi Island, 158.

Tunguska River, 22.

Tuscarora, 139.


U

Udinsk, 62.

Ukamok, island, 158.

Urak, river, 23.

Ural Mts., 68.

Urup, island, 117.

Ustkutsk, 22.

Ust Maiskaya, 88.


V

Vancouver, 67, 144, 148.

Vancouver's Island, 158.

Van Dieman, 54.

Vangondie, R. de, 39.

Van Haven, 78.

Varkhoiansk, 102.

Vega expedition, 109, 113-115, 179.

Viligin, 18.

Vlaming, 112.

Volga, 80.

Von Baer, 36, 41, 48, 72, 98, 111, 115;
[Pg 223]concerning sea-cow, 180, 192.

Voyage of the Vega, 113-115, 179.

Vries, M. de, 54, 117, 124.


W

Walton, 96, 120, 121, 126.

Walvisch Bay, 123.

Waxel, Lieut., 96, 135, 137, 152;
in command of the St. Peter, 161, 167, 169, 170.

Wilster, D., Admiral, 9.

Wingham Island, 146, 147.

Witsen, N., 15.

Wrangell, 110, 113.

Wrangell Island, 18.


Y

Yablonoi, Mts., 16.

Yakutat Bay (Bering Bay), 146.

Yakutsk, 62;
foundry at, 83.

Yakutsk, sloop, 81.

Yelagin, 127.

Yenisei, 22, 107.

Yevrinoff, 17, 119, 132.

Yudoma, river, 23.

Yudomskaya Krest, 23.

Yezo, 14, 117.

A

Academics, 70, 78; depart from Tobolsk, 81.

Academy of Science, Russian, 57.

Addington, Cape, 189.

Admiralty Bay, 145.

Admiralty, Russian, issues with Bering, 95.

Afgonak, island, 156.

Aïno, 124.

Akischis, strait, 124.

Alaska, 178.

Aldan, river, 23.

Aleutian Islands, 134, 140;
discovery of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Aleutians, Nearer, 168.

Aliaska, 161.

Amassoff, 18.

Amchitka, 167.

America Pars, 14.

Anadyr, fort, 42.

Anadyr, river, Cossacks at, 16;
the Gabriel at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Anadyrsk, 46.

Anian, strait, 13, 15.

Anjou, 110.

Anna Ivanovna, 63.

Apraxin, 9.

Archangel Michael, ship, 100.

Arctic Coast, mapping of, 62, 83.

Arctic expeditions, 107.

Arctic explorations, work of Russia and England in, 3.

Arctic foxes, 181.

Arii Kamen, 175.

Asia and America, boundary between,
13.

Atka, island, 165.

Atna, estuary, 148.

Attu, island, 168.

Avacha, 127, 134, 170, 190.


B

Baikal, lake, 91.

Balshaya, river, 26.

Bancroft, H. H., note on, 64;
note from, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
note on the identity of Kayak and St. Elias, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
note on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Baranoff Cliff, 109.

Barents, map of, 14.

Bartholomew, cape, 189.

Bear Islands, 18, 67.

Bellini, map by, 20, 118.

Berch, V., authority, 41;
Bering's opinion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Bering Bay, 144;
wrong location of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bering Island, 51;
discovery of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
description of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bering Haven, 149.

Bering Peninsula, 67.

Bering, Rivière de, 145.

Bering Strait, discovery of, 32;
Gvosdjeff entered, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bering, Vitus, first expedition, 2;
birth, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
in Baltic fleet, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
in the Sea of Azov and the Black Sea, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
promotions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
in Archangel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
home of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
discharge and reappointment of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
plans for the first trip, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Siberian geography knowledge, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
starts on first expedition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Irkutsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Yakutsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
[Pg 218]regarding Serdze Kamen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
return to St. Pete, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
winters at the Fort, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
recognition in Western Europe, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
map by, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
plans for Great Northern Expedition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
recommendations to the Senate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
instructions to, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
chief of Great Northern Expedition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
estimate of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
Russian name of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
report to Admiralty, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
accusations against __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
wife of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Okhotsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Avacha, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
plans for trip to America, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
orders from Senate, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
got sick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
discovers U.S. coast, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
stay off Kayak Island, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
defending __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
determining latitude, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
removed from St. Peter, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
sickness of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
death of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
monument of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
results, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
reports of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Betge, surgeon, 135.

Billings, map by, 45, 145, 148.

Biron, 64, 189.

Blanco, cape, 14, 37.

Blizhni Islands, 168.

Bolsheretsk, 26, 52, 119.

Borkhaya Bay, 92.

Boussale Channel, 120.

Brandt, 180.

Bredal, Peter, 9.

Broughton, Capt., at Kuriles, 120, 123.

Buache, 191.

Byistraya, river, 26.

Bykoff, river, 92.


C

California, 37.

Campbell, Dr., opinion of Bering, 29, 47, 57.

Chamisso, 137.

Chaplin, Peter, 21.

Charitonoff, 167.

Charlesvoix, Peter, Histoire du Japan, 20.

Chegatchoff, 135.

Chekin, 81.

Chelyuskin, 81, 109, 114, 116.

Chelyuskin, cape, 114.

Chirikoff, A., in first expedition, 21;
instructions to, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_10__;
on Pacific expedition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
results, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Okhotsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Chirikoff Island, 158.

Chi-Shima Islands, 119.

Chukotskoi, cape, doubled by Bering, 32, 44.

Chuckchee Peninsula, 40, 44, 133.

Chukli, island, 145.

Clerke, Capt., 187.

Commander Islands, 169;
description of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
seals on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Controller Bay, 146.

Cook, Capt., 30;
in Bering Strait, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
opinion of Bering, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__;
Bering's landing spot, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__.

Copper, estuary, 148.

Copper Island, discovery of, 169;
description of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
sea otters on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Corea, 126.

Cossacks, 16.

Coxe, W., 125.

Cruys, C., made vice-admiral, 8.


D

Dall, W. H., opinion of Bering, 151.

Dalrymple, A., 39.

D'Anville, atlas of, 57.

Deception Islands, 168.

De l'Isle, G., 53 et seq.;
sketch of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

De l'Isle, J. N., 18, 53, 56;
sketch of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

De Löwenörn, Danish admiral, 39.

Deshneff, 16, 20, 110, 111.

Diomede Island, discovery of, 33;
latitude of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Dixon, 144.

[Pg 219]Dolgoruki, 64.

Du Halde, 32, 40.

Dwina, 67, 112.

E

Eared Seals, 178, 179.

East Cape, 32.

Endoguroff, 96.

Engel, Richard, 21.

Euratchey Island, 157.


F

Fairweather, Mt., 144, 145.

Figurnyi, island, 123.

Foggy Island, 158.

Forster, R., 39.

Fortuna, ship, launching of, 25, 100.

Franklin, 21, 68.

Fries, T. M., Prof., 112.

Fur Company, Russo-American, 178.


G

Gabriel, ship, 29, 41, 100, 119.

Gama, Juan de, 55, 133.

Gamaland, 55, 121, 130;
location of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
search for, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Germans and Frenchmen in Russian service, 53.

Gmelin, J. G., 68;
Lassenius's opinion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Golovnin, 73.

Gordon, Admiral, 9.

Gore, Capt., 120.

Great Northern Expedition, 72;
leaves St. Petersburg, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
supply transport, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
discontinuation of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Tomsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Grib, Peder, 9.

Guanahani, 144.

Gvosdjeff, M., discovery of American coast by, 130.


H

Hammond, cape, 148.

Harris, P., 57.

Hartelpol, 135.

Hazius, 40.

Herzenberg, 9.

Hesselberg, 135, 166;
death of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Holy Cross, bay, 31.

Homann, 16.

Hondius, J., 15.

Hondo, 54.

Hope (Nadeshda), ship, 100.


I

Ilarion, Rev., 21.

Ilim, river, 22.

Ilimsk, 22.

Innuit, 163.

Irkutsk, 72, 74.

Irkutsk, boat, 81.

Irtish, 21.

Iturup, 117, 124.

Ivanoff, 114.


J

Japan Islands, 62, 111;
Spangberg's expedition to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ et seq.

Jeço, 124, 133.

Jefdokjejefski Islands, 159.

Jelmerland, 109.

Jerimo, cape, 124.

Jushin, 135.


K

Kadiak Island, 157.

Khariulakh, river, 92, 93.

Kamchadales, 74.

Kamchatka, conquest of, 17, 118;
mapping of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kamchatka, fort, 27.

Kamchatka, river, 30.

Kara Sea, 62, 109.

Kasanssoff, 94.

Kayak Island, 144;
relationship with St. Elias, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kazan, 78.

Ket, river, 22.

Khatanga, river, 116.

[Pg 220]Khitroff, 135, 137, 141, 148, 156, 161, 170.

Khitroff, cape, 173.

Kiriloff, J. K., 52, 57, 65, 69;
support of Bering, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kiska, island, 167.

Kisseloff, 167.

Kolessoff, 128.

Kolyma, 20.

Kompagniland, 54, 117, 133.

Konosir Island, 124.

Kosyrefski, I., explorations of, 17;
as a monk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
at the Kuriles, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kotzebue, 137.

Krasheninnikoff, 92.

Krassilnikoff, 66, 131, 156.

Krusenstern, 125, 146, 157;
essay by, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kunashir, 123.

Kur, 12.

Kuriles, early knowledge of, 18;
location of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
Spangberg's trip to, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
mapping of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kurile Strait, 121.

Kushka, 99.


L

La Croyère, L. (L. De L'Isle), 66, 69, 78, 103;
sketch of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

La Pérouse, 67;
at Kuriles, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

La Pérouse Strait, 54.

Laptjef, C., 109.

Laptjef, D., 93, 109, 114, 189.

Larionoff, Lieut., 102.

Lassenius, Peter, arctic expedition of, 82, 92;
death of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Lau, surgeon, 135.

Lauridsen, Peter, response to Nordenskjöld, 15.

Le Mesurier, cape, 146.

Lena River, 107, 109.

Liakhov Island, discovery of, 16.

Linglin Gaï, 45.

Lopatka, cape, 51.

Losseff, 89.

Lushin, 17;
in Yakutsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Lütke, Admiral, defense of Bering, 38, 113.


M

Mackenzie, 21.

Malespina, 144.

Malygin, 109.

Marmot Island, 152, 157.

Martinier, 114.

Matmai, cape, 124.

Maya River, 23.

McClure, 113.

Mednie (Copper Island), 175.

Melnikoff, 67.

Menshikoff, 9, 86.

Mercator. G., 15.

Mexico, 66.

Middendorff, 110, 114, 115, 180.

Minin, 109.

Montague Island, 145, 148.

Monti, Bay de, 145.

Morison, George, 21.

Müller, G. H., 32;
opinion on Serdze Kamen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Yakutsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__;
refutes De L'Isle, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Munk, Jens, 92.

Münnich, 189.


N

Nadeshda, island, 120.

Nertchinsk, treaty of, 16.

Niakina Cove, 127.

Niemann, Dr., 21.

Nipon, island, 54, 118, 121.
Nordenskjöld, review by, 15, 110, 113-115;
note on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__-__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Northeast passage, 13, 14;
Bering's opinion on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
mapping of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Northwest passage, 113.

Norwegians and Danes in service of Peter the Great, 7.

Notske, cape, 123.

Novaia Zemlia, 109, 111.

Novgorod, 78.

[Pg 221]Nystad, peace of, 11.


O

Obdorsk, 81.

Obi River, 21, 107.

Obi, gulf, 100.

Ofzyn, Lieut., 79;
at Obdorsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
in Gulf of Obi, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
saves the St. Peter, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Okhotsk, arrival at, 24, 62, 79;
building of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
fleet in, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Okhotsk, sea of, explorations in, 26.

Olenek, 34, 92.

Ostermann, 64, 73, 189.

Ostrog, Kamchatka, 27.

Othere's, 114.


P

Pallas, 45.

Patience, bay, 123.

Patience, cape, 54.

Patiloff, 21.

Pavlutski, Capt., 43, 45, 83.

Peschel, O., 117, 118, 146.

Petchora, 107.

Peter the Great, Scandinavians in service of, 7;
death of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Petroff, 96, 119.

Petermann, Dr., 111, 116.

Petropavlovsk, founding of, 127.

Pissarjeff, 65, 83;
conflict with Bering, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
overview of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
demotion of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Plauting, 93-96, 135.

Plenisner, 153.

Pontanus, J. J., 14.

Popoff, Cossack, on Chuckchee peninsula, 17, 66.

Preobrashensky, bay, 31.

Pribyloff Islands, 178.

Prince William's Sound, 145, 148.

Pronchisheff, 81, 92, 93, 96, 109.


R

Reclus, 67.

Remesoff, atlas of, 16.

Ruge, Prof., 117, 119.

Russian fleet, establishment of, 9.


S

Saghalin, island, 54;
mapping of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sarycheff, Admiral, at Kuriles, 120, 146, 148.

Sauer, M., 146;
description of St. Elias, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Saunders, Vice-Admiral, 11.

Savjaloff, 167.

Schaep, H. C., 54.

Schelagskii, cape, 110.

Schelting, Lieut., 119.

Scurvy, 182.

Schwatka, 21.

Sea Cow, 179: correct scientific name, 179;
extinction of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
importance of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sea Lion, 178.

Sea Lion Island, 175.

Sea Otter, 177.

Seljonyi, island, 123.

Semichi Islands, 167.

Semidi Islands, 159.

Senate, Russian, orders from, 64.

Serdze Kamen, cape, 30 et seq.

Shafiroff, 85.

Shantar Islands, 65.

Shestakoff, 18, 56.

Shumagins, discovery of, 161;
stay at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Siberia, determinations of longitude in, 38;
scientific exploration of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sievers, Peter, 9.

Sikotan, island, 123.

Skeving, 9.

Skuratoff, 109.

Soimonoff, 73.

Sokoloff, K., 75;
opinion of Spangberg, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
Bering's assistants, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
opinion of Bering, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
qualifications of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
reprimanded by Bancroft, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
note.

Spangberg. M., in first expedition, 21;
at the Kut, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
winter at the Yudoma, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
sets sail, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
instructions to, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__;
[Pg 222]birth of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
accusations against __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
at Okhotsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
trip to Japan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
return to Bolsheretsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
expedition results, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
return to Yakutsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Kirinsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
return from the third expedition to Japan, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Spangberg's Island, 123.

Staaten Eiland, 54, 117, 133.

St. Abraham Island, 168.

Stanovoi Mts., 84, 89.

St. Elias, island, 141 et seq.

Stejneger, L., Dr., translator's preface;
note on, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
note by __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
description of Steller's Arch, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
about manatees, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Steller, G. W., opinion of Bering's first expedition, 46, 57, 92;
assessment of Bering, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
at Okhotsk, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
joins the Pacific expedition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
birth and profile of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
diary of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
on U.S. soil, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
description of St. Elias, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__;
criticizes Bering, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
165;
wildlife description, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
honored by Stejneger, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, memo;
care of the castaways, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
account of Bering's death, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Steller, Mount, 176, note.

Steller's Triumphal Arch, description of, 176, note;
representation of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sterlegoff, 80, 109.

St. Hermogenes, island, 152;
discovery of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

St. Johannes, island, 165.

St. Kresta Bay, 31;
the Gabriel at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

St. Lawrence Island, 34, 41.

St. Marcus Island, 167.

St. Paul, ship, construction of, 100, 102;
crew of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
route of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

St. Peter, construction of, 100, 102;
crew of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
journals of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
route of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
return trip, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ et seq.;
at Shumagins, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
latitude determinations by __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__;
stranding of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Strahlenberg, 18;
outline maps by, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

St. Stephen, island, 158, 167.

St. Thaddeus, cape, 30.

Stuxberg, A., Dr., 111.

Suckling, cape, 146.


T

Tabbert (Strahlenberg), 55.

Taimyr, peninsula, 82, 93, 109;
cartography of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Taroko, islands, 123.

Texeïra, 55.

Three Sisters, islands, 124.

Tigil, 128.

Tobol, 79;
launch of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Tobolsk, arrival at, 21.

Tolbukhin, Lieut., 102.

Tordenskjold, Peter, note on, 9.

Trane, Thure, 9.

Tumannoi Island, 158.

Tunguska River, 22.

Tuscarora, 139.


U

Udinsk, 62.

Ukamok, island, 158.

Urak, river, 23.

Ural Mts., 68.

Urup, island, 117.

Ustkutsk, 22.

Ust Maiskaya, 88.


V

Vancouver, 67, 144, 148.

Vancouver's Island, 158.

Van Dieman, 54.

Vangondie, R. de, 39.

Van Haven, 78.

Varkhoiansk, 102.

Vega expedition, 109, 113-115, 179.

Viligin, 18.

Vlaming, 112.

Volga, 80.

Von Baer, 36, 41, 48, 72, 98, 111, 115;
[Pg 223]regarding manatee, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Voyage of the Vega, 113-115, 179.

Vries, M. de, 54, 117, 124.


W

Walton, 96, 120, 121, 126.

Walvisch Bay, 123.

Waxel, Lieut., 96, 135, 137, 152;
in charge of the St. Peter, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Wilster, D., Admiral, 9.

Wingham Island, 146, 147.

Witsen, N., 15.

Wrangell, 110, 113.

Wrangell Island, 18.


Y

Yablonoi, Mts., 16.

Yakutat Bay (Bering Bay), 146.

Yakutsk, 62;
foundry at, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Yakutsk, sloop, 81.

Yelagin, 127.

Yenisei, 22, 107.

Yevrinoff, 17, 119, 132.

Yudoma, river, 23.

Yudomskaya Krest, 23.

Yezo, 14, 117.

Transcriber's Notes:

Transcriber's Notes:

Simple spelling, grammar, and typographical errors were corrected.

Simple spelling, grammar, and typographical mistakes were fixed.

Punctuation normalized.

Punctuation normalized.

Anachronistic and non-standard spellings retained as printed.

Anachronistic and non-standard spellings kept as printed.

P. 31 changed longitude to latitude as 64° 41' latitude would be in the Bering Sea but not 64° 41' longitude.

P. 31 changed longitude to latitude since 64° 41' latitude would be in the Bering Sea, but 64° 41' longitude would not.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!